Lower Reedy Standby Power Attachment A

ATTACHMENT A
OWNER SUPPLIED
GENERATOR AND SWITCHGEAR EQUIPMENT
SUBMITTAL DATA
GENERATOR SUBMITTAL
SUBMITTAL DATA
/2:(55(('<::73
EMERGENCY 67$1'%<POWER SYSTEM

CATERPILLAR DIESEL POWERED
GENERATORC,00kW
Distributor: BLANCHARDMACHINERY COLUMBIA,SC
C86720(5:
Equipment: CATERPILLAR
SUBMITTAL DATA
EMERGENCY STANDBY GENERATOR
3URMHFW1DPH/2:(55(('<::73
Prepared for:
5(1(:$%/(:$7(55(6285&(6
Blanchard Machinery
-$18$5< 201
Please Direct All Technical Questions To:
$1'</2*6'21
Project Manager
MIKE PRZYBLOWICZ
SALES MANAGER OPERATIONS MANAGER

INDEX
/2:(55(('<::73
PROJECT INFORMATION
Bill of Materials
Exceptions & Clarifications
SECTION 1 - GENERATOR SET

ADEM A4 Controller
Jacket Water Heater
Performance Data
Systems Data
Engine Drawings
SECTION 2 - GENERATOR DATA

Generator Data
Digital Voltage Regulator
Circuit Breaker
SECTION 3 - CONTROL PANEL

(0&3&RQWURO3DQHO
Customer/Contractor Connections
SECTION 4 - AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

CAT Batteries
Battery Charger - 10A Need to update
Engine Coolant & Oil page numbers
Warranty Information after fuel tank
Installation Information submittal has been
Enclosure added.
Fuel Tank
SECTION 5 - START UP & COMMISSIONING

Start Up Request Form
Commissioning Checklist
Engine Delivery Form
#JMMPG.BUFSJBMT
(2) Caterpillar C32 Generators
1mW
480Vac
60Hz
1424Frame Alternator Frame
Permanent Magnet Excitation
Alternator Heater
4.2 Control Panel
Local Annunciator
1600A Mainline Circuit Breaker LSI
2QH5LJKWKDQGPRXQWHG*
2QH/HIWKDQGPRXQWHG*
24Vdc Starting System
Maintenance Free Batteries Battery
Charging Alternator
10A Battery Charger
Jacket Water Heater
Sound Attenuated Enclosure CAT Yellow
Spring Type Isolators
24hr Fuel Tank 2000gallons
Existing South Side Gear ModificationNew Caterpillar Paralleling Switchgear

for South SideDQGNew Caterpillar Gear at North Side ZLOOEHVXEPLWWHG
VHSDUDWHO\
Columbia Greenville Florence Rock Hill Myrtle Beach Summerville

3151 Charleston Hwy 6755 Frontage Rd 3031 Caterpillar Lane 3777 Lazy Hawk Rd 2334 Chestnut Road 153 Farmington Drive
W. Columbia, SC 29172 Greenville, SC 29605 Florence, SC 29506 Rock Hill, SC 29730 Longs, SC 29568 Summerville, SC 29483
803.791.7100 tel 864.672.0500 tel 843.678.8520 tel 803.324.9600 tel 843.399.1692 tel 843.871.2001 tel
803.791.9874 fax 864.672.0501 fax 843.678.8538 fax 803.324.9710 fax 843.399.2092 fax 843.285.2854 fax
http://www.blanchardmachinery.com/power_systems/
EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS: (NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR)
FOR INTIAL START UP SERVICE AND CHECK OUT SERVICE/TESTING/PERSONNEL INSTRUCTIONS,

PLEASE ALLOW TEN (10) WORKING DAYS FROM TIME OF NOTIFICATION. ONLY ONE SERVICE CALL
FOR START UP IS INCLUDED, ADDITIONAL CALLS WILL BE CHARGED AT CUSTOMARY SERVICE RATES.
BLANCHARD ENGINE DIVISION DOES NOT SUPPLY FUEL OR EXHAUST PIPING OTHER THAN WHAT IS SHOWN IN
SUBMITTAL BILL OF MATERIALS. WE DO NOT SUPPLY FUEL FOR FIELD TESTING, OR TANK FILL UP REGARDLESS
OF SPECIFICATIONS. THIS WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF OTHERS.
OUR BILL OF MATERIAL IS PREPARED ACCORDING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS PUBLISHED AT TIME AND DATE OF
BID UNLESS OTHERWISE NEGOTIATED.
BLANCHARD ENGINE DIVISION CAN NOT AND WILL NOT ACCEPT PURCHASE ORDERS WHICH WILL INCLUDE A
RETAINAGE. OUR TERMS ARE NET THIRTY (30) DAYS. IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS ON THIS MATTER, PLEASE
CONTACT OUR OFFICE.
SUBMITTAL DATA
SECTION 1
GENERATOR SET
ADEM A4 CONTROLLER
JACKET WATER HEATER
PERFORMANCE DATA
SYSTEMS DATA
ENGINE DRAWINGS
DIESEL GENERATOR SET
STANDBY
1000 ekW 1250 kVA
60 Hz 1800 rpm 480 Volts
Caterpillar is leading the power generation
marketplace with Power Solutions engineered
to deliver unmatched flexibility, expandability,
Image shown may not reliability, and cost-effectiveness.
reflect actual package.
FEATURES
FUEL/EMISSIONS STRATEGY CAT C32 ATAAC DIESEL ENGINE
U EPA Certified for Stationary U Utilizes ACERT Technology
Emergency Application U Reliable, rugged, durable design
(EPA Tier 2 emissions levels) U Four-cycle diesel engine combines consistent
performance and excellent fuel economy with
DESIGN CRITERIA minimum weight
U The generator set accepts 100% rated load in one U Electronic engine control
step per NFPA 110 and meets ISO 8528-5 transient
response. CAT GENERATOR
U Designed to match the performance and output
UL 2200 / CSA - Optional characteristics of Cat diesel engines
U UL 2200 listed packages U Single point access to accessory connections
U CSA Certified U UL 1446 recognized Class H insulation
Certain restrictions may apply.
Consult with your Cat Dealer. CAT EMCP 4 CONTROL PANELS
U Simple user friendly interface and navigation
FULL RANGE OF ATTACHMENTS U Scalable system to meet a wide range of
U Wide range of bolt-on system expansion customer needs
attachments, factory designed and tested U Integrated Control System and Communications
U Flexible packaging options for easy and cost Gateway
effective installation
SEISMIC CERTIFICATION
SINGLE-SOURCE SUPPLIER U Seismic Certification available
U Fully prototype tested with certified torsional U Anchoring details are site specific, and are
vibration analysis available dependent on many factors such as generator set
size, weight, and concrete strength.
WORLDWIDE PRODUCT SUPPORT
IBC Certification requires that the anchoring
U Cat dealers provide extensive post sale support
system used is reviewed and approved by a
including maintenance and repair agreements
Professional Engineer
U Cat dealers have over 1,800 dealer branch stores
U Seismic Certification per Applicable Building
operating in 200 countries
Codes: IBC 2000, IBC 2003, IBC 2006, IBC 2009,
U The Cat -U"U-SM program cost effectively detects
CBC 2007
internal engine component condition, even the
U Pre-approved by OSHPD and carries an
presence of unwanted fluids and combustion
OSP-0084-10 for use in healthcare projects in
by-products
California
EPD0157-A (06/13)
STANDBY 1000 ekW 1250 kVA
FACTORY INSTALLED STANDARD & OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
System Standard Optional

Air Inlet U Air cleaner
Cooling U Package mounted radiator
Exhaust U Exhaust flange outlet [ ] Exhaust mufflers (except Tier 4)
Fuel U Primary fuel filter with integral water separator

U Secondary fuel filters
U Fuel priming pump
Generator U Matched to the performance and output [ ] Oversize and premium generators
characteristics of Cat engines [ ] Permanent magnet excitation (PMG)
[ ] Internal excited (IE)
[ ] Anti-condensation space heaters
Power Termination U Bus bar [ ] Circuit breakers, UL listed

[ ] Circuit breakers, IEC compliant
Control Panel U EMCP 4 Genset Controller [ ] EMCP 4.2

[ ] EMCP 4.3
[ ] EMCP 4.4
[ ] Generator temperature monitoring and protection
[ ] Load share module
[ ] Digital I/O module
[ ] Remote monitoring software
Mounting [ ] Rubber vibration isolators
Starting/Charging []
[]Batterycharger
[[]Oversizebatteries
]
[[]Jacketwaterheater
]
[[]Heavydutystartingsystem
]
[[]Chargingalternator
]
[]Airstartingmotorwithcontrolandsilencer(3500&
C175 models only)
General U Paint - Caterpillar Yellow except rails and radiators The following options are based on regional and
gloss black product configuration:
[ ] Seismic Certification per Applicable Building Codes:
IBC 2000, IBC 2003, IBC 2006, IBC 2009, CBC 2007
[ ] EU Certificate of Conformance (CE)
[ ] UL 2200 package
[ ] CSA Certification
[ ] EEC Declaration of Conformity
[ ] Enclosures- sound attenuated, weather protective
[ ] Automatic transfer switches (ATS)
[ ] Integral & sub-base fuel tanks
[ ] Integral & sub-base UL listed dual wall fuel tanks
EPD0157-A (06/13) 2
SPECIFICATIONS
CAT GENERATOR CAT EMCP 4 SERIES CONTROLS

Framesize....................................................................... EMCP 4 controls including:
Excitation.................................................1FSNBOFOU.BHOFU - Run / Auto / Stop Control
Pitch.............................................................................. 0.6667 - Speed and Voltage Adjust
Number of poles...................................................................4 - Engine Cycle Crank
Number of bearings..............................................................1 - 24-volt DC operation
Number of Leads.............................................................. 006 - Environmental sealed front face
Insulation....................... UL 1446 Recognized Class H with - Text alarm/event descriptions
tropicalization and antiabrasion Digital indication for:
- Consult your Caterpillar dealer for available voltages - RPM
IP Rating........................................................................... IP23 - DC volts
Alignment.....................................................Closed Coupled - Operating hours
Overspeed capability........................................................125 - Oil pressure (psi, kPa or bar)
Wave form Deviation (Line to Line)........................... 002.00 - Coolant temperature
Voltage regulator.............. 3 Phase sensing with selectible - Volts (L-L & L-N), frequency (Hz)
volts/Hz
- Amps (per phase & average)
Voltage regulation............Less than +/- 1/2% (steady state)
- ekW, kVA, kVAR, kW-hr, %kW, PF
Less than +/- 1% (no load to full load)
Warning/shutdown with common LED indication of:
CAT DIESEL ENGINE - Low oil pressure
C32 TA, V-12, 4-Stroke Water-cooled Diesel - High coolant temperature
Bore........................................................ 145.00 mm (5.71 in) - Overspeed
Stroke..................................................... 162.00 mm (6.38 in) - Emergency stop
Displacement.........................................32.10 L (1958.86 in3) - Failure to start (overcrank)
Compression Ratio....................................................... 15.0:1 - Low coolant temperature
Aspiration........................................................................... TA - Low coolant level
Fuel System................................................................... MEUI Programmable protective relaying functions:
Governor Type....................................................ADEM A4 - Generator phase sequence
- Over/Under voltage (27/59)
- Over/Under Frequency (81 o/u)
- Reverse Power (kW) (32)
- Reverse reactive power (kVAr) (32RV)
- Overcurrent (50/51)
Communications:
- Six digital inputs (4.2 only)
- Four relay outputs (Form A)
- Two relay outputs (Form C)
- Two digital outputs
- Customer data link (Modbus RTU)
- Accessory module data link
- Serial annunciator module data link
- Emergency stop pushbutton
Compatible with the following:
- Digital I/O module
- Local Annunciator
- Remote CAN annunciator
- Remote serial annunciator
EPD0157-A (06/13) 3
TECHNICAL DATA
Open Generator Set - - 1800 rpm/60 Hz/480 Volts

EPA Certified for Stationary Emergency Application
(EPA Tier 2 emissions levels)
Generator Set Package Performance

Genset Power rating @ 0.8 pf 1250 kVA
Genset Power rating with fan 1000 ekW
Fuel Consumption
100% load with fan 272.1 L/hr 71.9 Gal/hr
Cooling System1
Air flow restriction (system) 0.12 kPa 0.48 in. water
Engine coolant capacity 55.0 L 14.5 gal
Inlet Air
Combustion air inlet flow rate 87.6 m/min 3093.6 cfm
Exhaust System
Exhaust stack gas temperature 476.4 C 889.5 F
Exhaust gas flow rate 228.4 m/min 8065.9 cfm
Exhaust flange size (internal diameter) 203 mm 8 in
Exhaust system backpressure (maximum allowable) 10.0 kPa 40.2 in. water
Heat Rejection
Heat rejection to coolant (total) 352 kW 20018 Btu/min
Heat rejection to exhaust (total) 1024 kW 58235 Btu/min
Heat rejection to aftercooler 288 kW 16379 Btu/min
Heat rejection to atmosphere from engine 127 kW 7222 Btu/min
Heat rejection to atmosphere from generator 54.9 kW 3122.2 Btu/min
Alternator2
Motor starting capability @ 30% voltage dip VN9$
Frame
Temperature Rise C F
Lube System
Sump refill with filter 99.0 L 26.2 gal
Emissions (Nominal)3
NOx g/hp-hr 4.93 g/hp-hr
CO g/hp-hr .13 g/hp-hr
HC g/hp-hr .01 g/hp-hr
PM g/hp-hr .018 g/hp-hr
1
For ambient and altitude capabilities consult your Cat dealer. Air flow restriction (system) is added to existing restriction from factory.
2
UL 2200 Listed packages may have oversized generators with a different temperature rise and motor starting characteristics. Generator
temperature rise is based on a 40C ambient per NEMA MG1-32.
3
Emissions data measurement procedures are consistent with those described in EPA CFR 40 Part 89, Subpart D & E and ISO8178-1 for
measuring HC, CO, PM, NOx. Data shown is based on steady state operating conditions of 77F, 28.42 in HG and number 2 diesel fuel
with 35 API and LHV of 18,390 btu/lb. The nominal emissions data shown is subject to instrumentation, measurement, facility and engine
to engine variations. Emissions data is based on 100% load and thus cannot be used to compare to EPA regulations which use values
based on a weighted cycle.
EPD0157-A (06/13) 4
RATING DEFINITIONS AND CONDITIONS
Applicable Codes and Standards: AS1359, CSA C22.2 No Ratings are based on SAE J1349 standard conditions.
100-04, UL142, UL489, UL601, UL869, UL2200, NFPA 37, These ratings also apply at ISO3046 standard conditions.
NFPA 70, NFPA 99, NFPA 110, IBC, IEC60034-1, ISO3046, Fuel Rates are based on fuel oil of 35 API (16 C or 60 F)
ISO8528, NEMA MG 1-22, NEMA MG 1-33, 72/23/EEC, gravity having an LHV of 42 780 kJ/kg (18,390 Btu/lb)
98/37/EC, 2004/108/EC when used at 29 C (85 F) and weighing 838.9 g/liter
Standby Output available with varying load for the (7.001 lbs/U.S. gal.).
duration of the interruption of the normal source Additional Ratings may be available for specific
power. Average power output is 70% of the standby customer requirements. Consult your Cat representative
power rating. Typical operation is 200 hours per year, for details.
with maximum expected usage of 500 hours per year.
EPD0157-A (06/13) 5
ENGINE CONTROLLER
ADEM A4 Engine
Controller
The ADEM A4 is the main Electronic Control
Module (ECM) used on select diesel engines.
The ADEM A4 is an integral part of the innovative
ACERT Technology that provides higher degree
of control over a large number of combustion
variables than ever before. The ADEM A4 is
designed to control/interface Electronic Unit
Injector (EUI) equipped engines. The ADEM A4
engine system is composed of the ADEM A4 ECM,
control software, sensors, actuators, fuel injectors,
and interface to the generator system. The prime
benefit of an ADEM A4 engine system is to better
control and maintain the particulate emissions,
both steady state and transient, while improving
engine performance.
FEATURES
RELIABLE, DURABLE SELF DIAGNOSTICS
All ADEM A4 controllers are designed to survive Each ADEM A4 ECM has a full compliment of
the harshest environments. diagnostics. The ECM can detect faults in the
Environmentally sealed, die-cast aluminum electrical system and report those faults to
housing isolates and protects electronic the service technician for quick repair.
components from moisture and dirt Self-diagnostic capability pinpoints operational
contamination. problems in need of attention.
Rigorous vibration testing ensures product
reliability and durability. ADVANCED FEATURES
Accuracy maintained from 40 C to 85 C Isochronous or droop speed control
Electrical noise immunity to 100 volts/meter Enhanced performance from fuel injection
Internal circuits are designed to withstand timing and limiting
shorts to +battery and battery. Adjustable monitoring of vital engine
Atmosphere cooled parameters
Idle/rated speed setting
SIMPLE SERVICING Programmable speed acceleration ramp rate
Each ADEM A4 system works in combination Adjustable cooldown duration
with the Caterpillar ET service tool software to Data link interfaces
keep the engine operating at peak performance. Cat Data link
Displays measured parameters
CAN J1939
Retrieves active and logged event code
documenting abnormal system operation
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Performs calibrations and diagnostic tests
Ether control system support
Supports flash programming of new software
Remote monitoring and control support
into the ADEM A4 ECM
LEHE5347-00
ENGINE CONTROLLER
DESCRIPTION
The ECM is housed in an environmentally sealed INFORMATION MANAGEMENT
casting. All wiring connections to the ECM are The ECM stores information to assist with
made using two sealed connectors: a single electronic troubleshooting. Active and logged
seventy-pin connector and a single one hundred diagnostic codes, active events, logged events, fuel
twenty-pin connector. consumption, engine hours, and instantaneous
totals aid service technicians when diagnosing
ENGINE SPEED GOVERNING electronic faults and scheduling preventive
maintenance.
Desired engine speed is calculated by the ECM and
held within 0.2 Hz for isochronous and droop
mode. The ECM accounts for droop that is CALIBRATIONS
requested. The proper amount of fuel is sent to Engine performance is optimized through injection
the injectors due to these calculations. The ECM timing. Auto/manual sensor calibrations are
also employs cooldown/shutdown strategies, standard features.
acceleration delays on startup, acceleration ramp
times, speed reference and a low/high idle switch
is also available via communications to the EMCP 3. ON-BOARD SYSTEM TESTS
System tests are available to assist in electronic
troubleshooting. These tests include: injector
FUEL LIMITING activation, injector cutout, and override of
Warm and cold fuel-air ratio control limits are control outputs.
controlled by the ECM. Electronic monitoring
system derates, torque limit, and cranking limit,
programmable torque scaling, and cold cylinder DATA LINK INTERFACES
cutout mode are standard features. The ADEM A4 communicates with the EMCP 3 via
the J1939 Communication network. Additionally,
the ADEM A4 can communicate with the Cat ET
FUEL INJECTION TIMING electronic service tool and the PL1000E, PL1000T.
Master timing for injection is controlled by the
ECM control. Temperature dependencies are
ELECTRONIC SENSING
accounted for in the fuel injection calculations.
The following sensing is available on the
ADEM A4: oil pressure, fuel pressure, fuel
ELECTRONIC MONITORING temperature, atmospheric pressure, air inlet
Electronic monitoring of vital engine parameters temperature, turbo outlet pressure, engine
can be programmed. Warning, derate, and coolant temperature, engine speed, throttle,
shutdown event conditions may be customized position, exhaust temperature, engine control
by the user. switch position, oil filter pressure differential,
fuel filter pressure differential, air filter pressure
differential, crankcase pressure, and remote
e-stop switch position.
LEHE5347-00 2
ENGINE CONTROLLER
SPECIFICATIONS
Humidity tolerance
0 to 90% relative humidity over operating
temperature range
Impervious to:
salt spray, fuel, oil and oil additives, coolant,
spray cleaners, chlorinated solvents, hydrogen
sulfide and methane gas, and dust
Input and output protection
all inputs and outputs are protected against
short circuits to +battery and battery
Input voltage range (24 VDC nominal)
18 to 32 VDC
Mounting
engine mounted
Reverse polarity protected
Shock, withstands 20 g
Temperature range
Operating: 40 C to 85 C (40 F to 185 F)
Storage: 50 C to 120 C (58 F to 248 F)
Vibration
withstands 8.0 g @ 24 to 2 kHz
LEHE5347-00 3
ATTACHMENTS
C32 JACKET WATER

HEATER
With Circulating Pump
This is a factory-installed jacket water heater for

increased cold-starting capability. The system
includes heater, isolation valves, circulation
pump, hoses and generator space heater relay.
FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS
FACTORY INSTALLED Unit Specifications
Completed with hoses, circulating pump, Design Voltage
and isolation valves 20 240
Base frame mounting minimizes engine Rating 9 kW 9 kW
induced vibration Frequency 50/60 50/60
Automatically disconnected when engine is Phase 1 1
running via the generator space heater relay Amps 4 37
Thermostat is factory pre-set to 49 C (120 F) Flow Rate 32 L/min 32 L/min
A control box with the element, pump, and (10 gpm) (10 gpm)
thermostat pre-wired for ease of installation Circulation Pump Rating 95W 95W
Heavy-duty (0.25" steel) mounting brackets Control Voltage 24 VDC 24 VDC
Control box has a contactor to cycle the heater Adjustable Thermostat 21.1-98.8 C 21.1-98.8 C
elements on and off per the heater thermostat (70-210 F) (70-210 F)
Uniform heating over entire cooling system Shipping Weight 16.3 kg 16.3 kg
Reduced temperature at outlet extends hose (36 lb) (36 lb)
and coolant life
Longer heating element life
Available with CE or UL/CSA compliant
packages
LEHE6018-01
ATTACHMENTS
C32 JACKET WATER HEATER
WITH CIRCULATING PUMP
DESCRIPTION
HEATER DESIGN DESCRIPTION HEATER OPERATION/WIRING
The jacket water heater package is designed to A 10-gallon per minute pump is located at the
efficiently pre-heat the C32 engine by heating heater outlet to pull the coolant through the
and circulating the engines coolant. The forced heater. An adjustable thermostat probe is located
coolant circulation allows the design to operate inside the heater tank near the inlet of the heater
at a higher wattage and efficiency than standard and responds to the temperature of the coolant
thermal siphon tank heaters (tank heaters). entering the tank. The figure below shows the
This design results in the following benefits: general heater design.
Reduction of the maximum coolant temperatures
associated with tank heater design.
Increase life of heater hoses, engine seals,
and heating elements.
Improve heat transfer efficiency from elements
to engine coolant.
More uniform engine temperature distribution.
Application of a thermostat with a reduced
thermal differential.
Lower customer utility costs and increased
heater reliability.
Heater thermostats setpoint is preset from
the factory.
11.48
7.87
OUTLET, 1NPT
PRESSURE DIE CAST ALUMINUM (FEMALE)
TANK W/ RUBBER INSULATING SLEEVE
CONTROL BOX W/ TERMINAL

STRIP & CONTACTOR
INLET, 1NPT
(FEMALE)
19.48
FLOW DIRECTION
13.88
5.98
2 PUMP, 1/25HP 240V
1 1PH 10GPM
3 1.26
11.43
13.78
2X KNOCKOUTS,
.50
1 4.86
NONMETALLIC ENCLOSURE
& COVER
FLOW
DIRECTION
2X KNOCKOUTS,
.75
PLUG, DRAIN
1/4NPT ADJ. T-STAT
(THIS END)
LEHE6018-01 2
ATTACHMENTS
DESCRIPTION (continued)
ADJUSTABLE THERMOSTAT SETPOINT
Due to the high amperage associated with the
9 kW heater, the thermostat is wired such that it
opens and closes a contactor that controls the
heating elements. To maintain uniform engine
temperature while the engine is not operating,
the system pump requires either a 20 or a
240VAC supply and must run continuously
independent of heater thermostat. The pump
andheating elements are de-energized whenever
the engine starts.
The figures below show the wiring diagram for
the engine jacket water heater systems.
WIRING DIAGRAM
AC/DC BOX JACKET WATER TERMINAL BOX JACKET WATER HEATER
AC-CB2 (CONTROL PANEL) (MOUNTED ON RAIL) 9KW
L1 CR1 T1
L1 1L1
CUSTOMER 1 3
SUPPLY
20 VAC CR1
L2 L2 T2 2 4
50 1L2
AMP
AC-CB1
JWH+ CR2 A1 A2
CR1
31 32
T
JWH 21
10
AMP
CR2 H1 H1
P
11 12
CR2 H4 H4
21 22
SPACE HEATER
H1
H2 H2
H3 H3
H4
OPTIONAL
BATTERY
CHARGER
A
B
LEHE6018-01 3
ATTACHMENTS
JACKET WATER HEATER GROUP GENERAL DIMENSION

Conduit Opening
2 38-16 Mounting Clamps
on Pump
118.3 117.5
(4.6") (4.6")
1 - 11 - 12 NPT
Outlet
352.6
(13.8") 205.1 81.3
(8.0") (3.2")
288.6
(11.4")
293.2
(11.5")
2 34 Conduit
350.5
Opening
(13.8")
1.3
(33.0")
103.1 ( 4.0") 17.7
1 - 11 - 12 NPT
2 12 Conduit (0.696") 70.9 Intlet
Aluminum Body Two Styles of Mounting
Opening (2.79")
with Rubber Brackets Available
494.7 Insulation Sleeve
(19.4")
Package Dimensions
Length 494.7 mm 19.4 in Note: Unless otherwise specified;
Width 195 mm 7.68 in all dimensions are for reference.
Height 350.5 mm 13.8 in (Drawing # 273-3766, 274-4541).
Shipping Weight 16.3 kg 36.0 lb
Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential. www.cat-electricpower.com

U.S. sourced Discretion is recommended when distributing.
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice. 2006 Caterpillar
LEHE6018-01 (06-06) CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos and Caterpillar Yellow, as well as corporate and product All Rights Reserved.
identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. Printed in U.S.A.
&*& "89

!"#

$# %& ' ()
$# '&)

$ %& %#"( * '+%)
(&",
&# &"# * %& '()
&"# $ - #"# &#"# '()
! .! "#"/ #&"#
*! "/ *"&& "/
#* "/ *"&& #&!#" "/

$-& & "/ # " #* #& " '*)
"& # "/ 0+" %"& " '*)
#$ #"# "/ "!& *#$!&"#
# 0"& "/ ! "!& .! "#"/
&* 1( "+ #"& '# ) "!& (&$& " ##
1 &"# $ "#"! '*") $$ &"#*#"# /&
#" 2 &" $ '*"3# )
$
# !"&/ ! # !"&/ #"#

" ! %" "
%" "
$

4
$ " & " $# &+ &+ - *! # " * # " * 1( * 1( * $#
%& %#"( %& ** & *! !" & " " & !"" "
* ' ) !" '-*)
' *)
% & ' (' #' "(' #'" " ) " ) #'" " )

$
$ $
$ $
$$
$ $

$ $

$

$ $$

$ $

$ $
$ $$
$
$ $
$ $ $
$ $
$ " & " $# && && %" # " #& $# %" # " #& %" 1( $ %" 1( - &/ 1( -
%& %#"( %& !"" & !"" " - *% !"" %" *% *% *% &" '5 *% &"
* &" 1( $ - &" &" $ * '5 $ *
*% &" 567 # ($) 567 # ($)
% & ' #'" " ) ) ) (' (' )( )(

$

$ $
$$

$ $
$ $
$$

$

$

$

$
$$
$

$

$

$

$

$ $

$

$
$

$

$$

$

$
$

$
&*& "89
(
4 &=4>
4
$ " & " $# &0"# &0"# &0"# 1(!" *& # *& %&+ % (" (#$( ("
%& %#"( %& " 0+" " " 1( &-&/ & *"&& &$/ -! -!
* %"& "(& " ?* &$/ &$/
% & ' !( !( !( !( !( !( !( !( !(

$

$
$

$ $

$
$$
$$

$
$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

$
$$
$

$

$$

$
$ $

$
$
$$

$
$

$
$

$

$

$
$$

$
$

$

$

$

$ $

&*& "89
>@@>@
4
&" " "# #" -&#"# :7 &
$ " %& %#"( * +% :;6 A?6 ?6 5?6 :6

& " B : A? ? 5? :
$# %& ( :;<A< :;::C AC? <5 5C
/ 0 1 "('

$

"(' $

' "(' $$
"(' $
/ 0 1 0 & 1 "(

$

0 & 1 "( $ $

' 0 & 1 "( $
0 & 1 "(
/ 0 1 0 & 1

$$

0 & 1 $

' 0 & 1 $ $
/ 0 1 "(' #' $ $
"(' #' $
' "(' #' $
"(' #' $
/ 0 1 (' $ $ $
(' $
' ('
(' $
&" # " :7 &
$ " %& %#"( * +% :;6 A?6 ?6 5?6 :6

& " B : A? ? 5? :
$# %& ( :;<A< :;::C AC? <5 5C
/ 0 1 "('

$

$
"(' $
' "(' $
%"('
"('
/ 0 1 0 & 1 "(

$$
0 & 1 "(

' 0 & 1 "( $
0 & 1 "( $ $
/ 0 1 0 & 1
$ $
0 & 1

' 0 & 1 $
/ 0 1 "(' #' $ $
"(' #'
' "(' #' $ $
"(' #'
/ 0 1 (' $ $
(' $ $ $
' (' $
('
$
$
(' $
/" /' &
% &
' % ! $$
&*& "89
&
4D #
4>
"#& 5 5C E 5:

"! ! 2 ' ' ' ) $ ! ) !" '

/ ' 3/ 3 ' "' 2" ' ' # "!

>4D D &
4> ">34

F > >4@ E $3 +% E (&
! 0 )1 # 4 5 '4 4
&$ / ""# &/ 5:: E EEEE

"! ! 2 ' ' ' ) ! ) !" '

/ ' 3/ 3 ' "' 2" ' ' " "!

>4D D &
4> ">34

F > >4@ E $3 +% E (&
! 0 )1 " 4 5 '4 4
&*& "89
4>4G
4
4
"#"! &&" %& ##"/ ' ()
# " ? C A 7 : :: :5 : &

&"# $
" '*)
! 0)1

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$
$

$
$
$$

$

$

$

$$ $$

$$ $ $ $

$ $ $ $ $ $

$ $ $ $ $ $
$

$$ $ $ $ $ $ $$

$ $ $ $ $$

$
&*& "89

4 &

4@ &CEC
&*& *# #"#
) ) $
4
6+76, 8,9.-9:*6;, <-=,9*6;, >*=?,@ A,=-B *9, 9,89,@,6<*<7>, -. *
<C87;*= 89-D?;<7-6 ,6+76, <,@<,D 76 * ;*=7A9*<,D DC6*:-:,<,9 <,@<
;,== *< $$ @<*6D*9D 9,.,9,6;, ;-6D7<7-6@ *<,987==*9 :*76<*76@
$ 4 ;,9<7.7,D E?*=7<C :*6*+,:,6< @C@<,:@ .-9 ,6+76, <,@<
)*;7=7<7,@ <- *@@?9, *;;?9*<, ;*=7A9*<7-6 -. <,@< ,E?78:,6< 6+76,
<,@< D*<* 7@ ;-99,;<,D 76 *;;-9D*6;, B7<F $$ DD7<7-6*=
9,.,9,6;, :*<,97*=
$

# 4
#4 $ $

*6D $$ :*C *88=C 76 8*9< -9 *9,
@7:7=*9 <- $$ 8,;7*= ,6+76, 9*<76+ 9,E?,@< 01 <,@< D*<*
@F*== A, 6-<,D
) )4

-B,9 (# &
-9E?, (# &
5F*?@< @<*;G <,:8,9*<?9, (# &
6=,< *79.=-B (# &
6<*G, :*67.-=D 89,@@?9,#+*+, (# &
5F*?@< .=-B (# &
8,;7.7; .?,= ;-6@?:8<7-6 (# &
)?,= 9*<, (# &
8,;7.7; ) ;-6@?:8<7-6 (# &
) 9*<, (# &
',*< 9,H,;<7-6 (# &
',*< 9,H,;<7-6 ,5F*?@< -6=C (# &
',*< 9,H,;<7-6 -6=C (# &
',*< ,H,;<7-6 >*=?,@ A*@,D -6 ?@76+ <9,*<,D B*<,9
-9E?, 7@ 76;=?D,D .-9 <9?;G *6D 76D?@<97*= *88=7;*<7-6@

D- 6-<
?@, .-9 ",6 ,< -9 @<,*DC @<*<, *88=7;*<7-6@
6 # ,6+76,@
*< @8,,D@ -. *6D ?6D,9 <F,@, >*=?,@
*9, 89->7D,D .-9 9,.,9,6;, -6=C
*6D :*C 6-< :,,< <F, <-=,9*6;,
=7@<,D
F,@, >*=?,@ D- 6-< *88=C <- ( )-9 <F,@, :-D,=@

@,, <F,
<-=,9*6;,@ =7@<,D A,=-B
( ' )4

',*< 9,H,;<7-6 (# &
',*< 9,H,;<7-6 <- <:-@8F,9, (# &
',*< 9,H,;<7-6 <- ?A, 7= (# &
',*< 9,H,;<7-6 <- .<,9;--=,9 (# &
! )4
-9E?, (# &

8,,D (# &
)?,= .=-B (# &
,:8,9*<?9, (# D,+9,,@
6<*G, :*67.-=D 89,@@?9, (# G *
2 " ) $$ )

)!
) '
) "

!" .-9 :*976, ,6+76,@
*6D $$ .-9 -<F,9
,6+76,@
9,.,9,6;, *<:-@8F,97; 89,@@?9, 7@ % 0$ 76 F+1
*6D @<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, 7@ D,+ 0 D,+ )1 *< & 9,=*<7>,

F?:7D7<C *< <F, @<*<,D *.<,9;--=,9 B*<,9 <,:8
-9 76=,< :*67.-=D
<,:8
) "

6+76, 9*<76+ -A<*76,D *6D 89,@,6<,D 76 *;;-9D*6;, B7<F (
*6D $$ 9,.,9,6;, *<:-@8F,97; 89,@@?9, 7@ %
0$ 76 F+1
*6D @<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, 7@ D,+ 0 D,+ )1 *<
& 9,=*<7>, F?:7D7<C *6D *=<7<?D, *< <F, @<*<,D *.<,9;--=,9
&*& "89
B*<,9 <,:8,9*<?9,
! ) !

-;*<7-6 .-9 *79 <,:8,9*<?9, :,*@?9,:,6< *79 ;=,*6,9 76=,< *<
@<*A7=7I,D -8,9*<76+ ;-6D7<7-6@
) /'! %

F, ,.,9,6;, 5F*?@< <*;G 7*:,<,9 8?A=7@F,D B7<F <F7@ D*<*@,< 7@
-6=C ?@,D .-9 <F, ;*=;?=*<7-6 -. :-G, 8*;7<C >*=?,@ D7@8=*C,D 76
<F7@ D*<*@,< F7@ >*=?, D-,@ 6-< 6,;,@@*97=C 9,89,@,6< <F, *;<?*=
@<*;G D7*:,<,9 -. <F, ,6+76, D?, <- <F, >*97,<C -. ,5F*?@< @<*;G
*D*8<,9 -8<7-6@ *>*7=*A=, -6@?=< <F, 897;, =7@<
,6+76, -9D,9
-9 +,6,9*= D7:,6@7-6 D9*B76+@ .-9 <F, *;<?*= @<*;G D7*:,<,9 @7I,
-9D,9,D -9 -8<7-6@ *>*7=*A=,
) )!

,.,9,6;, .?,= 7@ J D7@<7==*<, D7,@,= B7<F * +9*>7<CK
=-B,9 F,*<76+ >*=?, 7@
%(%" 0
$ !(1 BF,6 ?@,D *<
$ 0 1
BF,9, <F, D,6@7<C 7@ $ "(7<,9
0 A@("*=1
"
,.,9,6;, 6*<?9*= +*@ .?,= F*@ * =-B,9 F,*<76+ >*=?, -. %(
0$ !(! )<1 -B ! 9*<76+@ *9, A*@,D -6 %( 0 !(
! )1 =-B,9 F,*<76+ >*=?, +*@ 9-8*6, 9*<76+@ *9, A*@,D -6
%( 0 !(! )<1 =-B,9 F,*<76+ >*=?, +*@
" 01 ' )' 0"1

/ !/
6+76, ;-99,;<,D +9-@@ -?<8?< 76;=?D,@ <F, 8-B,9 9,E?79,D <- D97>,
@<*6D*9D ,E?78:,6<K =?A, -7=
@;*>,6+, =?A, -7=
.?,= <9*6@.,9
;-::-6 9*7= .?,=

@,8*9*<, ;79;?7< *.<,9;--=,9 *6D H*;G,< B*<,9
8?:8@ 6+76, 6,< 8-B,9 *>*7=*A=, .-9 <F, ,5<,96*= 0.=CBF,,=1 =-*D
7@ ;*=;?=*<,D AC @?A<9*;<76+ <F, @?: -. *?57=7*9C =-*D .9-: <F,
;-99,;<,D +9-@@ .=CBF,,= -?< 8?< 8-B,9 C87;*= *?57=7*9C =-*D@
*9, 9*D7*<-9 ;--=76+ .*6@
FCD9*?=7; 8?:8@
*79 ;-:89,@@-9@ *6D
A*<<,9C ;F*9+76+ *=<,96*<-9@ )-9 7,9 9*<76+@ *DD7<7-6*= *9*@7<7;
=-@@,@ B-?=D *=@- 76;=?D, 6<*G,
*6D 5F*?@< ,@<97;<7-6@
!
=<7<?D, ;*8*A7=7<C 7@ <F, :*57:?: *=<7<?D, *A->, @,* =,>,= *<
@<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, *6D @<*6D*9D 89,@@?9, *< BF7;F <F, ,6+76, ;-?=D
D,>,=-8 .?== 9*<,D -?<8?< 8-B,9 -6 <F, ;?99,6< 8,9.-9:*6;, D*<* @,<
<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, >*=?,@ >,9@?@ *=<7<?D, ;-?=D A, @,,6 -6
F,6 >7,B76+ <F, *=<7<?D, ;*8*A7=7<C ;F*9< <F, *:A7,6< <,:8,9*<?9,
7@ <F, 76=,< *79 <,:8 *< <F, ;-:89,@@-9 76=,<
6+76,@ B7<F ! *6D '! .?,= @C@<,:@ -8,9*<76+ *< ;-6D7<7-6@
*A->, <F, D,.76,D *=<7<?D, ;*8*A7=7<C D,9*<, .-9 *<:-@8F,97; 89,@@?9,
*6D <,:8,9*<?9, ;-6D7<7-6@ -?<@7D, <F, >*=?,@ D,.76,D
@,,
,;F*67;*= +->,96-9 ;-6<9-==,D ?67< 76H,;<-9 ,6+76,@ 9,E?79, *
@,<<76+ ;F*6+, .-9 -8,9*<7-6 *< ;-6D7<7-6@ *A->, <F, *=<7<?D, D,.76,D
-6 <F, ,6+76, 8,9.-9:*6;, @F,,< ,, C-?9 *<,987==*9 <,;F67;*=
9,89,@,6<*<7>, .-9 6-6 @<*6D*9D 9*<76+@
"! !

:7@@7-6@ 76.-9:*<7-6 7@ 89,@,6<,D *< L6-:76*=L *6D L -<,6<7*=
7<, 2*97*<7-6L >*=?,@ .-9 @<*6D*9D 9*<76+@ - <-=,9*6;,@ *9,
*88=7,D <- <F, ,:7@@7-6@ D*<* F,@, >*=?,@ *9, @?AH,;< <- ;F*6+,
*< *6C <7:, F, ;-6<9-==76+ .,D,9*= *6D =-;*= ,:7@@7-6 9,E?79,:,6<@
6,,D <- A, >,97.7,D AC C-?9 *<,987==*9 <,;F67;*= 9,89,@,6<*<7>,
-+ -6 <- <F, M* F9,.N3F<<8@4((8D+<;*<;-:(;D*(=*C-?<3 <*9+,<N3A=*6G3
O,;F6-=-+C *6D -=?<7-6@ 7>7@7-6@ 0P1 B,A 8*+,
0F<<8@4((8D+<;*<;-:(;D*(=*C-?<1M(*O .-9 76.-9:*<7-6 76;=?D76+
.,D,9*= 9,+?=*<7-6 *88=7;*A7=7<C *6D <7:, =76,@ .-9 7:8=,:,6<*<7-6
6.-9:*<7-6 .-9 =*A,=76+ *6D <*++76+ 9,E?79,:,6<@ 7@ *=@- 89->7D,D
4
,+?=*<7-6 B*<;F ;->,9@ 9,+?=*<7-6@ 76 ,..,;< *6D .?<?9, 9,+?=*<7-6
;F*6+,@ .-9 B-9=D
.,D,9*=
@<*<, *6D =-;*= F7@ 8*+, 76;=?D,@
&*& "89
7<,:@ -6 <F, B*<;F =7@< BF,9, * 9,+?=*<7-6 ;F*6+, -9 89-D?;< ;F*6+,
:7+F< A, 8,6D76+ *6D :*C 6,,D *<<,6<7-6 -. <F, ,6+76, 89-D?;<
+9-?8 )-9 *DD7<7-6*= ,:7@@7-6@ 76.-9:*<7-6 =-+ -6 <- <F, B,A
8*+,
DD7<7-6*= 89-D?;< 76.-9:*<7-6 .-9 @8,;7.7; :*9G,< *88=7;*<7-6 7@

*>*7=*A=,
?@<-:,9L@ :*C F*>, @8,;7*= ,:7@@7-6 @7<, 9,E?79,:,6<@ <F*< 6,,D <- A,
>,97.7,D AC <F, *<,987==*9 9-D?;< "9-?8 ,6+76,,9
' )4

7,@,= 79;?7< C8, *6D ''2 *=*6;, 4 $
)4
:7@@7-6@ 4
! )4
-?6D -B,9 4
-?6D 9,@@?9, 4
" )4
+97;?=<?9, 4
)79, ?:8 4 $
",6,9*<-9 ,< 4
",6,9*<-9 0"*@1 4
6D?@<97*= 7,@,= 4
6D?@<97*= 0"*@1 4
997+*<7-6 4 $
-;-:-<7>, 4
*976, ?57=7*9C 4
*976, 9-8 05;,8< 1 4
*976, 9-8 0 -6=C1 4
' 4
7= )7,=D 0 ,<9-=,?:1 4
..#'7+FB*C 9?;G 4 $
6#'7+FB*C 9?;G 4
*<, ,=,*@,D 4 ( (
Systems Data
Reference Number: DM9933
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

THE INSTALLED SYSTEM MUST COMPLY WITH THE SYSTEM LIMITS BELOW FOR ALL EMISSIONS CERTIFIED
ENGINES TO ASSURE REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE INTAKE RESTRICTION WITH CLEAN ELEMENT 15 IN-H20
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE INTAKE RESTRICTION WITH DIRTY ELEMENT 25 IN-H20
MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP FROM COMPRESSOR OUTLET TO
4.4 IN-HG
MANIFOLD INLET (OR MIXER INLET FOR EGR)
MAXIMUM TURBO INLET AIR TEMPERATURE 122 DEG F
MAXIMUM AIR FILTER INLET AIR TEMPERATURE 122 DEG F
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STATIC WEIGHT ON AIR INLET 0 LB
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STATIC BENDING MOMENT ON AIR INLET 0 LB-FT
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STATIC WEIGHT ON TURBO OUTLET
0 LB
CONNECTION
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STATIC BENDING MOMENT ON TURBO
0 LB-FT
OUTLET CONNECTION
COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE ONLY COOLANT CAPACITY 14.5 GAL
REGULATOR LOCATION FOR JW CIRCUIT OUTLET
MAXIMUM UNINTERRUPTED FILL RATE 5.0 G/MIN
MINIMUM ALLOWABLE COOLANT LOSS (PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL) 12 PERCENT
COOLANT LOSS-MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE OF PUMP PRESSURE RISE
15 PERCENT
LOSS
ENGINE SPEC SYSTEM
CYLINDER ARRANGEMENT VEE
NUMBER OF CYLINDERS 12
CYLINDER BORE DIAMETER 5.7 IN
PISTON STROKE 6.4 IN
TOTAL CYLINDER DISPLACEMENT 1959 CU IN
CRANKSHAFT ROTATION FROM FLYWHEEL END CCW
1-10-9-6-5-
CYLINDER FIRING ORDER 12-11-4-3-
8-7-2
RIGHT
NUMBER 1 CYLINDER LOCATION
FRONT
STROKES/COMBUSTION CYCLE 4
EXHAUST SYSTEM
THE INSTALLED SYSTEM MUST COMPLY WITH THE SYSTEM LIMITS BELOW FOR ALL EMISSIONS CERTIFIED
ENGINES TO ASSURE REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SYSTEM BACK PRESSURE 40 IN-H20
MANIFOLD TYPE DRY
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STATIC WEIGHT ON EXHAUST CONNECTION 110.2 LB
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STATIC BENDING MOMENT ON EXHAUST
0 LB-FT
CONNECTION
FUEL SYSTEM
MAXIMUM FUEL FLOW FROM TRANSFER PUMP TO ENGINE 221.9 G/HR
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FUEL SUPPLY LINE RESTRICTION -8.9 IN-HG
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FUEL TEMPERATURE AT TRANSFER PUMP
149 DEG F
INLET
MAXIMUM FUEL FLOW TO RETURN LINE FROM ENGINE 190.2 G/HR
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FUEL RETURN LINE RESTRICTION 10.2 IN-HG
NORMAL FUEL PRESSURE IN A CLEAN SYSTEM 90.9 PSI
FUEL SYSTEM TYPE EUI
MAXIMUM TRANSFER PUMP PRIMING LIFT WITHOUT PRIMING PUMP 9.8 FT
LUBE SYSTEM
CRANKCASE VENTILATION TYPE TO ATM
STARTING SYSTEM
MINIMUM CRANKING SPEED REQUIRED FOR START-RPM 100
LOWEST AMBIENT START TEMPERATURE WITHOUT AIDS 32 DEG F
)255()(5(1&(21/<
)255()(5(1&(21/<
)255()(5(1&(21/<
)255()(5(1&(21/<
)255()(5(1&(21/<
SUBMITTAL DATA
SECTION 2
GENERATOR DATA
&$7,17(*5$7('
92/7$*(REGULATOR
CIRCUIT BREAKER
GENERATOR DATA
Selected Model
Engine: C32 Generator Frame: 1424 Genset Rating (kW): 1000.0 Line Voltage: 480
Fuel: Diesel Generator Arrangement: 4326124 Genset Rating (kVA): 1250.0 Phase Voltage: 277
Frequency: 60 Excitation Type: Permanent Magnet Pwr. Factor: 0.8 Rated Current: 1503.5
Duty: STANDBY Connection: SERIES STAR Application: EPG Status: Current
Version: 41205 /41374 /41282 /9780
Spec Information
Generator Specification
Generator Efficiency
Frame: 1424 Type: SR5 No. of Bearings: 1
Per Unit Load kW Efficiency %
Winding Type: RANDOM WOUND Flywheel: 18.0
0.25 250.0 92.1
Connection: SERIES STAR Housing: 0
0.5 500.0 94.7
Phases: 3 No. of Leads: 6
0.75 750.0 95.3
Poles: 4 Wires per Lead: 4
1.0 1000.0 95.3
Sync Speed: 1800 Generator Pitch: 0.6667
Reactances Per Unit Ohms

SUBTRANSIENT - DIRECT AXIS X''d 0.1237 0.0228
SUBTRANSIENT - QUADRATURE AXIS X''q 0.1443 0.0266
TRANSIENT - SATURATED X'd 0.2214 0.0408
SYNCHRONOUS - DIRECT AXIS Xd 3.1966 0.5892
SYNCHRONOUS - QUADRATURE AXIS Xq 1.9206 0.3540
NEGATIVE SEQUENCE X2 0.1340 0.0247
ZERO SEQUENCE X0 0.0298 0.0055
Time Constants Seconds

OPEN CIRCUIT TRANSIENT - DIRECT AXIS T'd0 2.5840
SHORT CIRCUIT TRANSIENT - DIRECT AXIS T'd 0.1800
OPEN CIRCUIT SUBSTRANSIENT - DIRECT AXIS T''d0 0.0320
SHORT CIRCUIT SUBSTRANSIENT - DIRECT AXIS T''d 0.0180
OPEN CIRCUIT SUBSTRANSIENT - QUADRATURE AXIS T''q0 0.2390
SHORT CIRCUIT SUBSTRANSIENT - QUADRATURE AXIS T''q 0.0180
EXCITER TIME CONSTANT Te 0.0600
ARMATURE SHORT CIRCUIT Ta 0.0270
Short Circuit Ratio: 0.35 Stator Resistance = 0.0032 Ohms Field Resistance = 0.434 Ohms
Voltage Regulation Generator Excitation
Voltage level adustment: +/- 5.0% No Load Full Load, (rated) pf
Voltage regulation, steady state: +/- 0.5% Series Parallel
Voltage regulation with 3% speed change: +/- 0.5% Excitation voltage: 10.34 Volts 46.99 Volts Volts
Waveform deviation line - line, no load: less than 2.0% Excitation current 0.94 Amps 3.51 Amps Amps
Telephone influence factor: less than 50
Selected Model
Version: 41205 /41374 /41282 /9780
Generator Mechanical Information

Center of Gravity
Dimension X -621.5 mm -24.5 IN.
Dimension Y 0.0 mm 0.0 IN.
Dimension Z 0.0 mm 0.0 IN.
z "X" is measured from driven end of generator and parallel to rotor. Towards
engine fan is positive. See General Information for details
z "Y" is measured vertically from rotor center line. Up is positive.
z "Z" is measured to left and right of rotor center line. To the right is positive.
Generator WT = 2400 kg * Rotor WT = 955 kg * Stator WT = 1445 kg
5,291 LB 2,105 LB 3,186 LB
Rotor Balance = 0.0508 mm deflection PTP

Overspeed Capacity = 125% of synchronous speed
Generator Torsional Data
J1 = Coupling J2 = Rotor J3 = Exciter

and Fan TOTAL J = J1 + J2 + J3 End
K1 = Shaft Stiffness between K2 = Shaft Stiffness between
J1 + J2 (Diameter 1) J2 + J3 (Diameter 2)
J1 K1 Min Shaft Dia 1 J2 K2 Min Shaft Dia 2 J3
2 2
0.0 LB IN. s 0.0 MLB IN./rad 6.7 IN. 149.6 LB IN. s 121.3 MLB IN./rad 5.5 IN. 7.1 LB IN. s2
0.0 N m s2 0.0 MN m/rad 170.0 mm 16.9 N m s2 13.7 MN m/rad 140.0 mm 0.8 N m s2
Total J
156.7 LB IN. s2
17.7 N m s2
Selected Model
Version: 41205 /41374 /41282 /9780
Generator Cooling Requirements -

Temperature - Insulation Data
Cooling Requirements: Temperature Data: (Ambient 40 0C)
Heat Dissipated: 49.3 kW Stator Rise: 105.0 0C
Air Flow: 132.0 m3/min Rotor Rise: 105.0 0C
Insulation Class: H
Insulation Reg. as shipped: 100.0 M minimum at 40 0C
Thermal Limits of Generator

Frequency: 60 Hz
Line to Line Voltage: 480 Volts
B BR 80/40 1180.0 kVA
F BR -105/40 1342.0 kVA
H BR - 125/40 1475.0 kVA
F PR - 130/40 1475.0 kVA
H PR - 150/40 1564.0 kVA
H PR27 - 163/27 1622.5 kVA
Selected Model
Version: 41205 /41374 /41282 /9780
Starting Capability & Current Decrement

Motor Starting Capability (0.4 pf)
Percent
SKVA
Volt Dip
205 2.5
421 5.0
649 7.5
889 10.0
1,143 12.5
1,412 15.0
1,698 17.5
2,001 20.0
2,324 22.5
2,668 25.0
3,036 27.5
3,430 30.0
3,854 32.5
4,310 35.0
4,802 37.5
5,336 40.0
Current Decrement Data

E Time
AMP
Cycle
0.0 12,100
1.0 8,366
2.0 6,581
3.0 5,615
4.0 4,997
5.0 4,537
7.5 3,679
10.0 3,032
12.5 3,124
15.0 3,684
20.0 4,581
25.0 5,180
30.0 5,560
35.0 5,613
40.0 5,566
45.0 5,518
Instantaneous 3 Phase Fault Current: 12100 Amps Instantaneous Line - Line Fault Current: 10056 Amps
Instantaneous Line - Neutral Fault Current: 15597 Amps
Selected Model
Version: 41205 /41374 /41282 /9780
Generator Output Characteristic Curves

Open Circuit Curve
Field Line -
Current Line Volt
0.0 0
15.7 288
18.6 336
21.8 384
25.9 432
32.3 480
44.1 528
68.9 576
125.5 624
259.4 672
Short Circuit Curve
Field Armature
Current Current
0.0 0
50.8 902
59.3 1,052
67.8 1,203
76.2 1,353
84.7 1,504
93.2 1,654
101.6 1,804
110.1 1,955
118.6 2,105
Selected Model
Version: 41205 /41374 /41282 /9780
Generator Output Characteristic Curves

Zero Power Factor Curve
Field Line -
Current Line Volt
84.7 0
100.6 240
103.5 288
106.9 336
111.3 384
118.2 432
131.3 480
159.3 528
223.8 576
376.6 624
Air Gap Curve
Field Line -
Current Line Volt
0.0 0
15.5 288
18.1 336
20.7 384
23.3 432
25.9 480
28.5 528
31.0 576
33.6 624
36.2 672
Selected Model
Version: 41205 /41374 /41282 /9780
Reactive Capability Curve

Click to view Chart
Selected Model
Version: 41205 /41374 /41282 /9780
General Information
DM7825 Caterpillar SR5 Generators (50 Hz, 60 Hz)
Data for 1400, 1600, 1700, 1800 and 1900 frames Caterpillar SR5
generators built by Leroy Somer - USA and Leroy Somer France.
Refer to DM7821 for explanation of all generator data in Technical

Marketing Information (TMI) except generator efficiency for which the
explanation is given below.
GENERATOR EFFICIENCY
Generator efficiency is the percentage of engine flywheel (or other
prime mover) power that is converted into electrical output. The
generator efficiency shown is calculated by the summation of all
losses method, and is determined in accordance with the IEC Standard
60034. The efficiency considers only the generator. There is no
consideration of engine or parasitic losses here.
INTEGRATED VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
INTEGRATED VOLTAGE
Genset Control
with IVR Logic Generator REGULATOR
Voltage & Current
Sensing The Integrated Voltage Regulator (IVR) is
designed to provide robust, precise closed-loop
control of the generator voltage, optimized
transient performance and industry leading
feature specification.
Excitation Excitation
Excitation
Command
Module
Current Caterpillar is leading the power generation
marketplace with power solutions engineered to
Integrated Voltage Regulator
deliver unmatc y, expandability,
reliability and cost-e iveness.
FEATURES WORLDWIDE PRODUCT SUPPORT

When used with an Excitation Module, EMCP 4.3/4.4 t Worldwide parts availability through the Cat dealer
and IVR-compatible EMCP 4.1/4.2 controllers o network
t Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR) t Over 1,800 dealer branch stores operating in
200 countries
t Programmable stability settings
tThe best product support record in the industry
t Soft start control with an adjustable time setting in
AVR control mode t Cat dealers provide extensive post sale support including
maintenance and repair agreements
t
Hz) regulation
tThree-phase or single-phase generator voltage COMPLETE SYSTEM INTEGRATION
(RMS) sensing/regulation in AVR mode
Fully designed and factory tested to work seamlessly
t Setpoint adjustment from the EMCP display or Cat with Cat generators using Self Excitation (SE),
ET Service Tool Internal Excitation (IE) or Permanent Magnet (PMG)
t IVR Operating Status and Voltage Bias Overview excitation systems and EMCP controls.
screens to provide an enhanced level of user
interface
t Integrated Voltage Regulator event monitoring
EMCP 4.3/4.4 and IVR-compatible EMCP 4.2

controllers also o
t Power Factor Regulation (PF)
t Reactive Droop compensation
t Line drop compensation
LEHE0448-00
INTEGRATED VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
INTEGRATED VOLTAGE REGULATOR FEATURE SPECIFICATION
EMCP 4.1 EMCP 4.2 EMCP 4.3 EMCP 4.4
SPECIFICATIONS
No Load to Full Load Regulation 0.5% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25%
t t t t
t t t t
Regulator Response Time 10 ms 10 ms 5 ms 5 ms
Single and Three Phase Sensing t t t t
Voltage Adjustment Range
30% 30% 30% 30%
CONTROL
t t t t
Characteristic
Excitation Enable / Disable Selection t t t t
2
Line Loss (I R) Compensation t t t
Reactive Droop Compensation t t t
Power Factor Control Mode t t t
PROTECTION / ALARMS
Generator Overvoltage t t t t
Generator Undervoltage t t t t
Over Excitation t t t t
Loss of Sensing t t t t
Generator Reverse VARs t t t
Event Log t t t t
METERING
EMCP AC Metering t t t t
EMCP Power Metering t t t
Excitation Command Percentage t t t t
Operating Mode Status Indication t t t t
LEHE0448-00
2
INTEGRATED VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
INTEGRATED VOLTAGE REGULATOR FEATURE SPECIFICATION (continued)
EMCP 4.1 EMCP 4.2 EMCP 4.3 EMCP 4.4
VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
EMCP 4 Display Voltage Bias t t t t
1
Digital Input (Raise / Lower) Voltage Bias t t t t
Potentiometer Voltage Bias1 t t t t
Analog Voltage Bias Voltage Range1 0V to 5V 0V to 5V -10V to +10V -10V to +10V
1
Analog Voltage Bias Current Range 0mA to 20mA 0mA to 20mA
1
Analog Voltage Bias PWM Range 0% to 100% 0% to 100%
SCADA (Modbus) Voltage Bias t t t
1
Requires an available input on the EMCP 4.
LEHE0448-00
3
INTEGRATED VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
EXCITATION MODULE SPECIFICATION
The Integrated Voltage Regulator consists of an EMCP 4 interfacing with an Excitation Module. There are a range
of Excitation Modules available to match Cat generator sets.
Figure 1: Figure 2:
EM10 Excitation Module EM15 Excitation Module
EXCITATION MODULE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

EM10 EM15
Compatible Generator Excitation Types Self Excitation (SE)
Internal Excitation (IE)
Permanent Magnet (PMG)
Nominal Field Current Output 6 Amps 7 Amps
Maximum (forcing) Field Current Output 10 Amps 15 Amps
Maximum AC Voltage Input 180 Vrms 240 Vrms
For more information on the Excitation Module refer to the component spec sheet.
LEHE0448-00
4
EXCITATION MODULE
EM10
The EM10 Excitation Module is a power
electronics component designed to provide
excitation current to the generator that is
controlled by the Integrated Voltage Regulator
(IVR) feature in the EMCP 4 controls.
$BUFSQJMMBSJTMFBEJOHUIFQPXFSHFOFSBUJPO
NBSLFUQMBDFXJUIQPXFSTPMVUJPOTFOHJOFFSFEUP
EFMiWFSVONBUc Z FYQBOEBCJMJUZ
SFMJBCJMJUZBOEDPTUF iWFOFTT
FEATURES WORLDWIDE PRODUCT SUPPORT

t OverFYDJUBUJPOQSPUFDUJPOoMJNJUDBOCFBEKVTUFE t WPSMEXJEFQBrUTBWBJMBCJMJUZUISPVHIUIF$BUEFBMFS
WJBBQPUFOUJPNFUFS *&9$
OFUXPSL
t (SFFOTUBUVT-&%JOEJDBUJOHVOJUJTQPXFSFEPO t 0WFS 0EFBMFSCSBOcITUPSFTPQFSBUJOHJO
00DPVOUSJFT
t RFETUBUVT-&%JOEJDBUJOHFYDJUBUJPODVrSFOUMJNJUJOH
t5IFCFTUQSPEVDUTVQQPrUSFDPSEJOUIFJOEVTUSZ
t $BUEFBMFSTQSPWJEFFYUFOTJWFQPTUTBMFTVQQPSUJODMVEJOH

8IFOVTFEXJUI&.$1BOE*73DPNQBUJCMF
NBJOUFOBODFBOESFQBJSBHSFFNFOUT
&.$1DPOUSPMMFrT UIF*OUFHSBUFE7PMUBHF
RFHVMBUPSTZTUFNP rT
t "VUPNBUJD7PMUBHFRFHVMBUJPO A73
COMPLETE SYSTEM INTEGRATION
t 1SPHSBNNBCMFTUBCJMJUZTFtUJOHT FVMMZEFTJHOFEBOEGBDUPSZUFTUFEUPXPSLTFBNMFTTMZ
XJUI$BUHFOFSBUPrTVTJOHSFMG&YDJUBUJPO 4&

t SofUTUBrUDPOUSPMXJUIBOBEKVTUBCMFUJNFTFtUJOHJO *OUFSOBM&YDJUBUJPO *&
PS1FSNBOFOU.BHOFU 1.(

A73DPOUSPMNPEF FYDJUBUJPOTZTUFNTBOE&.$1DPOUSPMT
t %VBM4MPQF6OEFSFSFRVFODZ 7PMUT)[
SFHVMBUJPO
t5ISFFQIBTFPSTJOHMFQIBTFHFOFSBUPSvPMUBHF
3.4
TFOTJOHSFHVMBUJPOJOA73NPEF
&.$1BOE*73DPNQBUJCMF&.$1
DPOUSPMMFrTBMTPPFS
t 1PXFSFBDUPSRFHVMBUJPO 1'

t (FOFSBUPSQBSBMMFMJOHXJUISFBDUiWFESPPQ
DPNQFOTBUJPO
t -JOFESPQDPNQFOTBUJPO
-&)&
EXCITATION MODULE EM10
SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL
Generator Excitation Types Self Excitation / Internal Excitation / Permanent Magnet (PMG)
Max. Continuous Field Current Output 6 Amps
Max. Forcing Field Current Output 10 Amps
Max. AC Voltage Input (X1:X2, Z1:Z2) 180 Vrms
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature Range 40 C (40 F) to +70 C (+158 F)
Storage Temperature Range 40 C (40 F) to +85 C (+185 F)
Relative Humidity Tolerance 95% non-condensing humidity
Salt Spray 5% salt (NaCl) solution for 120 hrs
Vibration 4.5 G-rms, 24-2000 Hz in 3 orthogonal planes
Electromagnetic Compatibility RF Immunity (Radiated & Conducted)
RF Emissions (Radiated & Conducted)
Electrical Transients
Weight 770 g 30 g
Power Consumption (at Max. Continuous Rating) <450 VA
CONFORMITY
UL Recognized (U.S. and Canada)
UL
File No. E334232
CE Integration Cer In conformity with the applicable requirements of the following
Standards:
EN 50178
EN 60204-1
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4
LEHE0449-00
2
EXCITATION MODULE EM10
OVER-EXCITATION PROTECTION
t *GBTIPrUDJSDVJUGBVMUPDDVrTBUUIFHFOFSBUPSUFSNJOBMT UIF&.1XJMMBMMPXUIFFYDJUBUJPODVrSFOUUPSJTFUPUIF
VQQFSMJNJUWBMVFTFUCZUIFBEKVTUNFOUQPUFOUJPNFUFS NBY10"NQT

tAfUFS1TFDPOET UIFFYDJUBUJPODVrSFOUJTSFEVDFEUPBWBMVFPG1PGUIFQPUFOUJPNFUFSTFtUJOH
Excitation
Current (A)
-&)&0449-00
3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
C32
MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
R-Frame
1600A-2500A (UL), 1600A-3200A (IEC)
P-Frame
800A-1200A (UL), 800A-1600A (IEC)
NSJ
400A-600A (UL), 400A-630A (IEC)
(3JHIU)BOE.PVOUFE
(-FGU)BOE.PVOUFE
FEATURES
Moisture and fungus protection CONFORMITY WITH INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS
Clear indication of breaker status The P&R Frames plus the NSJ Circuit Breakers
Reinforced insulation have been designed to comply with the
Shunt trip international standard IEC 60947-2 as well
Auxiliary contacts as with these other major standards:
Load side extension bars P&R FRAMEs
80% Rated P&R Frame (UL) Upgradeable UL 489
to 100% CSA 22.2 No 5.1
100% Rated NSJ (IEC) Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN
Maintenance-free operation NEMA AB1
Exceptional characteristics under short-circuit NMX J-266
conditions UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE
Adjustable trip settings
NSJ
Federal Specification W-C-375B/GEN
NEMA AB1
UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE
Additionally, the P&R Frames plus NSJ Circuit
Breakers have been approved for Marine
application by American Bureau of Shipping,
Registro Italiano Navale, Germanischer Lloyd,
and Det Norske Veritas.
LEHE6138-00
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
STANDARD FEATURES
RATINGS TRIP UNITS
UL-CSA All circuit breakers come equipped with True RMS
R-Frame Rating: 3200 Amps (max) IEC Current Sensing. The trip units for each of the
P-Frame Rating: 1600 Amps (max) IEC circuit breaker ratings sample the current waveform
to provide true RMS protection through the 15th
SHUNT TRIP
harmonic. This true RMS sensing gives accurate
The shunt trip provides a means of tripping the values for the magnitude of a nonsinusoidal
circuit breaker electronically. Shunt trip ratings waveform. Therefore, the heating effects of
are as follows: harmonically distorted waveforms are accurately
Voltage: 24 VDC evaluated. The trip system comes equipped with
Coil Burden (Holding/Inrush): 4.5/200 VA a set of current transformers (CTs) to sense current,
Power Consumption: 4.5 VA a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a tripping
AUXILIARY CONTACTS solenoid to trip the circuit breaker. Additionally, each
The auxiliary contacts provide a means of remote trip unit comes equipped with Active Thermal
circuit breaker position indication and consist of Imaging which is active 20 minutes before and
one (1) Form C Contact (1 Normally open and after tripping.
1 Normally closed contact) with the following The P&R Frame circuit breakers come equipped
current ratings: with basic trip unit (LI), which includes the
6A @ 240-480 VAC, 50/60 Hz following features:
CUSTOMER CABLE CONNECTIONS Long-Time setting adjustable dial settings
Connection options include bus, cable I-Line for from 0.4 1.0 x sensor rating (In)
installation flexibility. Long-Time Delay adjustable
Instantaneous setting adjustable dial settings
from 1.5 12 x sensor rating (In)
Neutral protection (four-pole breakers)
Type A Rating Plug
LEHE6138-00 2
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
CIRCUIT BREAKER CHARACTERISTICS

UL-IEC/CSA Breakers P-Frame UL-IEC/CSA Breakers NSJ-Frame
Number of Poles 3&4 Number of Poles 3&4
Rated Current (Amps) 800/ Rated Current (Amps) 400/
1200A (UL) 600A (UL)
800/ 400/
1600A (IEC) 630A (IEC)
Voltage Rating (VAC) 600 UL/ Voltage Rating (VAC) 600 UL/
690 IEC 690 IEC
Interrupting Rating (UL) 240 V 65 Interrupting Rating (UL) 240 V 65
(60 Hz) kA RMS 480 V 35 (60 Hz) kA RMS 480 V 35
600 V 18 600 V 18
240 V 50 240 V 85
IEC 60947-2 Rating Icu IEC 60947-2 Rating Icu
(50/60 Hz) 380/415 V 35 380/415 V 45
(50/60 Hz)
kA RMS 240 V 25 kA RMS 240 V 85
Ics Ics
380/415 V 20 380/415 V 45
UL-IEC/CSA Breakers R-Frame

Number of Poles 3&4
Rated Current (Amps) 1600/
2500A (UL)
1600/
3200A (IEC)
Voltage Rating (VAC) 600 UL/
690 IEC
Interrupting Rating (UL) 240 V 65
(60 Hz) kA RMS 480 V 35
600 V 18
240 V 50
IEC 60947-2 Rating Icu
(50/60 Hz) 380/415 V 35
kA RMS 240 V 25
Ics
380/415 V 20
LEHE6138-00 3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MICROLOGIC
MICROLOGIC TRIP (LSI)
TRIP (LSI) Long-time +
Long-time + Short-time +
Frame Short-time + Instantaneous ADDS Aux
Rating Instantaneous Equipment LSO, Contacts w/
(Amps) Cat Part UL/ Protection Ground-fault MO, Switches: Customer Side
Genset Number No. IEC (UL Listed, Protection (UL LSIG, Shunt -Connected -Lug-
Model FRAME -Ckt Bkr- Poles spec IEC Rated) Listed, IEC Rated) MO Trip -Disconnected -Bus-
R-FRAME 244-9780 3 UL/IEC 5.0A LSI 24VDC 240-480 6A Load Take-off Bus:
1600A 80% @ 600 3A 3-Pole:
R-FRAME 244-9781 3 UL/IEC 6.0A LSIG 4.5/ DC Each has 4 Bolt Hole
1600A 80% 200VA 125 0.8A pattern evenly spaced
R-FRAME 244-9782 3 UL/IEC 6.0H LSIG-H 250 0.3A on centers 1.75" (44.5).
1600A 80% MODBUS Dia of holes 0.57" (14.5)
R-FRAME 244-9783 3 UL/IEC 6.0P LSIG-P (Meets NEMA Standard CC1)
1600A 80% MODBUS
R-FRAME 244-9990 3 UL/IEC 5.0P LSI-P
1600A 80% MODBUS
R-FRAME 244-9864 3 UL/IEC 5.0A LSI 24VDC 240-480 6A Load Take-off Bus:
1600A 100% @ 600 3A 3-Pole:
R-FRAME 244-9865 3 UL/IEC 6.0A LSIG 4.5/ DC Each has 4 Bolt Hole
1600A 100% 200VA 125 0.8A pattern evenly spaced
R-FRAME 244-9866 3 UL/IEC 6.0H LSIG-H 250 0.3A on centers 1.75" (44.5).
C32
1600A 100% MODBUS Dia of holes 0.57" (14.5)
R-FRAME 244-9867 3 UL/IEC 6.0P LSIG-P (Meets NEMA Standard CC1)
1600A 100% MODBUS
R-FRAME 244-9991 3 UL/IEC 5.0P LSI-P
1600A 100% MODBUS
P-FRAME 244-9772 3 IEC 5.0A LSI & 24VDC 240-480 6A Load Take-off Bus:
1600A EO @ 600 3A 3-Pole:
P-FRAME 244-9773 3 IEC 6.0A LSIG & 4.5/ DC Each has 4 Bolt Hole
1600A EO 200VA 125 0.8A pattern evenly spaced
P-FRAME 244-9775 3 IEC 6.0P LSIG-P 250 0.3A on centers 1.75" (44.5).
1600A EO & Dia of holes 0.57" (14.5)
MODBUS (Meets NEMA Standard CC1)
P-FRAME 244-9776 3 IEC 5.0A LSI
1600A
P-FRAME 244-9777 3 IEC 6.0A LSIG
1600A
P-FRAME 244-9779 3 IEC 6.0P LSIG-P
1600A MODBUS
LEHE6138-01 8
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)
100
1.5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
1
6
7
8
9
10000 10000
9000 9000 MICROLOGIC 5.0/6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT
8000 8000
7000 7000
CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-4
6000 6000
5000 5000
Long-time Pickup and Delay
4000 4000
Short-time Pickup and I2t OFF Delay
LONG-TIME PICKUP
3000
x In = Ir 3000
The time-current curve information is to be used
for application and coordination purposes only.
2000 2000 Curves apply from -30 C to +60 C ambient
1500 1500
temperature.
Notes:
1000 1000
900 900 1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act
800 800
700 700
to shorten the long-time delay. The thermal-
600 600 imaging effect comes into play if a current
24
500
16
500 above the long-time delay pickup value exists
400 400 for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of
300 300
a downstream device or the circuit breaker
itself. A subsequent overload will cause the
200 200
circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than
normal. The amount of time delay reduction is
150 150 inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed
since the previous overload. Approximately
100
90
100
90
20 minutes is required between overloads
80 80 to completely reset thermal-imaging.
70 20 70
60 12 60 2. The end of the curve is determined by the
50 8 50 interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.
40 4 40
3. With zone-selective interlocking on, short-time
2
30 30 delay utilized and no restraining signal, the
1 maximum unrestrained short-time delay time
.5
20 20 band applies regardless of the setting.
24
15 15 4. Total clearing times shown include the
16 response times of the trip unit, the circuit
10
9
10
9
breaker opening, and the extinction of the
8
LONG-TIME
DELAY BANDS
8 current.
7 7
SECONDS AT 6 x Ir
6 6 5. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous
TIME IN SECONDS
5 5 can be turned OFF. See 613-7 for

4 4 instantaneous trip curve. See 613-10 for
3 3
instantaneous override values.
6. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%.
2 2
1.5 1.5
8
1 1
.9 SHORT-TIME 10 SHORT-TIME .9
.8 PICKUP 6 DELAY I2t OFF .8
.7 x Ir 1.5 2 2.5 (FIXED-TIME DELAY) .7
.6 SECONDS AT 10 x Ir .6
4
.5 .5
3 5 0.4 OFF
.4 .4
.3 .3
0.3 OFF
MAXIMUM
.2 .2
UNRESTRAINED
SHORT-TIME 0.2 OFF
.15 DELAY .15
.1 0.1 OFF .1
.09 .09
.08 .08
.07 .07
.06 .06
.05 .05
.04 .04
.03 .03
0
.02 .02
1 CYCLE
.015 .015
.01 .01
.009 .009
1
.008 2 CYCLE .008
.007 .007
.006 .006
.005 .005
1
1.5
6
7
8
9
10
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir
(Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)
Curve No. 0613TC0004

December 2000
Schneider Electric Brands 2000 Schneider Electric all rights reserved Drawing No. B48095-613-04
LEHE6138-00 12
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
100
1.5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
1
6
7
8
9
10000 10000
9000 9000 MICROLOGIC 5.0/6.0 A/P/H TRIP UNIT
8000
7000
8000
7000
CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-7
6000 6000 Instantaneous Pickup
5000 5000
2x-15x and OFF
4000 4000
The time-current curve information is to be used
3000 3000 for application and coordination purposes only.
2000 2000
Curves apply from -30 to +60 C ambient
temperature.
1500 1500
Notes:
1000
900
1000
900
1. The end of the curve is determined by the
800 800 interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.
700 700
600 600 2. Total clearing times shown include the
500 500 response times of the trip unit, the circuit
400 400 breaker opening, and the extinction of the
300 300
current.
3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve
200 200 shows maximum total clearing times. Actual
150 150
clearing times in this region can vary
depending on the circuit breaker mechanism
100
INSTANTANEOUS
100
design and other factors. The actual clearing
90 PICKUP 90 time can be considerably faster than indicated.
80 x In 80
70 70 Contact your local Sales Office for additional
60 60 information.
50 50
4. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous
40 40
can be turned OFF. See 613-7 for
30
10 x
30 instantaneous trip curve. See 613-10 for
instantaneous override values.
20 20
5. See 613-4 and 613-5 for long-time pickup,
15 15 long-time delay, short-time pickup, and short-
time delay trip curves.
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
TIME IN SECONDS
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1.5 1.5
1 1
.9 .9
.8 .8
.7 .7
.6 .6
.5 .5
.4 .4
.3 .3
.2 .2
.15
2x 3x 4x 6x 8x 12 x 15 x .15
.1 .1
.09 .09
.08 .08
.07 .07
.06 .06
.05 .05
.04 .04
.03 .03
.02 .02
1 CYCLE
.015 .015
.01 .01
.009 .009
1
.008 2 CYCLE .008
.007 .007
.006 .006
.005 .005
1
1.5
6
7
8
9
10
.5
.6
.7
.8
.9
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
Curve No. 0613TC0007

December 2000
Schneider Electric Brands 2000 Schneider Electric all rights reserved Drawing No. B48095-613-07
LEHE6138-00 13
SUBMITTAL DATA
SECTION 3
EMCP 4.2 CONTROL PANEL

CUSTOMER/CONTRA&TOR
CONNECTIONS
EMCP 4
EMCP 4.2
GENERATOR SET
CONTROLLER
Caterpillar is leading the power generation market
place with power solutions engineered to deliver
unmatched performance, reliability, durability and
cost-effectiveness.
(3JHIU)BOE.PVOUFE
Image shown may not reflect actual package
(-FGU)BOE.PVOUFE
FEATURES
GENERAL DESCRIPTION Real-time clock allows for date and time stamping
The Cat EMCP 4.2 offers fully featured power of diagnostics and events in the controls logs as
metering, protective relaying and engine and generator well as service maintenance reminders based on
control and monitoring. Engine and generator controls, engine operating hours or calendar days.
diagnostics, and operating information are accessible Up to 40 diagnostic events are stored in the non-
via the control panel keypads; diagnostics from the volatile memory.
EMCP 4 optional modules can be viewed and reset Ability to view and reset diagnostics on EMCP 4
through the EMCP 4.2. optional modules via the control panel removes
the need for a separate service tool for
FULL RANGE OF ATTACHMENTS troubleshooting.
Wide range of system expansion attachments,
Set points and software stored in non-volatile
designed specifically to work with the EMCP 4.
memory, preventing loss during a power outage.
Flexible packaging options for easy and cost effective
installation. Reduced power mode offers a low power state to
minimize battery power requirements.
WORLD WIDE PRODUCT SUPPORT Three levels of security allow for configurable
Cat dealers provide extensive pre and post sale operator privileges.
support. Selectable units
Cat dealers have over 1,600 dealer branch stores Temperature: C or F
operating in 200 countries. Pressure: psi, kPa, bar
Fuel Consumption: Gal/hr or Liter/hr
FEATURES
A 33 x 132 pixel, 3.8 inch, graphical display denotes STANDARDS
text alarm/event descriptions, set points, engine and UL Recognized
generator monitoring, and is visible in all lighting CSA C22.2 No.100,14, 94
conditions. Complies with all necessary standards for
Textual display with support for 28 languages, CE Certification
including character languages such as Arabic, 98/37/EC Machinery Directive
Chinese, and Japanese. BS EN 60204-1 Safety of Machinery
Advanced engine monitoring is available on systems 89/336/EEC EMC Directive
with an electronic engine control module. BS EN 50081-1 Emissions Standard
Integration with the Cat Digital Voltage Regulator BS EN 50082-2 Immunity Standard
(CDVR) provides enhanced system performance. 73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive
EN 50178 LVD Standard
Fully featured power metering, protective relaying, IEC529, IEC60034-5, IEC61131-3
engine and generator parameter viewing, and MIL STND 461
expanded AC metering are all integrated into this
controller.
LEHE0138-00
EMCP 4.2 GENERATOR SET CONTROLLER
STANDARD FEATURES
Voltage (L-L, L-N)

Current (Phase)
Average Volt, Amp, Frequency
kW, kVAr, kVA (Average, Phase, %)
Generator Monitoring Power Factor (Average, Phase)
kW-hr, kVAr-hr (total)
Excitation voltage and current (with CDVR)
Generator stator and bearing temp (with optional module)
Generator phase sequence

Over/Under voltage (27/59)
Over/Under frequency (81 O/U)
Generator Protection Reverse Power (kW) (32)
Reverse Reactive Power (kVAr) (32RV)
Overcurrent (50/51)
Coolant temperature
Oil pressure
Engine speed (RPM)
Battery voltage
Engine Monitoring
Run hours
Crank attempt and successful start counter
Enhanced engine monitoring (with electronic engines)
Control switch not in auto (alarm)

High coolant temp (alarm and shutdown)
Low coolant temp (alarm)
Low coolant level (alarm)
Engine Protection High engine oil temp (alarm and shutdown)
Low, high, and weak battery voltage
Overspeed
Overcrank
Run / Auto / Stop control

Speed and voltage adjust
Control Local and remote emergency stop
Remote start/stop
Cycle crank
Two dedicated digital inputs

Six programmable digital inputs
Inputs & Outputs Six programmable form A dry contacts
Two programmable form C dry contacts
Two digital outputs
Primary and accessory CAN data links

Communications RS-485 annunciator data link
Modbus RTU (RS-485 Half duplex)
Arabic, Bulgarian, Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian,
Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Icelandic, Italian, Latvian,
Language Support Lithuanian, Japanese, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian,
Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Control module operating temperature: -40C to 70C
Display operating temperature: -20C to 70C
Environmental Humidity: 100% condensing 30C to 60C
Storage temperature: -40C to 85C
Vibration: Random profile, 24-1000 Hz, 4.3G rms
LEHE0138-00 2
EMCP 4
EMCP 4 CAN
/2&$/
ANNUNCIATOR
The EMCP 4 CAN annunciator serves to display
generator set system alarm conditions and status
indications. The annunciator has been designed
for use on the EMCP 4 accessory communication
network for local applications, but may be used
for either local or remote applications, providing
customers with enhanced site flexibility.
In local applications, the annunciator may be
mounted on the package generator set with the
EMCP 4 Controller to provide a complete
package-mounted monitoring solution.
The annunciator may also be mounted separate
from the generator set to provide remote indication
of system operating and alarm conditions.
The EMCP 4 annunciator is configurable to the
standards of NFPA 99/110 for emergency standby
generator systems.
FEATURES SPECIFICATIONS
The EMCP 4 annunciator provides sixteen (16) Technical Data
individual points of annunciation, with two (2) Electrical
LEDs included for each point. Battery Voltage Functional Range: 9 to 32 VDC
An additional pair of LEDs provides status Power Consumption
indication of the accessory communication
Maximum: 12 watt at 24 VDC
network.
Standby: 5 watt at 24 VDC
Includes alarm horn with lamp test and
alarm acknowledge pushbuttons. Control Power: 12-24 VDC
Configurable using standard Cat Service Tool Communication: Accessory Data Link
Configurable to NFPA 99/110 requirements for Single, 6-pin Connector
local and remote annunciation on emergency Alarm
standby generator systems. Sound Level 80 db
Provides custom label kit including software for PHYSICAL
customers specific alarms and arrangement
Weight 2.5 lb or 1.13 kg
Designed and tested to meet stringent impulse
shock and operating vibration requirements ENVIRONMENTAL
Uses high quality shielded twisted-pair cable Operating Temperature 40 C to 70 C
for robust remote communications 40 F to 158 F
Graphic symbols are provided next to each pair Storage Temperature 50 C to 70 C
to indicate various alarms and events 58 F to 158 F
The annunciator can be mounted either locally, Relative Humidity 90%
on the package generator set, or remotely
(up to 240 m (800 ft). CERTIFICATIONS
Provides superior visibility of the LEDs in UL Recognized
direct sunlight
LEHE0139-01
EMCP 4
LED COLOR SCHEME STANDARD LED CONFIGURATION

Each pair of LEDs on the annunciator consists of Emergency stop shutdown
two of three colors: green, yellow and red, which Overcrank shutdown
allows for custom configuration of status, warning Low coolant temperature warning
and shutdown conditions. High coolant temperature warning/shutdown
The available colors and combinations are: Low oil pressure warning/shutdown
Overspeed warning/shutdown
Row LED 1 LED 2
Low coolant level warning/shutdown
1 Red Yellow Low fuel level warning/shutdown
2 Red Yellow EPS supplying load status
3 Red Yellow Control switch not in auto warning
High battery voltage warning/shutdown
4 Red Yellow
Low battery voltage warning/shutdown
5 Red Yellow BATT charger AC failure warning/shutdown
6 Red Green Low cranking voltage
7 Red Yellow Engine running
Tier 4 SCR
8 Red Yellow
9 Red Yellow
10 Red Yellow
11 Red Yellow
12 Red Yellow
13 Green Yellow
14 Green Yellow
15 Red Green
16 Red Yellow
Annunciator Dimensions
A 158 mm 6.22 in
B 60 mm 2.37 in
C 288 mm 11.34 in
Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential.

Discretion is recommended when distributing. www.Cat-ElectricPower.com
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.
CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, Caterpillar Yellow, the Power Edge 2010 Caterpillar
LEHE0139-01 (04-10) trade dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks All rights reserved.
of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission. Printed in U.S.A.
Contractor/CustomerConnections
ACDistributionPanel
MountedinGen 240VAC,150A
Enclosure shorepowerrequired
RemoteAnnunciator
MountedinGen (4)#14Stranded Remote

AC/DCBox Beldin9841 Annunciator
AllCommunicationwiringshouldbeinaseparateconduit.
Allwiresizesare14AWGmininumunlessotherwisespecified.
AC/DCTerminationBox
(Allconduitshouldbein
theelectricalstubuparea)
TheCATTechnicianwillmakeallterminations,withtheexceptionofloadcables.
SUBMITTAL DATA
SECTION 4
CAT BATTERIES
BATTERY CHARGER 10A
ENGINE COOLANT & OIL
WARRANTY INFORMATION
INSTALLATION INFORMATION
ENCLOSURE
FUEL TANK
Cat Batteries
Caterpillar. The difference counts.

Cat BatteriesGreater Starting PowerLower
MaintenanceLonger Life Cat Dealers define worldclass product
Cat Premium High Output (PHO) batteries are used in all Caterpillar support. We offer you the right parts
Machines and Engine Gen-Sets. They are designed to meet stringent and service solutions, when and where
Caterpillar design specifications, which provide industry leading cold you need them.
cranking amp (CCA) capability and maximum vibration resistance.
The Cat Dealer network of highly
Maintenance Free or low maintenance designs are available in wet and dry trained experts keeps your entire fleet
configurations. up and running to maximize your
General Service Line batteries are available in Maintenance Free or low equipment investments.
maintenance designs and in wet or dry configurations. Wide selections of
BCI group sizes are available for automotive, light truck, bus, industrial,
agricultural, marine, recreational and valve regulated (VRLA-AGM & Gel)
applications.
Worlds Toughest Batteries
Premium High OutputMaximum Vibration Resistance
Vibration Resistance...five times the Industry Standard
Exclusive flat top BCI group 4D & 8D batteries are Maintenance Free
and have the industries highest cold cranking amps (CCA)
Popular BCI group 31 Maintenance Free batteries with industry leading
cold cranking amps...up to 1000 (CCA), for electric power, machine or
on-highway truck and bus applications. Deep cycle models available for
truck, marine or recreational usage
Specifications for Cat Premium High Output Batteries-Available Worldwide

Quantity - 2 Nominal Weight
BCI Cold Reserve Amp Hr. Add Water BCI Overall Dimensions Nominal
Group Cranking Capacity Capacity Maintenance Acid to Fill
Size Part No. Amps Minutes Volts @ 20 Hrs. Construction Check Hours Length In (mm) Width In (mm) Height In (mm) Wet Lb (kg) Dry Lb (kg) Qt (liter)
8D 153-5720 1500 465 12 210 C MF 20.47 (520) 10.8 (275) 9.76 (248) 132 (60)
8D 101-4000 1400 400 12 190 LAC+ 1000 20.7 (526.5) 10.96 (278) 9.76 (248) 132 (60) 86 (39) 18.0 (17.0)
4D 153-5710 1400 425 12 200 C MF 20.47 (520) 8.58 (218) 9.76 (248) 119 (54)
4D 153-5700 1125 305 12 145 C MF 20.47 (520) 8.58 (218) 9.76 (248) 101 (46)
4D 9X-9730 1300 400 12 190 LAC+ 1000 20.75 (527) 8.58 (218) 9.76 (248) 119 (54) 81 (37) 14.8 (14.0)
4D 9X-9720 1000 275 12 140 LAC+ 1000 20.75 (527) 8.58 (218) 9.76 (248) 101 (46) 59 (27) 15.9 (15.0)
31 175-4390 1000 180 12 90 C/S MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.29 (236) 60 (27)
31 175-4370 825 190 12 100 C/S** MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.29 (236) 60 (27)
31 175-4360 710 185 12 100 C/S*** MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.29 (236) 60 (27)
31 250-0480 710 185 12 100 C/SDT*** MF 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.29 (236) 60 (27)
31 115-2422 1000 170 12 90 C SAE MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.46 (240.3) 60 (27)
31 115-2421 950 170 12 90 C SAE + MFA 12.9 (328.4) 6.74 (171.2) 9.46 (240.3) 60 (27) 44 (20) 6.6 (6.2)
31 9X-3404 950 165 12 100 C SAE MF 13 (330.2) 6.77 (172) 9.46 (240.3) 58 (26)
31 3T-5760 750 165 12 100 C SAE MF 13 (330.2) 6.77 (172) 9.46 (240.3) 55 (25)
24 153-5656 650 110 12 52 SC MF 10.98 (278.9) 6.85 (174) 9.0 (229.1) 39 (18)
65 230-6368 880 140 12 80 SC MF 11.9 (303.4) 7.5 (190.8) 7.5 (191.4) 45.5 (21)
74 153-5660 650 110 12 52 SC* MF 10.98 (278.9) 7.0 (178.2) 8.15 (206.9) 39 (18)
58 175-4280 500 70 12 35 SC MF 9.96 (253.1) 7.2 (182.5) 6.9 (176) 31 (14)
2 153-5690 765 210 6 90 LAC+ 1000 10.24 (260) 6.8 (173) 8.72 (221.6) 37 (17) 22 (10) 4.8 (4.5)
Construction Notes:
LAC = Low Maintenance, Hybrid Construction Rugged DesignBuilt ToughReliable Starting
C=Calcium Lead Alloy Grid Design
MF=Maintenance Free Positive and Negative plates are anchored to container bottom and locked at
MFA=Maintenance Free with Accessible Vent Caps the top of cell element for maximum vibration resistance.
S = Stud Terminals Heavy-duty forged terminal post bushings provide maximum strength and
+ = Shipped Dry Only resistance to acid seepage.
* = Side Terminals
** = Starting and Deep Cycle Battery Hefty full-frame grids, no sharp edges, optimum acid/paste combination
*** = Deep Cycle and Starting Battery provides better charge acceptance after deep discharge.
" = For 30 seconds at 0 F (-18 C)
' = Minimum of 25 amp output at 80 F (27 C) Manifold vented cover with built-in Flame Arrestora safety feature that
SAE = Uses SAE Posts directs corrosive gases away from the battery and hold-downs.
SDT = Dual, Top mounted Terminals, Stud and SAE Post, Thick, robust container resists rugged treatment typical of heavy-duty
Marine Deep Cycle/Starting Battery commercial use. Embossed part number & descriptors for easy
SC=Silver (Ag) Calcium Alloy Grids for resistance to high underhood serviceability.
temperatures
2
Battery Information
Cat Premium High Output Batteries Built Tough to Exceed
Demanding Performance Test Requirements:
BCI Terminal Locations
100 hour Vibration Testing Five Times the Industry Standard
GP 2E Battery must be able to withstand vibration forces without suffering
3 EH mechanical damage, loss of capacity, loss of electrolyte or without
4EH developing internal/external leaks
Battery must pass a high rate discharge test after the vibration testing
GP 3EE & 3ET Five 72-hour Deep Discharge/Recharge Test Cycles
Battery must recover to 25 charging amps within 20 minutes and meet
Industry Electrical Performance Standards
GP 4DLT 30 Day Complete Discharge Test
Battery must recover to 25 charging amps within 60 minutes and meet
Industry Electrical Performance Standards after recharging
GP 4D SAE J2185 Life Cycle Test
6D
8D Battery subject to deeper discharge and charge cycles at extreme
4B temperatures not normally encountered in starting a machine or vehicle
Cold Soak Test
GP 31
28 Battery cold soaked at sub-freezing temperatures and then tested by
starting an equally cold engine
GP21R, 22R, 22F, 22HF, 22NF, 24F,
24R, 26R, 27F, 27R, 33, 34R, 35, 36R,
47, 48,49, 51R, 54, 55, 56, 58R, 85,
U1R(L), 22NL, 29 HR, 30HR, 27 HF,
29NF
6-Volt
GP 1,2,3,4
5D, 7D, GC2,
GC2H, 3D,
17 HF, 19L
GP 40R, 41, 42, 43

96R, 97R, 98R
Side Terminal
GP70, 71, 72, 73, 74
75, 76, 77, 78, 101
Battery Accessories
Group 31Charging Posts for Stud TerminalsPart # 4C-5637
GP21, 24, 24H, 25, 26, 27, 27H,
Screw-in Charging Posts for Side TerminalsPart # 4C-5638
29H, 30H,34,50, 51, 52, 57, 58, Wing NutPart # 2B-9498 for Part #s 175-4390/175-4370/175-4360/8C-3628
59, 65, 86, U1, 12T, 24T Wing NutPart # 3B-0723 for Part #s 8C-3638 and 8C-3639
U2(L TERMINAL) Digital Battery AnalyzerPart # 177-2330
Battery VoltmeterPart # 4C-6600
Battery Load TesterPart # 4C-4911
Transit Bus Terminal for 8D Part # 250-0473 Booster Cable 12' (3.66 m)Part # 4C-4933
One piece end terminal. Booster Cable 20' (6.00 m)Part # 4C-4937
Right end of Battery. Heavy Duty Commercial Fast Charger (110V)Part # 4C-4921
1/2" - 13 Steel Positive Stud Heavy Duty Commercial Fast Charger (220V)Part # 4C-4910
3/8" - 16 Steel Negative Stud
Type B Note: Ratings and Part Numbers are subject to change without notice.
Recycle all scrap batteries.

We accept lead-acid batteries
for recycling.
6
Cat Batteries
Heavy-duty Forged Terminal Post Bushings
Built-in Flame
Arrestor
Robust
Reinforced
Case
Vibration
Resistant
Plates &
Elements
Heavy-duty Grids Rugged

Separators
Robust Components = Long Life + Reliable Starts
Heavy-duty forged terminal post bushings provide maximum strength and resistance to acid seepage that causes corrosion
and black posts. Thicker internal terminal posts provide lower electrical resistance and higher cold cranking amp output.
Rugged microporous polyethylene envelope separators protect against shorts and vibration damage. Deep Cycle
batteries utilize double insulated Glass mat separators for longer cycling life.
Maintenance Free batteries utilize calcium lead alloy on both positive and negative plates that reduces gassing and water
consumption. Automotive batteries have Silver (Ag) Calcium Alloy Grids for resistance to high underhood
temperatures.
Heavy-duty, full frame battery grids with no sharp edges. An optimum acid/paste combination provides better charge
acceptance after a deep discharge.
Positive and Negative plates are anchored to the container bottom and the cell element is locked at the top for maximum
vibration resistance. Straps are thicker, heavier and cast (not welded) into the plates.
Manifold vented cover with built-in Flame Arrestora safety feature that directs corrosive gases away from the battery
and hold-downs.
Robust reinforced case provides extra strength in all temperature extremes. Brickwork design on sides reduces chance of
punctures and case flexing. Embossed part number and descriptors for easy serviceability.
For more information, see us today or visit
our web site at www.cat.com
Caterpillar. The difference counts.
PEHJ0073 Printed in the U.S.A. 2004 Caterpillar All Rights Reserved

BATTERY CHARGER
UL 10 AMP
BATTERY CHARGER
This battery charger offers accurate, automatic charging

of lead-acid and nickel cadmium batteries. The output
voltage automatically adjusts to changing input, load,
battery and ambient conditions. This prevents battery
over-charging and consequent loss of battery electrolyte.
Standard features include AC line compensation,

precision voltage regulation, current limiting, automatic
2-rate charging, voltmeter and ammeter, temperature
compensation and UL Listing.
The user interface is easy to understand with digital

metering, NFPA 110 alarms and a battery fault alarm.
Image Shown may not Reflect Actual Package
SPECIFICATION FEATURES
Input Supply 6.6 amps maximum 110-120 V Electronically current limited at 105% of rated output
3.3 amps maximum 208-240 V Alarm system
AC and DC Fuses 2 input and 2 output) Digital Display
Output voltage 24V Lightning and voltage transient protection
Frequency 50/60 Hz Protection of connected equipment against load
Operating temperature -20C ( -4F) dump protection
to +60C (140F) Constant voltage, current limited, 4-rate automatic
Housing constructed of rustproof anodized equalization
aluminum. IP 20 housing
AC isolated from DC
STANDARDS Temperature Compensation
C-UL listed to UL 1236 - On board temperature sensor with remote port
NFPA 70, NFPA 110 Auto AC line compensation
CSA 22.2 No 107 certified Output regulated by sensed battery voltage
UL 1564
CE DOC to EN 60335
IBC Seismic Certification
LEHE0141-02
BATTERY CHARGER
Output Input
Amps Volts Hz Volts
110-120
10 24 50/60
208-240
Width Depth Height Weight

195 mm 165 mm 318 mm 10.4 kg
(7.66") (6.50") (12.50") (23 lb)
Feature codes
BTC1024 BTC1028 BTC1035
BTC1025 BTC1032
OPTIONS
NFPA 110 alarm package as follows:

AC on Green led (indication)
AC fail Red led and form C contact (2A)
Float mode LED
Fast charge LED
Temp comp active LED
Low battery volts Red led and Form C contact
High Battery Volts Red led and Form C contact
Charger fail Red led and Form C contact
Battery fault Red led and Form C contact
- Battery disconnected
- Battery polarity reversed
- Mismatched charger battery voltage
- Open or high resistance charger to battery connection
- Open battery cell or excessive internal resistance
Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential. Discretion is recommended when distributing.
CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, Caterpillar Yellow, the Power Edge trade dress as well as corporate
and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.
www.Cat-ElectricPower.com
LEHE0141-02 (03-12) 2012 Caterpillar

All Rights Reserved.
2 Printed in U.S.A.
Cat ELC
Extended Life Coolant for Caterpillar and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) 50/50 Premix
diesel and gasoline engines
Recommended Use
Cat ELC meets or exceeds the requirements of the following specications and guidelines:
Cat EC-1 TMC RP-329 TMC RP-338
ASTM D-3306 ASTM D-6210 SAE J1034
Cat ELC also meets the performance requirements of Cummins, Detroit Diesel, International,
Mack and Volvo.
Discover the Difference

Cat ELC is developed, tested and approved by Caterpillar to meet the same high standards as
all Genuine Cat Parts.
Factory-FillUsed as standard factory-fill for all Cat machine cooling systems.
Lower Maintenance CostsReduces engine coolant and additive costs by as much as
500% compared to conventional coolants. It eliminates the need for supplemental coolant
additives, extends coolant change-out intervals and reduces disposal requirements.
Advanced Metal ProtectionIncorporates an advanced formula technology with organic
acid additive corrosion inhibitors, such as a combination of mono and dicarboxylates for
maximum protection of copper, solder, brass, steel, cast iron and aluminum.
Cat ELC
SOS services for early problem

SM
Cat ELC for Maximum Coolant Life detection

Protect your investment with Cat SOS Coolant
Cat DEACTM Analysis, the ultimate detection and diagnostic tool
for your equipment. We recommend SOS Level 1
3000 Hour Life or Coolant Analysis according to the engines Operation
333,000 km (200,000 miles) and Maintenance Manual, and Level 2 Coolant
Cat Supplemental Coolant Additives Every 250 Hours Analysis annually for all your Cat equipment.
or 25,000 km (15,000 miles)
Cat ELC (Machines and Commercial Engines) Cat ELC Extender for Longer Life
Exceeds Cat EC-1 performance requirements
Protects against cylinder liner/block pitting
and cavitation erosion
Cat Extender Every 6000 Hours* 12,000 Hour Life or 6 Years**
Should be added at 500,000 km (300,000 miles) for
(whichever comes first)
Cat powered on-highway trucks and 6,000 hours for
commercial engines
Cat ELC (Truck Engines) Extender is only necessary once during the
life of the coolant
Ensures Cat ELC performance to 1,000,000 km
(600,000 miles) or 12,000 hours
Cat Extender Every 500,000 km (300,000 miles)* 1,000,000 km (600,000 miles) or 6 Years**
(whichever comes first)
* Or one-half of the coolant service life. Cat ELC Extender and Flush
** These coolant change intervals are only possible with annual SOS Level 2 coolant sampling Intervals
and analysis. Cat ELC Extender should be added after 6,000 hours
or 300,000 miles (500,000 km) of operation, and the
system should be drained and flushed with clean
Typical Characteristics* water after 12,000 hours or 600,000 miles (1,000,000
km). No cleaning agents are needed. If SOSSM
Color Strawberry Red Services are used regularly, safe operation with Cat
Boiling protection with 15 psi (1 bar) radiator cap ELC may extend beyond 12,000 hours.
50% Cat ELC/50% water 129C (265F)
60% Cat ELC/40% water (ELC concentrate added) 132C (270F) Health and Safety
Freezing protection Under normal conditions of intended use, this
50% Cat ELC/50% water -37C (-34F) product does not pose a risk to health. Excessive
60% Cat ELC/40% water (ELC concentrate added) -52C (-62F) exposure may result in eye, skin or respiratory
irritation. Always observe good hygiene measures.
Nitrite (50% solution) 500 ppm
Read and understand the Material Safety Data
Molybdate (50% solution) 530 ppm Sheet (MSDS) before using this product. For a copy
of the MSDS, visit us on the web at www.catmsds.
*The values shown are typical values and should not be used as quality control parameters to com.
either accept or reject product. Specications are subject to change without notice.
CAT DEALERS DEFINE WORLD-

CLASS PRODUCT SUPPORT.
We offer you the right parts and service
solutions, when and where you need them.
The Cat Dealer network of highly trained
experts can help you maximize your equipment
investment.
PEHJ0067-02
www.cat.com
2007 Caterpillar All Rights Reserved Printed in USA

CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, Caterpillar Yellow and the POWER EDGE trade dress, as well as
corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.
Cat DEO

Diesel Engine Oil for North America (Canada, Mexico, United States). SAE 15W-40, SAE 10W-30
Recommended Use Caterpillar. The difference counts.

Cat earthmoving, commercial, marine* and on-highway truck diesel engines
Low-emission diesel engines including Cat engines with ACERT Technology
Heavy-duty diesel engines made by other manufacturers that recommend API CI-4 Cat Dealers define world-class
PLUS, CH-4 or CG-4 category oil (See Typical Characteristics on page 2 for product support. We offer you the
more information)
Automotive gasoline engines that require API SL category oils right parts and service solutions,
* Excluding 3600, C280, 3126 and 3116 MUI Marine and MaK diesel engines. The 3116 and 3126 when and where you need them.
MUI Marine diesel engines with closed crankcase ventilation systems should use Cat SAEO.
Discover the Difference The Cat Dealer network of highly

Cat DEO is developed, tested and approved by Caterpillar to meet the same high trained experts keeps your entire
standards as all Genuine Cat Parts. fleet up and running to maximize
Factory-FillUsed as standard factory-fill for Cat machines. your equipment investment.
Increased Engine LifeResists oxidation and prevents build-up of deposits on
pistons and rings.
Longer IntervalsExtends oil drain intervals while providing excellent engine
protection and performance when used in conjunction with our SOSSM Services oil
analysis program.
Proven PerformanceTested thoroughly in Cat diesel engines including Cat
engines with ACERT Technology to ensure excellent engine life and performance.
Long-Lasting ProtectionImproved soot control and enhanced shear stability
enable oil to maintain proper viscosity for longer operating periods in Cat engines
with ACERT Technology, especially those equipped with HEUI systems.
Cat DEO
Cat DEO Performance Tested Beyond Industry Standards
Performance Requirements Test Commercial Cat DEO
ECF-1 In addition to the tests required for the ECF-1
classification, Cat DEO undergoes four
Cat 3406E Endurance Test Cat Proprietary
Cat C13 ACERT Endurance Test Cat Proprietary proprietary multi-cylinder endurance tests, a
Cat 3500 Series Test Cat Proprietary variety of quality assurance tests and
Cat C13 ACERT Wheel Loader Test Cat Proprietary
Improved Soot-Viscosity & Shear Control thousands of hours of field service. Only when
High Temperature Shear it has passed all these tests can it be
Elastomer Compatibility
Piston ring & Cylinder liner wear approved by Caterpillar. The chart to the left
Valve train wear, sludge, oil filter plugging indicates the differences between ECF-1
Aeration Control
Bearing Corrosion standards and the proprietary standards of
Cam roller follower pin wear Caterpillar.
Copper, lead and tin erosion
Foaming Control
Viscosity Shear loss
Viscosity Increase from soot
Oxidation
Piston deposits and oil control
Typical Characteristics* Other Recommended Oils

Cat DEO SYN 5W-40
SAE Viscosity Grade 15W-40 10W-30
For engines that must be started in
API Service Classification
extremely low temperatures down
Diesel CI-4 PLUS, CI-4, CI-4, CH-4,
to -30C(-22F) consider using Cat
CH-4, CG-4,CF-4/CF CG-4, CF-4/CF
DEO SYN 5W-40. This is a full synthetic
Gasoline SL SL
diesel engine oil.
OEM Performance Level:
Caterpillar ECF-1 ECF-1
Volvo VDS-3 VDS-2
DDC 93K214
Cummins CES 20071/76/78 CES 20071/76
Mack EO-NPP 03, EO-M Plus EO-M Plus
Flash Point, C (ASTM D92) 224 227
Pour Point, C (ASTM D97) -30 -33
SOS Services for early problem detection
Viscosity
Protect your investment with Cat SOS oil
cSt @ 40C (ASTM D445) 120.5 76 analysis, the ultimate detection and
cSt @ 100C (ASTM D445) 15.5 11.5 diagnostic tool for your equipment. SOS
Viscosity Index (ASTM D2270) 135 145 helps you detect potential problems before
Sulfated Ash, % wt. (ASTM D874) 1.3 1.3 they can lead to major failures and costly,
unscheduled downtime.
TBN (ASTM D2896) 11.3 11.3
Zinc, % wt. (ASTM D4951) 0.146 0.146
Gravity @ 16C
Cat Filters: Complete protection for your machine
Combine Cat Fluids with Cat Filters for the
API (ASTM D287) 29.3 31.8
highest level of contamination control
Specific 0.880 0.867 and protection for your machine. We
*The values shown are typical values and should not be used as quality control parameters to either recommend Cat Filters for all Cat machine
accept or reject product. Specifications are subject to change without notice. applications.
Health and Safety

Under normal conditions of intended use, this product does not pose a risk to
health. Excessive exposure may result in eye, skin or respiratory irritation. Always
observe good hygiene measures. Read and understand the Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) before using this product. For a copy of the MSDS, visit us on
the web at www.catmsds.com.
PEHJ0059-02 www.cat.com 2006 Caterpillar All Rights Reserved Printed in USA

Effective with sales to the first user on or after December 1, 2010
CATERPILLAR LIMITED WARRANTY

Industrial, Petroleum, Locomotive, and Agriculture Engine Products and Electric Power Generation Products
Worldwide
Caterpillar Inc. or any of its subsidiaries (Caterpillar) r 'PSBMM3FNBOVGBDUVSFE(FOFSBUPS (FO&OET

QSPEVDUT manufacturers packaged and sold by Caterpillar):
warrants new and remanufactured engines and electric in prime or continuous applications the warranty period
r 1SPWJEFUSBWFMMBCPS VQUPGPVSIPVSTSPVOEUSJQ JGJOUIF
power generation products sold by it (including any is 12 months. For standby applications the warranty
opinion of Caterpillar, the product cannot reasonably
products of other manufacturers packaged and sold period is 24 months/1000 hours. For emergency standby
be transported to a place of business of a Cat dealer
by Caterpillar), to be free from defects in material and applications the warranty period is 24 months/400 hours.
or other source approved by Caterpillar (travel labor in
workmanship. All terms begin after date of delivery to the first user.
excess of four hours round trip, and any meals, mileage,
This warranty does not apply to Caterpillar Motoren (CM) r 'PSBMM3FNBOVGBDUVSFEFOHJOFT UIFXBSSBOUZQFSJPEJT MPEHJOH FUDJTUIFVTFSTSFTQPOTJCJMJUZ

product; engines sold for use in on-highway vehicle or 6 months (12 months for mobile agricultural and standby
For all other products:
marine applications; engines in machines manufactured electric power generation applications) after date of
by or for Caterpillar; 3500 and 3600 Family engines used delivery to the first user. r 1SPWJEF SFBTPOBCMF USBWFM FYQFOTFT GPS BVUIPSJ[FE
in locomotive applications; 3000 Family engines, C0.5 mechanics, including meals, mileage, and lodging, when
through C4.4 and ACERT (C6.6, C7, C7.1, C9, C9.3, C11, Caterpillar Responsibilities Caterpillar chooses to make the repair on-site.
C13, C15, C18, C27, and C32) engines used in industrial If a defect in material or workmanship is found during the
applications; or Cat batteries. These products are covered warranty period, Caterpillar will, during normal working User Responsibilities
by other Caterpillar warranties. hours and at a place of business of a Cat dealer or other The user is responsible for:
source approved by Caterpillar:
This warranty is subject to the following: r 1SPWJEJOHQSPPGPGUIFEFMJWFSZEBUFUPUIFGJSTUVTFS
r 1SPWJEF BU $BUFSQJMMBST DIPJDF
OFX 3FNBOVGBDUVSFE
Warranty Period r -BCPS DPTUT FYDFQU BT TUBUFE VOEFS i$BUFSQJMMBS
or Caterpillar approved repaired parts or assembled
Responsibilities, including costs beyond those required
r 'PS OFX JOEVTUSJBM FOHJOFT FOHJOFT JO B QFUSPMFVN components needed to correct the defect.
to disconnect the product from and reconnect the
applications or Petroleum Power Systems, or engines
Note: New, remanufactured, or Caterpillar approved product to its attached equipment, mounting, and
in a Locomotive application, or Uninterruptible Power
repaired parts or assembled components provided under support systems.
Supply (UPS) systems, the warranty period is 12 months
the terms of this warranty are warranted for the remainder
after date of delivery to the first user. r 5SBWFM PS USBOTQPSUJOH DPTUT FYDFQU BT TUBUFE VOEFS
of the warranty period applicable to the product in which
Caterpillar Responsibilities.
r 'PS.PCJMF"HSJDVMUVSBMBQQMJDBUJPOTUIFXBSSBOUZQFSJPE installed as if such parts were original components of that
is 24 months after date of delivery to the first user. product. Items replaced under this warranty become the r 1SFNJVNPSPWFSUJNFMBCPSDPTUT
property of Caterpillar.
r 'PS DPOUSPMT POMZ &1*$
DPOGJHVSBCMF BOE DVTUPN r 1BSUTTIJQQJOHDIBSHFTJOFYDFTTPGUIPTFUIBUBSFVTVBM
switchgear products, as well as automatic transfer switch r 3FQMBDFMVCSJDBUJOHPJM GJMUFST DPPMBOU BOEPUIFSTFSWJDF and customary.
products, the warranty period is 24 months after date of items made unusable by the defect.
delivery to the first user. r -PDBMUBYFT JGBQQMJDBCMF
r 1SPWJEF SFBTPOBCMF BOE DVTUPNBSZ MBCPS OFFEFE UP
r 'PS FMFDUSJD QPXFS HFOFSBUJPO QSPEVDUT JO QSJNF PS correct the defect, including labor to disconnect the r $PTUT UP JOWFTUJHBUF DPNQMBJOUT VOMFTT UIF QSPCMFN JT
continuous applications the warranty period is 12 product from and reconnect the product to its attached caused by a defect in Caterpillar material or workmanship.
months. For standby applications the warranty period equipment, mounting, and support systems, if required. r (JWJOHUJNFMZOPUJDFPGBXBSSBOUBCMFGBJMVSFBOEQSPNQUMZ
is 24 months/1000 hours. For emergency standby making the product available for repair.
For new 3114, 3116, and 3126 engines and electric power
applications the warranty period is 24 months/400 hours.
generation products (including any new products of other
All terms begin after date of delivery to the first user.
(continue on the reverse side..)
SELF5463
r 1FSGPSNBODFPGUIFSFRVJSFENBJOUFOBODF JODMVEJOHVTF r 'BJMVSFT SFTVMUJOH GSPN BUUBDINFOUT BDDFTTPSZ JUFNT r %BNBHF UP QBSUT GJYUVSFT IPVTJOHT BUUBDINFOUT BOE
of proper fuel, oil, lubricants, and coolant) and items and parts not sold or approved by Caterpillar. accessory items that are not part of the engine or electric
replaced due to normal wear and tear. power generation product (including any products of
r 'BJMVSFT SFTVMUJOH GSPN BCVTF OFHMFDU BOEPS JNQSPQFS
other manufacturers packaged and sold by Caterpillar).
r "MMPXJOH $BUFSQJMMBS BDDFTT UP BMM FMFDUSPOJDBMMZ TUPSFE repair.
data. r 3FQBJSPGDPNQPOFOUTTPMECZ$BUFSQJMMBSUIBUJTXBSSBOUFE
r 'BJMVSFTSFTVMUJOHGSPNVTFSTEFMBZJONBLJOHUIFQSPEVDU
directly to the user by their respective manufacturer.
Limitations available after being notified of a potential product
Depending on type of application, certain exclusions may
problem.
Caterpillar is not responsible for: apply. Consult your Cat dealer for more information.
r 'BJMVSFT SFTVMUJOH GSPN VOBVUIPSJ[FE SFQBJST PS
r 'BJMVSFT SFTVMUJOH GSPN BOZ VTF PS JOTUBMMBUJPO UIBU
BEKVTUNFOUT BOEVOBVUIPSJ[FEGVFMTFUUJOHDIBOHFT
Caterpillar judges improper.
For products operating outside of Australia, Fiji, Nauru, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, For products operating in Australia, Fiji, Nauru, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, the
the Solomon Islands and Tahiti, the following is applicable: Solomon Islands and Tahiti, the following is applicable:
NEITHER THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY NOR ANY OTHER WARRANTY BY THIS WARRANTY IS IN ADDITION TO WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS IMPLIED
CATERPILLAR, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS APPLICABLE TO ANY ITEM CATERPILLAR BY STATUTE AND OTHER STATUTORY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS THAT BY ANY
SELLS THAT IS WARRANTED DIRECTLY TO THE USER BY ITS MANUFACTURER. APPLICABLE LAW CANNOT BE EXCLUDED, RESTRICTED OR MODIFIED (MANDATORY
RIGHTS). ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (BY
THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
STATUTE OR OTHERWISE), ARE EXCLUDED.
IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, EXCEPT CATERPILLAR EMISSION-RELATED COMPONENTS NEITHER THIS WARRANTY NOR ANY OTHER CONDITION OR WARRANTY BY
WARRANTIES FOR NEW ENGINES, WHERE APPLICABLE. REMEDIES UNDER THIS CATERPILLAR, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (SUBJECT ONLY TO THE MANDATORY RIGHTS),
WARRANTY ARE LIMITED TO THE PROVISION OF MATERIAL AND SERVICES, AS IS APPLICABLE TO ANY ITEM CATERPILLAR SELLS THAT IS WARRANTED DIRECTLY TO
SPECIFIED HEREIN. THE USER BY ITS MANUFACTURER.
CATERPILLAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER THE MANDATORY RIGHTS, IF CATERPILLAR IS
THE SUPPLIER TO THE USER, CATERPILLARS LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED AT ITS
CATERPILLAR EXCLUDES ALL LIABILITY FOR OR ARISING FROM ANY NEGLIGENCE ON
OPTION TO (a) IN THE CASE OF SERVICES, THE SUPPLY OF THE SERVICES AGAIN
ITS PART OR ON THE PART OF ANY OF ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES
OR THE PAYMENT OF THE COST OF HAVING THE SERVICES SUPPLIED AGAIN, AND
IN RESPECT OF THE MANUFACTURE OR SUPPLY OF GOODS OR THE PROVISION OF
(b) IN THE CASE OF GOODS, THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE GOODS, THE
SERVICES RELATING TO THE GOODS.
SUPPLY OF EQUIVALENT GOODS, THE PAYMENT OF THE COST OF SUCH REPAIR OR
IF OTHERWISE APPLICABLE, THE VIENNA CONVENTION ON CONTRACTS FOR THE REPLACEMENT OR THE ACQUISITION OF EQUIVALENT GOODS.
INTERNATIONAL SALE OF GOODS IS EXCLUDED IN ITS ENTIRETY.
CATERPILLAR EXCLUDES ALL LIABILITY FOR OR ARISING FROM ANY NEGLIGENCE ON
For personal or family use engines or electric power generation products, operating in the USA, ITS PART OR ON THE PART OF ANY OF ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES
its territories and possessions, some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied IN RESPECT OF THE MANUFACTURE OR SUPPLY OF GOODS OR THE PROVISION OF
warranty may last nor allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. SERVICES RELATING TO THE GOODS.
Therefore, the previously expressed exclusion may not apply to you. This warranty gives you
CATERPILLAR IS NOT LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
specific legal rights and you may also have other rights, which vary by jurisdiction. To find the
UNLESS IMPOSED UNDER MANDATORY RIGHTS.
MPDBUJPOPGUIFOFBSFTU$BUEFBMFSPSPUIFSBVUIPSJ[FESFQBJSGBDJMJUZ DBMM
*GZPV
have questions concerning this warranty or its applications, call or write: IF OTHERWISE APPLICABLE, THE VIENNA CONVENTION ON CONTRACTS FOR THE
INTERNATIONAL SALE OF GOODS IS EXCLUDED IN ITS ENTIRETY.
In USA and Canada: Caterpillar Inc., Engine Division, P. O. Box 610, Mossville, IL 61552-
0610, Attention: Customer Service Manager, Telephone (800) 447-4986. Outside the USA and This warranty covers every major component of the products. Claims under this warranty should
Canada: Contact your Cat dealer. be submitted to a place of business of a Cat dealer or other source approved by Caterpillar. For
further information concerning either the location to submit claims or Caterpillar as the issuer of
this warranty, write Caterpillar Inc., 100 N. E. Adams St., Peoria, IL USA 61629.
SELF5463
ELECTRIC POWER
EXTENDED SERVICE COVERAGE
Backed by the Power of Cat

Whether you need Prime Power or Standby, you can protect
your Electric Power solution with Extended Service
Coverage (ESC) from the Caterpillar dealer network.
Your ESC provides 100 percent of usual and customary parts

and labor costs for engine failures due to defect in materials
and workmanship on covered components.
COVERAGE THAT IS RIGHT FOR YOU

Prime Power Coverage
Platinum coverage - this includes all original factory
equipment with Cat part numbers, excluding consumables
such as filters, hoses and belts.
Standby Power Coverage

Select the level of coverage that meets your need.
Silver coverage includes a wide range of covered components
and you have confidence that ESC repairs will be done by
trained professionals who use genuine Catparts.
Gold coverage includes all the same items as silver, as well as
turbochargers, injectors and water pumps.
Platinum coverage for Standby units (over three liters) also
covers generator rental expenses up to $20,000 per
occurrence, if the unit is down for more than 48 hours for a
covered repair.
Extended Service Coverage for Electric Power is available

everywhere in the world. So whether your unit remains in one
location or is mobile around the globe, the Cat dealer network
is available to serve you.
COVERAGE AVAILABLE FOR THE LONG TERM

An ESC from the Caterpillar dealer network can protect your
Electric Power unit for years. You can choose from a
variety of coverage terms.
COVERAGE FOR YOUR FULLY INTEGRATED

CAT POWER SOLUTION
You turn to Cat for a total Electric Power solution, and you
can select an ESC to cover it. See your Cat dealer today.
2009 Caterpillar. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.

Electric Power Coverage Matrix
Platinum Level Coverage Components: All as shipped consist from the factory with Caterpillar part numbers excluding
filters, fluids, vee belts, hoses, power take-offs, paint, batteries and clutches. Also for power modules, coverage excludes
containers, undercarriage, ladders, lights, wheels, axles, brakes, tires, stabilizing jacks and fire extinguishers.
Item S ilver G old SILVER and GOLD Level Coverage Components

All engine covered components listed plus base radiator, fuel
C OOL ING S Y S T E M
tank, generator-mounted control panel, generator rotor & stator,
T hermos tat Hous ing Y es Y es
bearings, exciter, EMCP Module, voltage regulator, and start/stop
W ater Manifold Hous ing Y es Y es
module. EPG Power Module - All Generator Set covered
J acket W ater P recooler Y es Y es
components listed above plus transfer switch and/or switchgear
J acket W ater P ump No Y es
as shipped from the factory.
F UE L S Y S T E M
S teel F uel Lines Y es Y es
Travel & Mileage Limitations:
F uel S hutoff S olenoid Y es Y es
F uel Injectors No Y es
For Caterpillar generator sets up to and including 7 liter
L UB R IC AT ION S Y S T E M
displacement, for ATS models up to and including 1,200 amperes
and for all Olympian products
Oil P an Y es Y es
Up to 4 hours and 0 miles / 0 kilometers travel allowance
E ngine Oil P ump Y es Y es
For all other models
Oil C ooler Hous ing & C ore / B onnet Y es Y es
Up to 8 hours and 320 miles / 515 kilometers travel allowance
Oil F ilter B as e Y es Y es
E L E C T R ONIC S Y S T E M
E lectronic C ontrol Module (E C M) Y es Y es Important Notice:
S ens ors : all engine s ens ors Y es Y es All Covered Components must pass inspection or be replaced at
F R ONT AND R E AR C OV E R S the proper intervals by an authorized dealer as prescribed in the
F ront C overs / P late / Hous ing / G ears & G as kets Y es Y es Manufacturer's Operation and Maintenance Manual to qualify
V ibration Damper Y es Y es for continued coverage under this contract. Failure to follow the
F lywheel Hous ing & G as ket Y es Y es Manufacturers Operation and Maintenance Manual will result
MIS C E L L ANE OUS in denial of claims.
C at B olts , Attaching C overed C omponents Y es Y es
G E NE R AT OR E ND
Additional coverage for Cat Standby Generator Sets over 3 liter
E ntire G enerator E nd Y es Y es
displacement with Platinum Level Extended Coverage: Additional
G enerator C ontrols (E MC P , W iring) Y es Y es
coverage is allowed if repairs can not be completed within 48
AIR INDUC T ION & E XHAUS T hours of the authorized dealer technicians initial visit for a
E xhaus t Manifolds , S tuds & G as kets Y es Y es covered mechanical breakdown due solely to the nature of the
Inlet Air Heater R elay Y es Y es mechanical breakdown or Cats inability to supply the required
Intake Manifold Y es Y es repair components. Up to $20,000 (US$) is allowed for rental
T urbocharger (mounting hardware, lines , was tegate) No Y es genset expenses that are hereby defined as the reasonable and
S HOR T B L OC K customary rental charge, mileage per guidelines given in the
C ylinder B lock C as ting Y es Y es repairer travel & mileage limitations section of this contract and
F reeze P lugs Y es Y es the necessary labor for connection & disconnection to your
C ranks haft Y es Y es facility of the Rental GenSet from an authorized dealer.
C ranks haft R od, Main & T hrus t B earings Y es Y es
C onnecting R od As s embly Y es Y es This is a brief description of Extended Coverage. See your Cat dealer for
P is ton, W ris t P in, R etainer C lip & P is ton R ings Y es Y es more information. The Extended Coverage contract will govern.
P is ton C ooling J et T ubes Y es Y es
C ylinder Liner, S eals & F iller B and Y es Y es Note: components not listed in the coverage matrix are not covered
Main B earing C ap B olts Y es Y es under Silver or Gold level coverage options.
C Y L INDE R HE AD
C ylinder Head C as ting, S leeves , B olts & G as kets Y es Y es
F reeze P lug Y es Y es
S pacer P late & S pacer P late G as ket Y es Y es
Intake & E xhaus t V alve (all related components ) Y es Y es
R oller F ollower Y es Y es
V alve Mechanis m, R ocker Arm, B rackets , P us h, T ube,
Y es Y es
B ridge Dowels , Adjus ting S crews , Nuts & S haft
V alve C over & B as e Y es Y es
C ams haft, C ams haft B earings , K ey, G ear Y es Y es
C ams haft R ear C over / S eal Y es Y es
CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos and Caterpillar Yellow, and the POWER EDGE trade
dress, as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and
may not be used without permission.
LEYE5135-03
Application and Installation Guide Mounting
Foundations
The major functions of a
foundation are to: lb/U.S. Specific
Liquid kg/m3 lb/ft3
x Support total weight of gal Gravity
equipment, accessory Water,
994.6 8.31 62.1 1.001
Fresh
equipment and fluids (coolant,
Water,
oil and fuel) Sea 1018.3 8.51 63.6 1.021
x Maintain alignment between Water/

Glycol 1024.4 8.55 64.0 1.031
engine, driven equipment, and
accessory equipment Diesel Fuel 850.7 7.11 53.1 0.855
x Isolate equipment vibration
Lube Oil 909.7 7.61 56.8 0.916
from surrounding structures.
Kerosene 802.7 6.71 50.1 0.807
Responsibility
The equipment foundation and the
Material supporting the foundation
driven equipment attachment to the
must carry the total weight. The
foundation are not the responsibility
table below shows the bearing load
of Caterpillar. The customer or
capabilities of common materials.
customer's agent, familiar with local
site conditions and application
requirements, bears foundation Safe Bearing
design responsibility. Foundation Material Load
comments published herein are kPa (psi)
intended only as general guidelines Rock, Hardpan 482.6 (70)

for consideration. Further engine Hard Clay, Gravel and Coarse
386 (56)
foundation general guidelines can be Sand
found in the appropriate Engine Data Loose Medium Sand and

193 (28)
Medium Clay
Sheet.
Loose Fine Sand 96.5 (14)
Ground Loading Soft Clay 0-96.5 (0-14)
Initial considerations include
equipment weight and material
supporting this weight. The wet Firm level soil, gravel, or rock
weight of the total package must be provides satisfactory support for
calculated. This includes accessory single-bearing generator sets used in
equipment and weight of all liquids stationary or portable service. This
(coolant, oil, and fuel) supported support can be used where the
by the foundation. Dry weights weight-bearing capacity of the
of engine and attachments can supporting material exceeds pressure
be found in the price list. Liquid exerted by the equipment package,
densities are given in the and where alignment with external
following table. machinery is unimportant.
2012 Caterpillar
All rights reserved.
Mounting Application and Installation Guide
Soil, such as fine clay, loose Pressure imposed by the weight of

sand, or sand near the ground water the equipment must be less than the
level, is particularly unstable under load-carrying capacity of supporting
dynamic loads and requires material.
substantially larger foundations. Where support rails or mounting
Information concerning bearing feet have insufficient bearing area,
capacity of soils at the site may flotation pads can distribute the
be available from local sources and weight. The underside area and
must comply with local building stiffness of the pad must be
codes. sufficient to support the equipment.
The area of load-bearing support is Seasonal and weather changes
adjusted to accommodate surface adversely affect mounting surfaces.
material. To determine pressure (P) Soil changes considerably while
exerted by the generator set, divide freezing and thawing. To avoid
total weight (W) by total surface movement from seasonal change,
area (A) of the rails, pads, or extend foundations below the frost
vibration mounts. Refer to Figure 34. line.
Concrete
Several basic foundations are
applicable for Cat equipment. The
foundation chosen will depend on
factors previously outlined as well as
limitations imposed by the specific
location and application.
Massive concrete foundations are
normally unnecessary for modern
multi-cylinder medium speed engines
and packaged units. Avoid
excessively thick, heavy bases to
minimize sub floor or soil loading.
Figure 34 Bases should be only thick enough
to prevent deflection and torque
reaction, while retaining sufficient
P=WyA
surface area for support. Non-parallel
Where: units require no foundation
P = pressure in (psi) anchoring.
W= weight in (lb)
A= area in (in2)
2012 Caterpillar
Application and Installation Guide Mounting
If a concrete foundation is foundation must withstand

required, minimum design guidelines twice the wet weight of the
include: generator set. Bolting the set
x Strength must support wet to the foundation is
weight of units plus dynamic recommended.
loads. The dynamic load can Estimate foundation depth that will
be calculated using the accommodate equipment weight
allowable centerline vibration using the formula:
limits and the equipment FD = W y (D x B x L)
mass.
x Depth sufficient to attain a
Where:
minimum weight equal to
equipment wet weight (only if FD = Foundation depth in m (ft)
large mass, i.e. inertia block, W = Total wet weight of
is specified for vibration equipment in kg (lb)
control). D = Density of concrete in kg/m2
x The mass of the foundation (lb/ft2)
should be no less than the Note: Use 2402.8 for metric units
mass of the equipment. and 150 for English units.
x Outside dimensions exceed B= Foundation width in m (ft)
that of the equipment, a
L= Foundation length in m (ft)
minimum of 305 mm (12 in)
on all sides. Suggested concrete mixture by
volume is 1:2:3 of cement, sand,
x When effective vibration
aggregate, with maximum 102 mm
isolation equipment is used,
(4 in) slump and 28-day compressive
figure depth of floor concrete
strength of 21 mPa (3000 psi).
needed for structural support
of the static load. If isolators Reinforce concrete with No. 8
are not used, dynamic loads gauge steel wire mesh, or
transmit to the facility floor equivalent, horizontally placed on
and require the floor to 152 mm (6 in) centers. An
support 125 percent of the alternative method places No. 6
generator set weight. reinforcing bars on 305 mm (12 in)
centers horizontally. Bars must clear
x If generator sets are
foundation surfaces 76 mm (3 in)
paralleled, possible out-of-
minimum. Refer to Figure 35.
phase paralleling and resulting
torque reactions demand
stronger foundations. The
2012 Caterpillar
Mounting Application and Installation Guide
Concrete Foundation Example
Figure 35
2012 Caterpillar
ENCLOSURES
SOUND ATTENUATED
ENCLOSURES FOR
C27 and C32
GENERATOR SETS
These sound attenuated, factory installed
enclosures are designed for safety and
aesthetic value. Rugged construction provides
weather protection and the ability to withstand
Image shown may not reflect actual package exposure to the elements.
FEATURES
ROBUST/HIGHLY CORROSION SECURITY AND SAFETY
RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION x Lockable access doors with standard key
x Environmentally friendly, polyester powder baked utilization
paint in Caterpillar yellow. x Cooling fan and battery charging alternator
x Zinc plated or stainless steel fasteners fully guarded
x 14 gauge steel construction x Oil fill and battery can only be reached via
x Pitched roof for improved rain ingress protection lockable access
x Critical grade internally mounted muffler/exhaust x External fuel connections.
system x Externally mounted emergency stop button
x Vibration spring isolators x Designed for spreader-bar lifting to ensure
x 75 dBA at 7m safety
EXCELLENT ACCESS Certifications

x Control panel mounted on left side or right side of x UL Listed
package x Seismic certification per applicable building
x Large cable entry area for ease of installation codes: IBC 2000, IBC 2003, IBC 2006, IBC
x Left hand or right hand bottom entry access to 2009, IBC 2012 CBC 2007
power cable bus or circuit breaker x IBC certifiable for 120 mph wind loading
x Double doors on both sides x Tested and analyzed in accordance with:
x Lube oil and coolant drains piped to exterior of ASCE 7-98, ASCE 7-02, ASCE 7-05, ICC-ES
enclosure and terminated drain valves AC-156
OPTIONS
x Interior AC lighting
g g system
y and AC receptacles
(interior and exterior)
x AC distribution box
x Interior DC lighting system with automatic shutoff
timer
x Cold weather bundle, including motorized louvers
(powered closed), back draft dampers and
enclosure space heater
(default), white, grey, or beige paint
x Yellow (default)
x 1000 gal., 2000 gal.
gal., 3600 gal. fuel tanks
x 120 mph wind loading
LEHE0407-01
ENCLOSURES
Note: For reference only do not use for installation design. Please contact your dealer for exact weights and dimensions.
ENCLOSURE WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

Length Width Height Weight*
mm in mm in mm in kg lbs.
Enclosure with sub base 7,010.4 276.0 2,554.1 100.6 2,844.4 112.0 3,500.0 7,716.2
Enclosure with 1000 gal tank base 7,645.4 301.0 2,554.1 100.6 3,213.1 126.5 5,920.0 13,051.4
Enclosure with 2000 gal tank base 7,645.4 301.0 2,554.1 100.6 3,454.4 136.0 6,050.0 13,338.0
Enclosure with 3600 gal tank 9,750.0 383.9 2,554.1 100.6 3,758.8 148.0 7,000.0 15,432.4
*Weight does not include package generator set weight.
NOTE: For reference only - do not use for installation design. Please contact your
local dealer for exact weight and dimensions.

www.cat-electricpower.com
LEHE0407-01 (10/13) 2013 Caterpillar
LEHE0407-01
ATTACHMENTS
SUB BASE FUEL TANK

for C27 and C32
ENCLOSURE
Diesel Generator Set
Dual Wall sub base fuel tanks offer an integrated

fuel solution for your Cat diesel generator set.
Image shown may not reflect actual package
FEATURES
x UL 142 (US) and ULC S601 (Canada) Listed x Lockable 2" raised fuel fill with optional seven
x NFPA 30, 37 and 110 installation compliant gallon spill containment
x CSA C282-09 and B139-04 installation compliant x Leak detection switch
x Dual wall, secondary containment (minimum x Port for access to containment tank
of 110% of primary tank capacity) x Removable engine supply and return dip
x Tank design provides capacity for thermal tubes
expansion of fuel x Fittings for opt fuel levels or auxiliary fuel
x Direct reading fuel level gauge pump
x Fuel supply dip tube is positioned so as not to x Excellent stub-up access beneath circuit
pick up fuel sediment breaker (within fuel tank)
x Fuel return and supply dip tubes are separated x Emergency vents on primary and secondary
by an internal baffle to prevent recirculation of tanks are sized in accordance with NFPA 30,
heated return fuel external to enclosure.
x Compatible with factory enclosures only
x Fuel fill 101.6 mm (4 in), lockable flip top cap
x Optional installed fuel level indication at the
x Primary tank level detection switch in generator set control panel.
containment basin
x Seismic certification per applicable building
x Primary and secondary tanks are leak tested codes: IBC 2000, IBC 2003, IBC 2006, IBC
at 20.7 kPa (3 psi) minimum 2009, CBC 2007
x Interior tank surfaces coated with a solvent- x Tested and analyzed in accordance with:
based thin-film rust preventative ASCE 7-98, ASCE 7-02, ASCE 7-05, ICC-
x Heavy gauge steel gussets suitable for lifting ES AC-156
package x Anchoring details are site specific, and are
x Gloss black polyester alkyd acrylic enamel dependant on many factors such as
exterior paint over epoxy based primer generator set size, weight, and concrete
x Primary tanks are equipped with customer strength. IBC Certification requires that the
anchoring system used is reviewed and
connections for remote fuel transfer, return, and approved by a Professional Engineer.
vent. Additional ports provided for customer use.
x 2 Atmospheric screened vent cap
LEHE0408-00
ATTACHMENTS
Rating Run Time @ 100% Load (Hrs)

Engine Strategy
ekW kVA SB/PP/CN 1000 gal 2000 gal 3600 gal
1000 1250 SB C32 Low BSFC 14.4 28.8 51.9
910 1138 PP C32 Low BSFC 15.9 31.7 57.1
830 1038 CN C32 Low BSFC 17.4 34.7 62.5
800 1000 SB C27 Low BSFC 17.8 35.5 63.9
725 906 PP C27 Low BSFC 19.3 38.6 69.5
750 938 SB C27 Low BSFC 18.9 37.8 68.1
680 850 PP C27 Low BSFC 20.7 41.3 74.4

Engine Strategy
1000 1250 SB C32 ESE (Tier 2) 13.9 27.8 50.1
910 1138 PP C32 ESE (Tier 2) 15.2 30.4 54.8
830 1038 CN C32 ESE (Tier 2) 16.3 32.6 58.7
800 1000 SB C27 ESE (Tier 2) 17.5 34.9 62.8
725 906 PP C27 ESE (Tier 2) 19.0 38.0 68.3
750 938 SB C27 ESE (Tier 2) 18.7 37.3 67.2
680 850 PP C27 ESE (Tier 2) 20.2 40.4 72.7

Engine Strategy
800 640 SB C27 Tier 4 Interim 17.0 34.0 61.1
725 580 PP C27 Tier 4 Interim 18.8 37.6 67.7
Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential. Discretion is recommended when distributing.
www.Cat-ElectricPower.com
2013 Caterpillar.
LEHE0408-00 (01/13) All Rights Reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.
'033&'&3&/$&0/-:
SUBMITTAL DATA
SECTION 5
START UP REQUEST FORM

COMMISSIONING CHECKLIST
ENGINE DELIVERY FORM
Blanchard Engines
Columbia- 3151 Charleston Highway - (803) 791-7100 - Fax (866) 882-2216
Greenville - 6755 Frontage Road - (864) 672-0500 - Fax (866) 741-3513
START UP REQUEST FORM
Project:/RZHU5HHG\::73
*** Two Weeks Scheduling Time Is Required. ***

Please fill in the below requested information and return by mail, fax or email to:
3151CharlestonHwy
West Columbia, SC 29172
Attn: Power Systems $QG\/RJVGRQ, Project Manager
Email: DORJVGRQ@blanchardmachinery.com
Fax: (803)
STARTUP REQUIREMENTS: Listed Items must be completed PRIOR to START UP.
(Return trip WILL be charged if the following items are NOT complete when tech arrives at the job site)
Fuel (Diesel) Fuel tank must be at least 90% full.
Voltage of generator and /or Switchgear verified correct by electrician.
Generator breaker(s) connections complete and power available by electrician.
AC & DC wires pulled to control panel, but NOT terminated.
Battery charger mounted and AC completed by electrician. Do NOT terminate DC. (Blanchard Engines will
provide acid, fill batteries, and terminate DC).Note: Do not turn on power to the battery charger or
batteries until the batteries are filled with acid.
Remote annunciator connections pulled to remote and generator by electrician. Will be terminated by
Blanchard technician.
Expect generator to be ABC rotation. Rotation has been matched to utility source.
Operation and Service manuals will be brought to training by contractor.

Comments / Exceptions:
DIRECTIONS TO SITE:
CUSTOMER REQUESTED STARTUP: (date/time)
NOTE: TWO WEEKS IS REQUIRED FOR SCHEDULING PURPOSES
Requested by: tel: fax:
On-Site Contact: tel: cell:
.
REQUESTED DATE FOR OWNER TRAINING: / (date/time)
ONLY ONE TRAINING SESSION IS INCLUDED WITH START UP.

ADDITIONAL TRAINING TRIPS WILL BE BILLED AT DAY RATES.
BLANCHARD MACHINERY USE: (Project Manager will complete and return the customer)
Confirmed Date of Startup: Signature:

COMMISSIONING REPORT (REV 10/11)
CONTRACTOR____________________________________________ DATE______________
GENERATOR MODEL______________________ SERIAL___________________________
ENGINE MODEL___________________________ SERIAL___________________________
GENERATOR END MODEL________________ SERIAL___________________________
CONTROL TYPE______________________________________________________________
ANNUNCIATOR TYPE_____________________ QUANTITY_______________________
SITE___________________________________________________________________________
END USER_____________________________________________________________________
ADDRESS______________________________________________________________________
______JACKET WATER HEATER WATT RATING__________VOLTS_____________
______JACKET WATER HEATER OPERATING CURRENT_____________________
______BATTERY CHARGER INPUT VOLTAGE_________________________________
______BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT VOLTAGE______________________________
______BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT VOLTAGE______________________________
______BATTERY CHARGER OPERATING CURRENT__________________________
______ BATTERY P/N______________________ QUANTITY________________________
______FLUID LEVELS CORRECT/ADJUSTED__________________________________
______THERMOSTAT OPERATING/OPENING TEMPERATURE________________
______ CT RATIO______________________________________________________________
______GENERATOR VOLTAGE L/L__________________ L/N_____________________
______HAVE ECM PARAMETERS BEEN SET TO APPLICATION
______HAVE GSC PARAMETERS BEEN SET TO APPLICATION
______HAVE LOUVERS BEEN ADJUSTED/SET CORRECTLY
______IS REMOTE ANNUNCIATION WORKING CORRECTLY
SYSTEM CHECKS
______FAIL TO START
______OVERSPEED
______LOW OIL PRESSURE
______HIGH COOLANT TEMP/LOW LEVEL
______HIGH CHARGING VOLTAGE
______LOW CHARGING VOLTAGE
______FUEL LEVEL
______EXHAUST SYSTEM
______EMERGENCY STOP
COMMENTS
STRUCTURAL OR PAINT DAMAGE
PENDING ISSUES
Check if information has been entered into the CAT Product
Information System.
Engine Delivery Indique si se incluy la informacin en el Sistema de
Informacin de los Productos Cat.
Service Record Indiquer si ces renseignements sont rentrs dans le System
REGISTRO DE ENTREGA DEL MOTOR
RAPPORT DE LIVRAISON MOTEUR d` Information des Produits Caterpillar
MOTOR-AUSLIEFERUNGSBERICHT
Angaben sind im CAT Produkt-Information-System aufgefhrt.
DLR. CODE MODEL ENGINE SERIAL NO. HR/MI/KM DELIVERY DATE
Cdigo del Distribuidor Modelo, No. de serie del motor Horas/Millas/KM Fecha de entrega
Code du conc. Modle No. de srie du moteur, Heures/Milles/KM Date de livraison,
Hndler-Kode Modell Motor-Seriennr. Betriebsstunden/Meilen/KM Lieferdatum
OEM MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT IDENT. NAME TYPE MACHINE SERIAL NO. MODEL ARRANGEMENT NO.
Identificacin del equipo del dist. Nombre Tipo de mquina No. de serie Modelo, No. de conjunto
Identification de L'quipement OEM Nom Type de machine No. de srie Modle, No. de version
Fremdhersteller-Gertebezeichnung Name Maschinentyp Seriennr. Modell Ausfhrungsnr.
DELIVERED BY
Entregado por CATERPILLAR DEALER OEM DEALER
Livr par 1. Distribuidor Caterpillar, Concessionnaire CAT, Caterpillar-Hndler 2. Conc., Conc. OEM., Fremdhersteller-Hndler
Geliefert
durch
ENGINE APPLICATION (Complete only one box below)
USO DEL MOTOR (Marque debajo un espacio solamente)
APPLICATION DU MOTEUR (A complter seulement la partie ci-dessous)
MOTOREINSATZ (nur einen ankreuzen)
MARINE Marinas, Marine, Schiffsmotoren INDUSTRIAL Aplicaciones industriales, Industrie, Industriemotoren ON/OFF HIGHWAY VEHICLE Applicaciones para toda clase GENERATOR SET Grupos electrgenos,
de vehculos, Vehicule, Strassen- und Gelndefahrzeug Groupe electrogene, Stromaggregat
A. MARINE & SELF PROPELLED DREDGE C. POWERING AGRICULTURAL VEHICLE E. POWERING ON-HIGHWAY VEHICLE L. PRIME
Marina y dragas autopropulsadas Para propulsin de vehculos agrcolas Para propulsin de vehculos de carretera Principal
Marine ou drague automotrice Propulsion de vehicules de chantier Propulsion de vhicules routiers Service permanent
Schiffs- und selbstfahrende Bagger Antrieb fr Landwirtschafts-Fahrzeug Antrieb fr Strassenfahrzeug Hauptstromversorgung
B. DREDGE D. AGRICULTURAL - OTHER J. POWER OFF-HIGHWAY TRUCK M. STAND-BY
Dragas Agricultura - otras Para propulsin de vehculos de toda clase de terreno Auxiliar
Drague Autres applications agricoles Propulsion de vhicules de chantier Service auxiliaire
Bagger Andere landwirtschaftliche Gerte Antrieb fr Gelndefahrzeug Notstromversorgung
F. PETROLEUM DRILL RIG OTHER (DRILL, COMPRESSOR, ROAD MCHY,
Petrleo - perforacin CRANE, ETC)
Industrie ptrolire - forage Otras aplicaciones (compresor de barrenas,
Erdlbohrturm maquinaria vial y gras)
G. PETROLEUM - OTHER Autres aplications
Petrleo - otras Andere Einstze (Bohrgerte, Kompressor,
Industrie ptrolire - autres Strassenbaufahrzeuge, Krane, usw.)
Erdlindustrie - songstiges K. (specify)
H. LOCOMOTIVE (Especificar)
Locomotoras (Prciser)
Locomotive (Bezeichnung)
Lokomotive
1. Check if proper literature included. 3. Review safe start, stop and operating procedures with user.
SERVICE AT Se verific que el material impreso corres- Se verificaron con el usuario los procedimientos de arranque,
DELIVERY pondiente vena incluido. parada y funcionamiento.
La littrature technique approprie a-t-elle t Revoir avec le client les instructions exactes pour le dmarrage,
fournie? l'arrt et le fonctionnement.
Zugehrige Anleitungen sind enthalten. Sichere Start-, Abstell- und Bedienungsmethoden mit dem
Durante la entrega Kunden besprechen.
2. Check fluid levels in all compartments.
A la livraison: Se verific el nivel de fluidos en todos los 4. Review maintenance service and ajustments with user.
compartimientos. Se verific con el usuario el servicio de conservacin y ajustes.
Kundendienst bei Vrifier les niveaux de liquide de tous les circuits. Revoir avec le client les rglages et l'entretien.
Auslieferung Flssigkeitsstand in allen Gehusen prfen. Wartungsdienst und Einstellungen mit dem Kunden besprechen.
This engine inspected and started. Este motor se inspeccion y se hizo arrancar. Ce moteur a t vrifi et mis en marche.
Dieser Motor wurde berprft und angelassen.
NAME Nombre, Nom, Name MAILING ADDRESS Direccin comercial, Adresse postale, Adresse
CUSTOMER
OR USER
CITY Ciudad, Ville, Stadt STATE Estado o Provincia, Dpartement
Usuario o
prop.
USER'S SIGNATURE
Client ou Nombre del dist.,
utilisateur Kundenunterschrift COUNTRY Pas, Pays, Land POSTAL CODE Cdigo Postal,
Signature du client, No. Postal, Postleitzahl
Kunde
DEALER'S NAME CITY Ciudad, Ville, Stadt STATE Estado o Provincia, Dpt.
DELIVERING Nombre del dist.,
Nom du conc.,
DEALER Hndlername
DEALER REP. SIGNATURE Firma del representante del dist., COUNTRY Pas, Pays, Land POSTAL CODE Cdigo Postal,
Entregado Signature du reprsentant du conc.,
No. Postal, Postleitzahl
por Unterschrift des Handlervertreters
Livr par
ENGINE LOCATION OEM DEALER Conc. OEM, Conc. OEM, Fremdhersteller-Hndler
Geliefert
durch Lieu de travail du moteur,
(Hndler) Motor-Standort
Lugar de trabajo del motor,
Do not send Factory Copy if entered into the CAT Product Information Ne pas envoyer Copie Usine si les renseignements sont rentrs dans le Systme d`Information des
System. Produits Caterpillar.
No enve copia de fbrica se la informacin est en el Sistema de Informacin de los Productos CAT. Werkskopie nicht einsenden, falls im CAT Produkt-Information-System aufgefhrt.
01-083995-09 (3505)
SWITCHGEAR SUBMITTAL
AAA
LOWER REEDY WRRF

Cat Switchgear
Submittal
SIMPSONVILLE, SC
PROJECT # 40573/284756
Cat Switchgear Submittal
Lower Reedy WRRF
Project # 40573/284756
Simpsonville, South Carolina
Cat Switchgear Submittal

Lower Reedy WRRF
Project # 40573/284756
Simpsonville, South Carolina
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LOWER REEDY WRRF

SUBMITTAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
TAB 1 Project Introduction
Project Profile
Caterpillar Warranty
Caterpillar Sample Touch Screens
TAB 2 Bill of Materials Northside
System Control Section

Generator Control Section
Utility Control Section
Distribution Control Section
TAB 3 Bill of Materials Southside

TAB 4 Manufacturer Data Sheets
Manufacturer Data Sheets Table of Contents
TAB 5 Engineering Drawings Northside
Information Drawing Set

o TS2-G Table of Contents
o G01 Abbreviation Legend
o G02 General Notes
o G03 Circuit Breaker Nameplate Schedule
o G04 Circuit Breaker Schedule
o G05 Front Elevation and One-Line
o G06 Conduit Entry, Side View and Batteries
o G07 Breaker Control One-Line Diagram
o G08 Automation Communications Plan
o G09 Control Conduit Schedule
o G10 Control Conduit Schedule-Elevation
o G11 Sequence of Operations
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TAB 6 Engineering Drawings Southside
Eaton Outdoor Walk-in Switchgear Layout

Information Drawing Set
o TS2-G Table of Contents
o G01 Abbreviation Legend
o G02 General Notes
o G03 Circuit Breaker Nameplate Schedule
o G04 Circuit Breaker Schedule
o G05 Front Elevation and One-Line
o G06 NEMA 3R Views-Existing SWGR
o G07 Conduit Entry, Side View & Batteries-New SWGR
o G08 Floor Plan-New SWGR
o G09 Breaker Control One-Line Diagram
o G10 Automation Communications Plan
o G11 Control Conduit Schedule
o G12 Control Conduit Schedule-Elevation
o G13 Sequence of Operations
PROJECT INTRODUCTION

7KLV3DJH,QWHQWLRQDOO\%ODQN
PROJECT PROFILE
PROJECT NUMBER 40573/284756
PRODUCT TYPE CUSTOM
SYSTEM VOLTAGE 480V
WARRANTY STANDARD 2 YEAR
PROJECT NAME LOWER REEDY WRRF
SITE LOCATION SIMPSONVILLE, SOUTH CAROLINA
DEALER NAME BLANCHARD MACHINERY

(IIHFWLYHZLWKVDOHVWRWKHILUVWXVHURQRUDIWHU$XJXVW
&$7(53,//$5/,0,7(':$55$17<
,QGXVWULDO3HWUROHXP/RFRPRWLYHDQG$JULFXOWXUH(QJLQH3URGXFWVDQG
(OHFWULF3RZHU*HQHUDWLRQ3URGXFWV
:RUOGZLGH
&DWHUSLOODU ,QF RU DQ\ RI LWV VXEVLGLDULHV &DWHUSLOODU )RU HOHFWULF SRZHU JHQHUDWLRQ SURGXFWV RWKHU WKDQ PDQXIDFWXUHUVSDFNDJHGDQGVROGE\&DWHUSLOODU
ZDUUDQWV QHZ DQG UHPDQXIDFWXUHG HQJLQHV DQG HOHFWULF &* &* DQG &* VHULHV LQ SULPH RU
URYLGHWUDYHOODERUXSWRIRXUKRXUVURXQGWULSLILQWKH
3
SRZHUJHQHUDWLRQSURGXFWVVROGE\LWLQFOXGLQJDQ\SURGXFWV FRQWLQXRXV DSSOLFDWLRQV WKH ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG LV
RSLQLRQ RI &DWHUSLOODU WKH SURGXFW FDQQRW UHDVRQDEO\
RIRWKHUPDQXIDFWXUHUVSDFNDJHGDQGVROGE\&DWHUSLOODUWR PRQWKV)RUVWDQGE\DSSOLFDWLRQVWKHZDUUDQW\SHULRG
EH WUDQVSRUWHG WR D SODFH RI EXVLQHVV RI D &DW GHDOHU
EHIUHHIURPGHIHFWVLQPDWHULDODQGZRUNPDQVKLS LV PRQWKV KRXUV )RU HPHUJHQF\ VWDQGE\
RU RWKHU VRXUFH DSSURYHG E\ &DWHUSLOODU WUDYHO ODERU
DSSOLFDWLRQVWKHZDUUDQW\SHULRGLVPRQWKVKRXUV
7KLV ZDUUDQW\ GRHV QRW DSSO\ HQJLQHV VROG IRU XVH LQ LQ H[FHVV RI IRXU KRXUV URXQG WULS DQG DQ\ PHDOV
$OOWHUPVEHJLQDIWHUGDWHRIGHOLYHU\WRWKHILUVWXVHU
RQKLJKZD\ YHKLFOH RU PDULQH DSSOLFDWLRQV HQJLQHV LQ PLOHDJHORGJLQJHWFLVWKHXVHUVUHVSRQVLELOLW\
PDFKLQHV PDQXIDFWXUHG E\ RU IRU &DWHUSLOODU & )RU DOO RWKHU DSSOLFDWLRQV WKH ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG LV
)RUDOORWKHUSURGXFWV
DQG VHULHV HQJLQHV XVHG LQ ORFRPRWLYH DSSOLFDWLRQV PRQWKVDIWHUGDWHRIGHOLYHU\WRWKHILUVWXVHU
)DPLO\ HQJLQHV & WKURXJK & DQG $&(57 URYLGH UHDVRQDEOH WUDYHO H[SHQVHV IRU DXWKRUL]HG
3
&DWHUSLOODU5HVSRQVLELOLWLHV
&&&&&&&&&&DQG PHFKDQLFV LQFOXGLQJ PHDOV PLOHDJH DQG ORGJLQJ
& HQJLQHV XVHG LQ LQGXVWULDO PRELOH DJULFXOWXUH DQG ,I D GHIHFW LQ PDWHULDO RU ZRUNPDQVKLS LV IRXQG GXULQJ WKH ZKHQ&DWHUSLOODUFKRRVHVWRPDNHWKHUHSDLURQVLWH
ORFRPRWLYH DSSOLFDWLRQV RU &DW EDWWHULHV 7KHVH SURGXFWV ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG &DWHUSLOODU ZLOO GXULQJ QRUPDO ZRUNLQJ
8VHU5HVSRQVLELOLWLHV
DUHFRYHUHGE\RWKHU&DWHUSLOODUZDUUDQWLHV KRXUV DQG DW D SODFH RI EXVLQHVV RI D &DW GHDOHU RU RWKHU
VRXUFHDSSURYHGE\&DWHUSLOODU 7KHXVHULVUHVSRQVLEOHIRU
7KLVZDUUDQW\LVVXEMHFWWRWKHIROORZLQJ
3URYLGHDW&DWHUSLOODUVFKRLFHQHZ5HPDQXIDFWXUHG 3URYLGLQJSURRIRIWKHGHOLYHU\GDWHWRWKHILUVWXVHU
:DUUDQW\3HULRG
RU &DWHUSLOODU DSSURYHG UHSDLUHG SDUWV RU DVVHPEOHG DERU FRVWV H[FHSW DV VWDWHG XQGHU &DWHUSLOODU
/
RU LQGXVWULDO HQJLQHV HQJLQHV LQ D SHWUROHXP
) FRPSRQHQWVQHHGHGWRFRUUHFWWKHGHIHFW 5HVSRQVLELOLWLHV LQFOXGLQJ FRVWV EH\RQG WKRVH
DSSOLFDWLRQV RU 3HWUROHXP 3RZHU 6\VWHPV H[FOXGLQJ UHTXLUHGWRGLVFRQQHFWWKHSURGXFWIURPDQGUHFRQQHFW
1RWH1HZ UHPDQXIDFWXUHG RU &DWHUSLOODU DSSURYHG
SHWUROHXP ILUH SXPS DSSOLFDWLRQ RU HQJLQHV LQ D WKH SURGXFW WR LWV DWWDFKHG HTXLSPHQW PRXQWLQJ DQG
UHSDLUHG SDUWV RU DVVHPEOHG FRPSRQHQWV SURYLGHG
/RFRPRWLYH DSSOLFDWLRQ RU 8QLQWHUUXSWLEOH 3RZHU VXSSRUWV\VWHPV
XQGHU WKH WHUPV RI WKLV ZDUUDQW\ DUH ZDUUDQWHG IRU
6XSSO\ 836 V\VWHPV WKH ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG LV
WKH UHPDLQGHU RI WKH ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG DSSOLFDEOH UDYHO RU WUDQVSRUWLQJ FRVWV H[FHSW DV VWDWHG XQGHU
7
PRQWKVDIWHUGDWHRIGHOLYHU\WRWKHILUVWXVHU
WR WKH SURGXFW LQ ZKLFK LQVWDOOHG DV LI VXFK SDUWV &DWHUSLOODU5HVSRQVLELOLWLHV
RU HQJLQHV XVHG LQ SHWUROHXP ILUH SXPS DQG PRELOH
) ZHUH RULJLQDO FRPSRQHQWV RI WKDW SURGXFW ,WHPV
DJULFXOWXUH DSSOLFDWLRQV WKH ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG LV UHSODFHG XQGHU WKLV ZDUUDQW\ EHFRPH WKH SURSHUW\ 3UHPLXPRURYHUWLPHODERUFRVWV
PRQWKVDIWHUGDWHRIGHOLYHU\WRWKHILUVWXVHU RI&DWHUSLOODU DUWV VKLSSLQJ FKDUJHV LQ H[FHVV RI WKRVH WKDW DUH
3
RU FRQWUROV RQO\ (3,& FRQILJXUDEOH DQG FXVWRP
) HSODFH OXEULFDWLQJ RLO ILOWHUV FRRODQW DQG RWKHU
5 XVXDODQGFXVWRPDU\
VZLWFKJHDU SURGXFWV DQG DXWRPDWLF WUDQVIHU VZLWFK VHUYLFHLWHPVPDGHXQXVDEOHE\WKHGHIHFW /RFDOWD[HVLIDSSOLFDEOH
SURGXFWV WKH ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG LV PRQWKV DIWHU GDWH
3URYLGH UHDVRQDEOH DQG FXVWRPDU\ ODERU QHHGHG WR RVWV WR LQYHVWLJDWH FRPSODLQWV XQOHVV WKH SUREOHP
&
RIGHOLYHU\WRWKHILUVWXVHU
FRUUHFW WKH GHIHFW LQFOXGLQJ ODERU WR GLVFRQQHFW WKH LV FDXVHG E\ D GHIHFW LQ &DWHUSLOODU PDWHULDO RU
RU QHZ &* &* DQG &* VHULHV
) SURGXFWIURPDQGUHFRQQHFWWKHSURGXFWWRLWVDWWDFKHG ZRUNPDQVKLS
SRZHU JHQHUDWLRQ SURGXFWV WKH ZDUUDQW\ SHULRG LV HTXLSPHQWPRXQWLQJDQGVXSSRUWV\VWHPVLIUHTXLUHG
PRQWKV KRXUV ZKLFKHYHU FRPHV ILUVW DIWHU LYLQJ WLPHO\ QRWLFH RI D ZDUUDQWDEOH IDLOXUH DQG
*
)RUQHZDQGHQJLQHVDQGHOHFWULFSRZHU SURPSWO\PDNLQJWKHSURGXFWDYDLODEOHIRUUHSDLU
GDWHRIGHOLYHU\WRILUVWXVHU
JHQHUDWLRQ SURGXFWV LQFOXGLQJ DQ\ QHZ SURGXFWV RI RWKHU
&RQWLQXHGRQUHYHUVHVLGH
6(/)
HUIRUPDQFH RI WKH UHTXLUHG PDLQWHQDQFH LQFOXGLQJ
3 DLOXUHV UHVXOWLQJ IURP DWWDFKPHQWV DFFHVVRU\ LWHPV
) 'DPDJHWRSDUWVIL[WXUHVKRXVLQJVDWWDFKPHQWVDQG
XVHRISURSHUIXHORLOOXEULFDQWVDQGFRRODQWDQGLWHPV DQGSDUWVQRWVROGRUDSSURYHGE\&DWHUSLOODU DFFHVVRU\ LWHPV WKDW DUH QRW SDUW RI WKH HQJLQH &DW
UHSODFHGGXHWRQRUPDOZHDUDQGWHDU 6HOHFWLYH&DWDO\WLF5HGXFWLRQ6\VWHPRUHOHFWULFSRZHU
DLOXUHVUHVXOWLQJIURPDEXVHQHJOHFWDQGRULPSURSHU
)
JHQHUDWLRQ SURGXFW LQFOXGLQJ DQ\ SURGXFWV RI RWKHU
OORZLQJ &DWHUSLOODU DFFHVV WR DOO HOHFWURQLFDOO\ VWRUHG
$ UHSDLU
PDQXIDFWXUHUVSDFNDJHGDQGVROGE\&DWHUSLOODU
GDWD
DLOXUHV UHVXOWLQJ IURP XVHUV GHOD\ LQ PDNLQJ WKH
)
HSDLU RI FRPSRQHQWV VROG E\ &DWHUSLOODU WKDW LV
5
/LPLWDWLRQV SURGXFW DYDLODEOH DIWHU EHLQJ QRWLILHG RI D SRWHQWLDO
ZDUUDQWHG GLUHFWO\ WR WKH XVHU E\ WKHLU UHVSHFWLYH
SURGXFWSUREOHP
&DWHUSLOODULVQRWUHVSRQVLEOHIRU PDQXIDFWXUHU'HSHQGLQJRQW\SHRIDSSOLFDWLRQFHUWDLQ
DLOXUHV UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG UHSDLUV RU
) H[FOXVLRQVPD\DSSO\&RQVXOW\RXU&DWGHDOHUIRUPRUH
DLOXUHV UHVXOWLQJ IURP DQ\ XVH RU LQVWDOODWLRQ WKDW
)
DGMXVWPHQWVDQGXQDXWKRUL]HGIXHOVHWWLQJFKDQJHV LQIRUPDWLRQ
&DWHUSLOODUMXGJHVLPSURSHU
7KLVZDUUDQW\FRYHUVHYHU\PDMRUFRPSRQHQWRIWKHSURGXFWV&ODLPVXQGHUWKLVZDUUDQW\VKRXOGEH )RU SURGXFWV RSHUDWLQJ LQ $XVWUDOLD )LML 1DXUX 1HZ &DOHGRQLD 1HZ =HDODQG 3DSXD 1HZ
VXEPLWWHGWRDSODFHRIEXVLQHVVRID&DWGHDOHURURWKHUVRXUFHDSSURYHGE\&DWHUSLOODU)RUIXUWKHU *XLQHDWKH6RORPRQ,VODQGVDQG7DKLWLWKHIROORZLQJLVDSSOLFDEOH
LQIRUPDWLRQFRQFHUQLQJHLWKHUWKHORFDWLRQWRVXEPLWFODLPVRU&DWHUSLOODUDVWKHLVVXHURIWKLVZDUUDQW\
7+,6 :$55$17< ,6 ,1 $'',7,21 72 :$55$17,(6 $1' &21',7,216 ,03/,('
ZULWH&DWHUSLOODU,QF1($GDPV6W3HRULD,/86$
%< 67$787( $1' 27+(5 67$78725< 5,*+76 $1' 2%/,*$7,216 7+$7 %< $1<
&DWHUSLOODUVREOLJDWLRQVXQGHUWKLV/LPLWHG:DUUDQW\DUHVXEMHFWWRDQGVKDOOQRWDSSO\LQFRQWUDYHQWLRQ $33/,&$%/(/$:&$1127%((;&/8'('5(675,&7('2502',),('0$1'$725<
RIWKHODZVUXOHVUHJXODWLRQVGLUHFWLYHVRUGLQDQFHVRUGHUVRUVWDWXWHVRIWKH8QLWHG6WDWHVRURI 5,*+76 $// 27+(5 :$55$17,(6 25 &21',7,216 (;35(66 25 ,03/,(' %<
DQ\RWKHUDSSOLFDEOHMXULVGLFWLRQZLWKRXWUHFRXUVHRUOLDELOLW\ZLWKUHVSHFWWR&DWHUSLOODU 67$787(2527+(5:,6($5((;&/8'('
)RUSURGXFWVRSHUDWLQJRXWVLGHRI$XVWUDOLD)LML1DXUX1HZ&DOHGRQLD1HZ=HDODQG3DSXD1HZ 1(,7+(5 7+,6 :$55$17< 125 $1< 27+(5 &21',7,21 25 :$55$17< %<
*XLQHDWKH6RORPRQ,VODQGVDQG7DKLWLWKHIROORZLQJLVDSSOLFDEOH &$7(53,//$5(;35(6625,03/,('68%-(&721/<727+(0$1'$725<5,*+76
,6$33/,&$%/(72$1<,7(0&$7(53,//$56(//67+$7,6:$55$17('',5(&7/<
1(,7+(5 7+( )25(*2,1* (;35(66 :$55$17< 125 $1< 27+(5 :$55$17< %<
727+(86(5%<,760$18)$&785(5
&$7(53,//$5(;35(6625,03/,(',6$33/,&$%/(72$1<,7(0&$7(53,//$56(//6
7+$7,6:$55$17('',5(&7/<727+(86(5%<,760$18)$&785(5 727+((;7(173(50,77('81'(57+(0$1'$725<5,*+76,)&$7(53,//$5,6
7+(6833/,(5727+(86(5&$7(53,//$56/,$%,/,7<6+$//%(/,0,7('$7,76
7+,6 :$55$17< ,6 (;35(66/< ,1 /,(8 2) $1< 27+(5 :$55$17,(6 (;35(66
237,21 72 D ,1 7+( &$6( 2) 6(59,&(6 7+( 6833/< 2) 7+( 6(59,&(6$*$,1
25 ,03/,(' ,1&/8',1* $1< :$55$17< 2) 0(5&+$17$%,/,7< 25 ),71(66 )25 $
257+(3$<0(172)7+(&2672)+$9,1*7+(6(59,&(66833/,('$*$,1$1'
3$57,&8/$5 385326( (;&(37 &$7(53,//$5 (0,66,215(/$7(' &20321(176
E ,1 7+( &$6( 2) *22'6 7+( 5(3$,5 25 5(3/$&(0(17 2) 7+( *22'6 7+(
:$55$17,(6 )25 1(: (1*,1(6 :+(5( $33/,&$%/( 5(0(',(6 81'(5 7+,6
6833/<2)(48,9$/(17*22'67+(3$<0(172)7+(&2672)68&+5(3$,525
:$55$17<$5(/,0,7('727+(3529,6,212)0$7(5,$/$1'6(59,&(6$663(&,),('
5(3/$&(0(17257+($&48,6,7,212)(48,9$/(17*22'6
+(5(,1
&$7(53,//$5(;&/8'(6$///,$%,/,7<)2525$5,6,1*)520$1<1(*/,*(1&(
&$7(53,//$5,61275(63216,%/()25,1&,'(17$/25&216(48(17,$/'$0$*(6
21 ,76 3$57 25 21 7+( 3$57 2) $1< 2) ,76 (03/2<((6 $*(176 25
&$7(53,//$5 (;&/8'(6$// /,$%,/,7< )25 25$5,6,1* )520$1< 1(*/,*(1&( 21 5(35(6(17$7,9(6,15(63(&72)7+(0$18)$&785(256833/<2)*22'625
,763$5725217+(3$572)$1<2),76(03/2<((6$*(176255(35(6(17$7,9(6 7+(3529,6,212)6(59,&(65(/$7,1*727+(*22'6
,1 5(63(&7 2) 7+( 0$18)$&785( 25 6833/< 2) *22'6 25 7+( 3529,6,21 2)
&$7(53,//$5 ,6 127 /,$%/( )25 ,1&,'(17$/ 25 &216(48(17,$/ '$0$*(6
6(59,&(65(/$7,1*727+(*22'6
81/(66,0326('81'(50$1'$725<5,*+76
,) 27+(5:,6( $33/,&$%/( 7+( 9,(11$ &219(17,21 21 &2175$&76 )25 7+(
,) 27+(5:,6( $33/,&$%/( 7+( 9,(11$ &219(17,21 21 &2175$&76 )25 7+(
,17(51$7,21$/6$/(2)*22'6,6(;&/8'(',1,76(17,5(7<
,17(51$7,21$/6$/(2)*22'6,6(;&/8'(',1,76(17,5(7<
)RUSHUVRQDORUIDPLO\XVHHQJLQHVRUHOHFWULFSRZHUJHQHUDWLRQSURGXFWVRSHUDWLQJLQWKH86$LWV
&DWHUSLOODU$OO5LJKWV5HVHUYHG
WHUULWRULHVDQGSRVVHVVLRQVVRPHVWDWHVGRQRWDOORZOLPLWDWLRQVRQKRZORQJDQLPSOLHGZDUUDQW\
&$7&$7(53,//$5WKHLUUHVSHFWLYHORJRV&DWHUSLOODU<HOORZWKH3RZHU(GJHWUDGHGUHVV
PD\ODVWQRUDOORZWKHH[FOXVLRQRUOLPLWDWLRQRILQFLGHQWDORUFRQVHTXHQWLDOGDPDJHV7KHUHIRUHWKH
DVZHOODVFRUSRUDWHDQGSURGXFWLGHQWLW\XVHGKHUHLQDUHWUDGHPDUNVRI&DWHUSLOODUDQGPD\
SUHYLRXVO\H[SUHVVHGH[FOXVLRQPD\QRWDSSO\WR\RX7KLVZDUUDQW\JLYHV\RXVSHFLFOHJDOULJKWV
QRWEHXVHGZLWKRXWSHUPLVVLRQ
DQG\RXPD\DOVRKDYHRWKHUULJKWVZKLFKYDU\E\MXULVGLFWLRQ7RQGWKHORFDWLRQRIWKHQHDUHVW&DW
GHDOHURURWKHUDXWKRUL]HGUHSDLUIDFLOLW\FDOO,I\RXKDYHTXHVWLRQVFRQFHUQLQJWKLV
ZDUUDQW\RULWVDSSOLFDWLRQVFDOORUZULWH
,Q 86$ DQG &DQDGD &DWHUSLOODU ,QF (QJLQH 'LYLVLRQ 3 2 %R[ 0RVVYLOOH ,/
$WWHQWLRQ &XVWRPHU 6HUYLFH 0DQDJHU 7HOHSKRQH 2XWVLGH WKH 86$ DQG &DQDGD
&RQWDFW\RXU&DWGHDOHU
6(/)
&$7(53,//$56$03/(728&+6&5((16
Cat Touchscreen Interface

The Cat color touchscreen display is the key to the systems powerful and simple
operator interface. The screens give the operator an instantaneous and easily
understandable view of the entire system status. To access system controls, simply
touch the corresponding portion of the screen. The entire engine generator set can be
controlled from one touchscreen and is standard in all Cat Switchgear.
&$7(53,//$56$03/(728&+6&5((16
Main Menu Password Entry
Overview Screen Operation

&$7(53,//$56$03/(728&+6&5((16
EGP System - Generator Control Screen
XLM System Generator Control Screen

BILL OF MATERIALS1257+6,'(
BILL OF MATERIALS
Part Number Manufacturer / Part Description Qty
RSL24N1-1EQ ALCAD SEISMIC BATTERY RACK,24-L, NARROW, 2 BATT, 1 TIER 1

MESR901 B&B ELECTRONICS MODBUS ETHERNET TO SERIAL GATEWAY 1
10250T101-2 EATON PUSH BUTTON, BLACK NON-ILLUM. 1
10250T1371-53 EATON 2-POS SEL. SWITCH, SPRING RETURN LOT
10250T16113 EATON 2-POS KEY SWITCH, MAINTAINED LOT
FAZ-D40/1-SP EATON 40A, 1POLE CB HIGH-IN-RUSH 1
M12V40 GNB MARATHON 12 VOLT, 40 AH BATTERY 2
SC628PR MALLORY SONALERT ALARM HORN, 24VDC 1
170ADM85010 MODICON 24-32VDC 16PT IN/16 PT OUT 3
171CBU98091 MODICON M1E UNITY, PROCESSOR 3
2866776 PHOENIX POWER SUPPLY, 20A, 24VDC, 120VAC or 125VDC INPUT 1
2891001 PHOENIX CONTACT 5TX UNMANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH 2
CS241210 POWEREX 100A POWER DIODE 1
PLX31-EIP-MBTCP PROSOFT ETHERNET/IP TO MODBUS TCP/IP CONVERTER 1
2711P-B12C4D8 ROCKWELL PANELVIEW PLUS 6 1250 GRAPHICS TERMINAL 1
FACTORYTALK ROCKWELL FACTORYTALK HMI BUNDLE 1
BILL OF MATERIALS
MTWDN7CDM500XXC BITRONICS POWERPLEX II TRANSDUCER 1

9X9591 CATERPILLAR SPEEDBRICK 1
256-PLDU-PQBX-C7 CROMPTON 25 SYNCH-CHECK RELAY WITH DEAD 1
10250T197LGP24 EATON GREEN PILOT LIGHT, LED, 24V 1
10250T197LRP24 EATON RED PILOT LIGHT, LED, 24V 1
10250T2 EATON E-STOP CONTACT BLOCK 1
10250T597LRH24-1X EATON E-STOP SWITCH ASSEMBLY 1
TRNB24AD EATON INTERVAL TIMER 24VDC 1
74902QF ELECTROSWITCH CB CONTROL SWITCH 1
35-150-BU GC ELECTRONICS TOGGLE SWITCH, DPDT 1
SR3B-05 IDEC MODE EXIT TIMER BASE 1
170AMM11030 MODICON 2AI 2AO 16DI/8DO 10-45VDC BASE 1
52AAGM SIEMENS E-STOP SHROUD 1
11-1-11 SPECTROL 11-TURN MULTIDIAL SPEED POT 1
534-1-1-202 SPECTROL 2K OHM 10 TURN POTENTIOMETER 1
9070T500D1 SQUARE D 500VA 240/480 CPT 1
468-480 TTL 480:120 POTENTIAL XFMR, 75 VA 3
BILL OF MATERIALS
BE1-32RE3EE1RB0N0F BASLER BE1-32R REVERSE POWER RELAY 1

7803B ELECTROSWITCH 86 LOR, 3-DECK 1
FT-247 GE 10-POLE TEST SWITCH (C-C-C-C P P P P P P ) 1
170ADM85010 MODICON 24-32VDC 16PT IN/16PT OUT 1
0351S71432551XX SCHWEITZER SEL-351S RELAY 1
9001K7 SQUARE D SELECTOR SWITCH LOCKOUT COVER 1
9001KS11BH2 SQUARE D 2-POS SELECTOR SWITCH 1
BILL OF MATERIALS

9070T500D1 SQUARE D 500VA 240/480 CPT 4
BILL OF MATERIALS6287+6,'(

BILL OF MATERIALS
RSL24N1-1EQ ALCAD SEISMIC BATTERY RACK,24-L, NARROW, 2 BATT, 1 TIER 1

MESR901 B&B ELECTRONICS MODBUS ETHERNET TO SERIAL GATEWAY 1
10250T101-2 EATON PUSH BUTTON, BLACK NON-ILLUM. 1
10250T1371-53 EATON 2-POS SEL. SWITCH, SPRING RETURN LOT
10250T16113 EATON 2-POS KEY SWITCH, MAINTAINED LOT
1940L-24VDC-ISO ELO 19" TOUCHSCREEN, 24VDC 1
M12V40 GNB MARATHON 12 VOLT, 40 AH BATTERY 2
EX5-MDBUS-NA00 KEPWARE VERSION 5 1
SC628PR MALLORY SONALERT ALARM HORN, 24VDC 1
170ADM85010 MODICON 24-32VDC 16PT IN/16 PT OUT 3
2866776 PHOENIX POWER SUPPLY, 20A, 24VDC, 120VAC or 125VDC INPUT 1
FACTORYTALK ROCKWELL FACTORYTALK HMI BUNDLE 1
PM-140571 XYCOM TOUCHSCREEN PROCESSOR 1
BILL OF MATERIALS

9X9591 CATERPILLAR SPEEDBRICK 2
10250T2 EATON E-STOP CONTACT BLOCK 2
10250T597LRH24-1X EATON E-STOP SWITCH ASSEMBLY 2
TRNB24AD EATON INTERVAL TIMER 24VDC 2
35-150-BU GC ELECTRONICS TOGGLE SWITCH, DPDT 2
SR3B-05 IDEC MODE EXIT TIMER BASE 2
170AMM11030 MODICON 2AI 2AO 16DI/8DO 10-45VDC BASE 2
52AAGM SIEMENS E-STOP SHROUD 2
11-1-11 SPECTROL 11-TURN MULTIDIAL SPEED POT 2
534-1-1-202 SPECTROL 2K OHM 10 TURN POTENTIOMETER 2
9070T500D1 SQUARE D 500VA 240/480 CPT 2
468-480 TTL 480:120 POTENTIAL XFMR, 75 VA 6
BILL OF MATERIALS
BE1-32RE3EE1RB0N0F BASLER BE1-32R REVERSE POWER RELAY 1

7803B ELECTROSWITCH 86 LOR, 3-DECK 1
FT-247 GE 10-POLE TEST SWITCH (C-C-C-C P P P P P P ) 1
0351S71432551XX SCHWEITZER SEL-351S RELAY 1
9001K7 SQUARE D SELECTOR SWITCH LOCKOUT COVER 1
9001KS11BH2 SQUARE D 2-POS SELECTOR SWITCH 1
BILL OF MATERIALS

9070T500D1 SQUARE D 500VA 240/480 CPT 3
MANUFACTURER DATA SHEETS

0$18)$&785(5'$7$6+((767$%/(2)&217(176
$OFDG56/1(4
% %(OHFWURQLFV0(65
%DVOHU%(5(((5%1)
%LWURQLFV07:'1&'0;;&
&DWHUSLOODU;
&URPSWRQ3/'834%;&
(DWRQ0DJQXP'6/96ZLWFKJHDU
(DWRQ0DJQXP'6/9&LUFXLW%UHDNHUV
(DWRQ7
(DWRQ7
(DWRQ7
(DWRQ7/*37/53
(DWRQ77/5+;
(DWRQ)$='63
(DWRQ751%$'
(OHFWURVZLWFK4)
(OHFWURVZLWFK%
(OR/9'&,62
*&(OHFWURQLFV%8
*()7
*1%09
,GHF65%
.HSZDUH(;0'%861$
0DOORU\6&35
0RGLFRQ$'0
0RGLFRQ$00
0RGLFRQ&%8
0$18)$&785(5'$7$6+((767$%/(2)&217(176
3KRHQL[
3KRHQL[
3RZHUH[&6
3UR6RIW3/;(,30%7&3
5RFNZHOO3%&'
5RFNZHOO)DFWRU\7DON
6FKZHLW]HU6;;
6LHPHQV$$*0
6SHFWURO
6SHFWURO
6TXDUH'.
6TXDUH'.6%+
6TXDUH'7'
77/
;\FRP30
$/&$'3$5756/1(4
ALCAD PART # RSL24N1-1EQ

$/&$'3$5756/1(4
ALCAD PART # RSL24N1-1EQ

% %(/(&7521,&63$570(65
MESR9xx-4210ds-1/5
2010 by B&B Electronics. All rights reserved.
MESR9xx
Vlinx Industrial MODBUS Ethernet to Serial Gateway
PRODUCT INFORMATION
9 Ethernet Enable MODBUS RS-232/422/485

9 MODBUS TCP, ASCII & RTU
9 Modbus Flexibility Serial & Ethernet, Masters & Slaves
9 Modbus Messaging Priority Control
9 View Messaging Status in Real Time
9 Complete Ethernet Fiber Options
9 Easy Configuration Software
9 UL Class 1 Div 2
MESR MODBUS Gateways bridge devices on MODBUS
serial networks (RS-232, RS-422 or RS-485) with those on
MODBUS TCP networks, allowing seamless integration. The
serial ports can be accessed over a LAN or WAN using Direct
IP Mode connections. Supporting up to 16 masters and 32
slaves, the gateways feature autodetecting10/100 copper and
fiber optic options. The easy to use software is designed for
Windows 2000, 2003 Server, XP and Vista and features
Modbus messaging priority control and allows management
through multiple TCP/IP client sessions. Serial data rates up to
230 kbps ensure maximum network flexibility. MESR9xx
gateways are built for use in industrial environments, featuring
a slim IP30 DIN rail mountable case. They operate from a

B&B ELECTRONICS
range of DC power supply voltages and have pluggable
terminal block connectors. An external power supply, sold Ordering Information

Vlinx Modbus Serial Server See Chart Above
separately, is required. The photograph above is an Accessory Items
MDR-20-24 DIN Rail Power Supply, 24VDC, 1.7A
MESR922T gateway. The MESR92x units have an additional DRPM25 Panel Mount Adapter
Ethernet port which functions much like an Ethernet Switch,
allowing pass-through connectivity for other Ethernet devices.
This port can also be used to daisy chain multiple gateways.
MESR90x units have one Ethernet port. B&B Electronics
Vlinx is you number one choice for Ethernet to Serial
conversion.
International Headquarters: 815-433-5100 Fax 433-5104 www.bb-elec.com

European Headquarters: +353 91 792444 Fax +353 91 792445 www.bb-europe.com

% %(/(&7521,&63$570(65
MESR9xx-4210ds-2/5
Specifications
Serial Technology
RS-232 TD, RD, RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DTD, GND Network Communications
RS-485 2-Wire Data A(-), Data B(+), GND LAN 10/100 Mbps Auto-detecting
RS-422/485 4-Wire TDA(-), TDB(+), RDA(-), RDB(+), GND Network Physical Layer Standards
Serial Connector DB9M or Removable Terminal Blocks Ethernet IEEE 802.3 auto detecting & auto
12 to 28 AWG MDI/MDX 10/100
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Data Rate Up to 230.4 Kbps Protocols

Fiber Optic Technology TCP, IPv4, ARP, HTTP 1.0, ICMP/PING, DHCP/BOOTP
MESR9xx-Mx IP Mode Static, DHCP
Type / Wavelength Multi-mode / 1310 nm TCP User definable
Output Power (-)19 to (-) 14 dBm Other
Receive Sensitivity ~ (-) 32 dBm Mode MODBUS RTU Master / Slave
Cable 62.5 / 125 m MODBUS ASCII Master/Slave
Search Serial direct COM and Ethernet
Connector SC or ST Auto search or specific IP
Range 1.2 miles (2 km) Diagnostics Display PC IP, ping,
MESR9xx-Sx save test config. (text readable)
Type / Wavelength Single-mode / 1310 nm Firmware Upgrade Web GUI through Ethernet
Output Power (-) 15 to (-) 8 dBm Ethernet Pass-through Port (MESR92x)
Standards IEEE 802.3, 802.3u, 802.3x
Receive Sensitivity ~ (-) 32 dBm
Processing Type Store and Forward with 802.3x
Cable 9 / 125 m full duplex, non blocking flow
Connector SC or ST control
Range 9.3 miles (15 km) Flow Control IEEE 802.3x flow control,
MESR9xx-Sx40 back pressure flow control
Type / Wavelength Single-mode / 1310 nm MAC Address Table 2K
Configuration Software
Output Power (-) 5 to 0 dBm
Windows 2000, XP (32/64 bit),
Receive Sensitivity ~ (-) 34 dBm Vlinx Manager 2003 Server (32/64 bit), Vista
Cable 9 / 125 m Compatibility (32/64 bit), 2008 Server (32/64 bit),
Connector SC or ST Win 7 (32/64 bit)
Range 25 miles (40 km) Regulatory
MESR9xx-Sx80 Compliance FCC, CE , NEMA TS2
UL Listed, File E222870
Type / Wavelength Single-mode / 1510 nm
UL Class 1 Division 2 Groups A, B,
Output Power (-) 5 to 0 dBm C, D (HAZLOC), File E245458
Receive Sensitivity ~ (-) 34 dBm
Cable 9 / 125 m
Connector SC or ST
Range 49.7 miles (80 km)
Power
Source External
Input Voltage 10 to 48 VDC (58 VDC Maximum)
Connector Removable Terminal Block (12 28 AWG)
Power Consumption
MESR90x 4.0 Watts
MESR92x 6.0 Watts
Mechanical
LED Indicators Serial Port, Ethernet Link, Ready
Switches Reset Button
Dimensions MESR90x-1.2x3.2x4.7in (3.0x8.1x11.9cm)
B&B ELECTRONICS
MESR92x-1.2x4.0x5.9in (3.0x10.2x15.0cm)
Enclosure 35mm DIN mount, Plastic, IP 30
Weight MESR90x 0.33 lbs (149.7 g)
MESR92x 0.45 lbs (204.1 g)
CAD Drawing Available on website
Environmental
Operating Temp -40 to 80C (-40 to 176F)
Operating Humidity 0 to 95% Non-condensing
MTBF MESR90x ~ 132309 Hours
MTBF MESR92x ~ 102593 Hours
MTBF Calc Method Parts Count Reliability Prediction
Network
Serial Memory 8 KB per port
Network Memory 4 KB
IP Port Addresses 5300 Heartbeat and configuration
Setting in TCP Mode (paired mode)
8888 MESR 9xx Update


% %(/(&7521,&63$570(65
MESR9xx-4210ds-3/5
Application Examples
Ethernet Master Serial Slaves Serial & Ethernet Masters, Serial & Ethernet
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Slaves
MESR9xx modules can be used to integrate serial slave
devices on a MODBUS TCP network. This allows TCP Masters MESR9xx modules can also integrate multiple master devices
to control serial slave devices. onto serial and Ethernet networks.
Two Identical Hard Coded Slaves Serial Masters with IP Slaves
In this scenario, two slave devices that are hard coded with Serial Masters can be used to control IP slaves.
the same ID are required. This is accomplished by placing
them on different serial ports.
B&B ELECTRONICS
Identical Networks
In this scenario, identical or backup production lines can be controlled by

the same IP Master. This allows the duplicate networks to be configured
identically, saving documentation and maintenance time.


% %(/(&7521,&63$570(65
MESR9xx-4210ds-4/5
Mechanical Diagram Units with one Ethernet Port

PRODUCT INFORMATION
B&B ELECTRONICS


% %(/(&7521,&63$570(65
MESR9xx-4210ds-5/5
Mechanical Diagram Units with Two Ethernet Ports

PRODUCT INFORMATION
B&B ELECTRONICS


%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
DIRECTIONAL
POWER RELAY
The BE1-32R Directional Overpower Relay and the BE1-32O/U Directional APPLICATION
Over/Underpower Relay are solid-state devices which provide versatility Pages 2 - 4
and control in protecting machines against reverse power flow,
underpower and overpower conditions.
SPECIFICATIONS
ADVANTAGES Pages 4 - 8
Measures Real Power - El cos 4.
Wide variety of input configurations are available including single-phase
and three phase, 3 and 4 wire systems.
Sensing ranges available from 0.5 to 6000 watts secondary. EXTERNAL
Instantaneous, definite and inverse timing characteristics available.
Low input sensing and supply burdens.
CONNECTIONS
Qualified to the requirements of Pages 9 - 10
IEEE C37.90.1-1989 and IEC 255 for fast transient and surge
withstand capability;
IEC 255-5 for impulse.
UL recognized under Standard 508, UL File #E97033. ORDERING
Gost R certified per the relevant standards of Gosstandart of Russia. INFORMATION
Five year warranty. Pages 11 - 12
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Request Publication 9171100990
STANDARDS, DIMENSIONS, AND ACCESSORIES
Request bulletin SDA
UBU-11
P. O. BOX 269 HIGHLAND, ILLINOIS 62249, U.S.A. PHONE 618-654-2341 FAX 618-654-2351 9-10 1

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
APPLICATION
PURPOSE motor drawing sufficient power from the system to drive

the prime mover. Sustained motoring can cause severe
The BE1-32R Directional Overpower Relay and the BE1- damage to the prime mover. The Directional Power
32 O/U, Directional Over/Underpower Relays sense real Relay, with its wide sensitivity range, can detect levels of
power flow (El cos 4). These relays are solid-state reverse real power flow as low as 0.5 Watts secondary
devices designed for use in single-phase or three-phase and provide an alarm or trip the unit off line (See Figure
systems to provide equipment protection for overpower 1). In this example, single phase sensing is usually
and/or underpower or to be used for supervisory control considered sufficient, since motoring is a balanced
of circuits. Both relay configurations may be used to condition.
monitor either forward or reverse power. In the following
application examples, single-phase connections are EXAMPLE 2 - COGENERATOR CONTROL
shown for simplicity.
Given that a co-generation system has automatic
APPLICATION EXAMPLES engine controls, auto synchronizer, and automatic kW
and kVar controls, the system will virtually operate by
The BE1-32 relays (R and O/U) are typically used in
itself. The only functions not readily apparent are the
applications where excessive power flow in the tripping
start/stop signals to the generators. Two system con-
direction is indicative of undesirable situations. Typical
examples are discussed below. Notice: This product is figurations using a Power Relay may be utilized to
not recommended for power factors below 0.10. Contact generate contact closures for start and/or stop signals.
Basler Electric for recommended products.
The first configuration (Figure 2) shows a power relay
connected to the utility to sense kW. The pickup point of
EXAMPLE 1 - ANTI MOTORING the relay is set at the maximum desired utility power
In this example, the power relay is used to protect the level. If the power relay contact closes, the generator
prime mover rather than the generator. When an ac will be started and automatically paralleled with the
generator, operating in parallel with a power system, utility system. A time delay of 15 seconds or more is
loses prime mover torque, it remains in synchronism generally included in the start circuit to ignore
with the system and continues to run as a synchronous transient overload conditions.
UTILITY
LOAD 52
TRIP
52
52
TRIPPING DIRECTION
BE1-32R
WITH BE1-32R WITH
E1 E1 TIMING
TIMING
START
SIGNAL
ENGINE
GENERATOR
GENERATOR CONTROL
Figure 1 - Power Relay Motoring Protection Figure 2 - Power Relay Start Control

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
APPLICATION, continued
When the generator is paralleled and loaded, the kW HIGH VOLTAGE BUS
signal will decrease by the amount of load the generator OVER- REVERSE
POWER POWER
accepted. An underpower relay can measure utility
TRIPPING DIRECTION
power and generate a stop signal when utility power
decreased below a selected level. A definite time delay 32 32
will generally be provided for the stop signal of one O/U O/U
minute or more. The Basler Model BE1-32 O/U Power

Relay incorporates both over and under power sensing
in one relay, which makes it ideal for this application. T1 T2
LOW VOLTAGE BUS
In the second configuration (Figure 3) the start signal is
generated as in that of Figure 2. The setpoint of the start
signal should be above the import power setting. The
stop signal will require an underpower relay on the
generator output. This system is illustrated in Figure 3.
Figure 4 - Distribution Protection
UTILITY
EXAMPLE 5 - REACTIVE POWER (VARs)
DETECTION
LOAD
52
GEN 2
This example deals with the Directional Power Relays
OVERPOWER
START
ability to measure real or reactive power.
52 SIGNAL
Real power (watts) is supplied to the generator by the

BE1-32 O/U BE1-32R WITH prime mover, and reactive power (vars) is supplied to
WITH
E1 TIMING
E1 TIMING
the field by the exciter. When field excitation is signifi-
cantly reduced and the connected system can provide
sufficient reactive power to maintain the generators
START
SIGNAL
GENERATOR
GEN 1
UNDERPOWER ENGINE terminal voltage, reactive power will flow into the
1 STOP SIGNAL CONTROL
machine and cause it to operate as an induction
generator with essentially the same kW output. This
situation causes problems; first, the additional reactive
loading of the faulty generator must be redistributed to
other synchronous generators on the system. Secondly,
Figure 3 - Power Relay Start/Stop Control a synchronous generator is not designed to function as
an induction generator. Excessive heating occurs in the
EXAMPLE 3 - GENERATOR OVERLOAD damper (Amortisseur) windings, slot wedges, and in the
surface iron of the rotor due to slip frequency current
Refer to Figure 3. Whenever excessive load has been flow which results when a synchronous generator is
connected to a generating system, the Power Relay will operated as an induction generator. The Directional
initiate the corrective action by energizing an alarm to Power Relay can be applied to respond to this reactive
alert the station operator or will initiate an automatic power flow.
sequence to either shed non-critical load or start and
parallel an in-house generator to assume the excess The Basler BE1-32 Directional Power Relay is designed
load. to respond to true power as defined by the equation:
EXAMPLE 4 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OVERLOAD P = El cos 4

Another typical use, addressing excessive load, con-
where: P = real power (watts)
cerns distribution protection, see Figure 4. A high-
E = effective emf or system voltage
voltage bus supplies two transformers. T1 and T2
I = effective current
together can supply all connected load. However, neither
T1 or T2 is capable of supplying the total load. To 4 = the phase angle between E and I
provide adequate protection for the distribution system,
the overpower function is used to sense overload
conditions on each transformer and the underpower
function is used to sense power flowing through the
transformers in an undesired direction. 3

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
APPLICATION, continued
TRUE POWER REACTIVE POWER

(WATTS) (VARS)
MONITORING MONITORING
TRIPPING DIRECTION TRIPPING DIRECTION
A A
B B
C C
8 9 6 5 8 9 6 5
BE1-32 MODIFIED BE1-32 MODIFIED

TYPE "A" SENSING TYPE "A" SENSING
Figure 5 - VARs Measuring
However, reactive power is defined by the equation: inability of the excitation system to supply adequate
reactive power.
Q = El sin 4
With the many options and combinations of options
Since the sine of Q equals the cosine of (Q - 90) the available, the Basler Electric Directional Power Relays
relay can be connected to measure only reactive power can be adapted to multitude of systems and situations
by adding 90 in the connection of the PTs as shown in to provide the utmost in overpower and underpower
Figure 5. The relay is now capable of detecting the protection of system equipment.
SPECIFICATIONS
Figure 6 - Functional Block Diagram
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION INPUTS
The specifications on these pages define the many Current Sensing

features and options that can be combined to exactly System current transformers (CTs) with nominal 5 A
satisfy a specific application requirement. The block secondaries supply the Directional Power Relays input
diagram, Figure 6, illustrates how the various standard transformers with one, two or three phase currents.
features, as well as the options, function together. If sensing input range 1, 4 or 7 is selected, the input
transformers are capable of 7 A continuous current,
4 10 A for 1 minute and 140 A for 1 second.

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
SPECIFICATIONS, continued
If sensing input range 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 or 9 is selected, the Type B (60 Hz) or Type V (50 Hz) Sensing: Single-Phase
input transformers are capable of 10 A continuous (Figure 8) with 30 phase shift. This sensing configuration
current, 15 A for 1 minute and 200 A for 1 second. monitors a line-to-line voltage and a single phase current
of a three-phase, three-wire circuit and calculates the
Sensing input ranges 1, 4, and 7 have notable burden power flowing in the tripping direction. Since the input
when the relay is set at maximum sensitivity. Refer to voltage leads the input current by 30 (assuming unity
the Current Sensing Burden table in the BE1-32R, power factor) a 30 lagging phase shift network is de-
BE1-32O/U Instruction Manual, Section 1, Specifica- signed into the voltage input circuit. Relays with this
tions, for the details. sensing type are calibrated in single-phase watts. Note:
Type B or V configurations are phase rotation sensitive.
Voltage Sensing
System potential transformers (PTs) with 120 or 240V TRIPPING DIRECTION
secondaries supply the Directional Power Relays input
transformers with single or three-phase voltages. The A
voltage sensing inputs are nominally rated at 100 or GENERATOR B
220V (50 Hz) and 120 or 240V (60 Hz) with a maximum C
burden of 1 VA per input (2 terminals) over the fre- IB
quency range of 45 to 65 Hz. Maximum continuous

T
P= E (B-C) IB COST ( - 30q)

voltage is limited to 150% nominal. 3
9 8 5 6
EB-C
SENSING INPUT TYPES BE1-32

TYPE "B" OR "V" SENSING
There are 6 sensing input types as defined by the Style
Chart (page 12). The Directional Power Relays input CALIBRATION: SINGLE PHASE WATTS
circuitry receives voltage and current signals from

system PTs and CTs. The CT signal is adjusted in level Figure 8 - Single Phase, Type B or V Sensing
by a front panel range switch before it is applied to the
kW transducer circuitry. Several input circuit configura- Type C Sensing: Three-phase Scott Tee (Figure 9). The
tions are available, the selection of which is determined type C sensing configuration monitors three line-to-line
by the specific application. The following paragraphs voltages and a single phase current of a three-phase,
provide a brief description of each input sensing type three-wire circuit and calculates the power flowing in the
and their calibration tripping direction. The relay measures actual power even
if the system voltages are not balanced. Relays with this
Type A Sensing: Single-Phase (Figure 7). The type A sensing type are calibrated in three-phase watts.
sensing configuration monitors line-to-neutral voltage
and a single phase current of a three-phase, four-wire
circuit and calculates the power flowing in the tripping
direction. Relays with this sensing type are calibrated in
single-phase watts.
TRIPPING DIRECTION
GENERATOR B
P= E (B-N) IB COST
9 8 5 6
IB
BE1-32 T
Figure 9 - Three Phase, Type C Sensing
TYPE "A" SENSING
EB-N
CALIBRATION: SINGLE PHASE WATTS
Figure 7 - Single Phase, Type A Sensing

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
Type D Sensing: Three-Phase (Figure 10). The type D Input Voltage
Type Burden at Nominal
sensing configuration monitors three line-to-neutral Nominal Range
voltages and three phase currents of a three-phase, four- O (mid range) 48 Vdc 24 to 150 Vdc 3.6 W
125 Vdc 24 to 150 Vdc 3.7 W
wire circuit and calculates the power flowing in the P (mid range)
120 Vac 90 to 132 Vac 17.3 VA
tripping direction. Relays with this sensing type are R (low range) 24 Vdc 12 to 32 Vdc* 3.7 W
calibrated in three-phase watts. T (high range)
250 Vdc 68 to 280 Vdc 3.8 W
TRIPPING DIRECTION
230 Vac 90 to 270 Vac 24.6 VA
* The Type R power supply may require 14 Vdc to begin operation.
A Once operating, the voltage may be reduced to 12 Vdc.
GENERATOR B
C Table 1 - Wide Range Power Supply,

N Voltage Ranges
IF UNBALANCED:
P= EANIA COST1 + EBNIB COST2 + ECNIC COST3
POWER RANGE PICKUP

WHERE: IA
T
T1 = 15 13 9 12 14 8 5 6 7 16
IB
EA-N BE1-32
Overpower pickup of the relay is adjustable by means of
T
T2 =
TYPE "D" SENSING
IC
T
EB-N a front panel 10 position rotary TAP select switch used in
T3 = CALIBRATION: THREE PHASE WATTS
conjunction with the front panel HIGH/LOW switch over
the defined ranges listed in Table 2. Underpower pickup
EC-N
IA
T
IF BALANCED:
EA-N
is continuously adjustable from 10 to 95% of the selected
overpower tap. Pickup accuracy is 2% (or 0.05 watts
P= 3E L-N IL COST
one phase; 0.15 watts 3 phase) of the front panel setting

Figure 10 - Three Phase, Type D Sensing
for unity power factor. Pickup accuracy is 5% of the front
Type E Sensing: Three-Phase (Figure 11). The type E panel setting for all other power factors (0.5<pf<1.0). The
sensing configuration monitors three line-to-line voltages range of voltage for proper operation is 40 to 150 percent
and two of the phase currents of a three-phase, three- of the nominal value.
wire circuit and calculates the power flowing in the
tripping direction. The power equation assumes that When the calculated value for power exceeds the over-
conditions are balanced. Relays with this sensing type power pickup setting or falls below the underpower
are calibrated in three-phase watts. Note: Type E con- pickup setting and is in the tripping direction, the appro-
figurations are phase rotation sensitive. priate LED is illuminated and timing is initiated. One
indicating LED is provided for each measuring function
TRIPPING DIRECTION within the relay.
A
GENERATOR B KW TRANSDUCER
C
The kW Transducer samples the current and voltage of
each phase on a continuous basis. The resulting signals
representing current and voltage are multiplied and in-
tegrated to develop a dc voltage level that is representa-
9 13 12 8 5 6 7
BE1-32
TYPE "E" SENSING
tive of true kW.
IF UNBALANCED:
CALIBRATION: THREE PHASE WATTS COMPARATOR CIRCUITS
P3= EABIA COS1 + ECBI COS2
C
WHERE:
IC
ECB The dc output of the kW Transducer is then compared to
2
front panel settings for underpower and/or overpower.
When the reference level of the comparator (or compara-
EAB
IF BALANCED:
1
IA
tors if applicable) is crossed, the output of the comparator
P= 3 EL-L IA COST is used to either energize the appropriate output (if instan-
taneous timing has been specified) or to initiate the timing
Figure 11 - Three Phase, Type E Sensing circuits (definite, or inverse).
Power Supply TIMING
One of four power supply boxes may be selected to
provide internal operating power. They are described in Time delay is defined as the elapsed time between the
Table 1. application of the condition to the input terminals of the
relay and the transition of the output contacts.
6

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
Sensing Switch Positions (in Watts)

Input Nominal
Type Volts Range A B C D E F G H J K
1 Hi 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0
A, B,
Lo 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
or 2 Hi 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
V 120
Lo 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
1 3 Hi 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Lo 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250
1 Hi 6.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 30.0 36.0 42.0 48.0 54.0 60.0
C, D,
Lo 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.5 12.0 13.5 15.0
or 2 Hi 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 480 540 600
E 120
Lo 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150
3
3 Hi 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000
Lo 75 150 225 300 375 450 525 600 675 750
4, Hi 8.0 16.0 24.0
7
4.0 12.0 20.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0
A, B,
Lo 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
208
or
or
5, Hi 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320 360 400
V 8
240 Lo 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1 6, Hi 400 600 800 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
9
200 1000
Lo 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
4, Hi 24.0 36.0 48.0 72.0 84.0 108.0 120.0
7
12.0 60.0 96.0
C, D,
Lo 3.0 6.0 9.0 12.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 30.0
208
or
or
5, Hi 120 240 360 480 600 720 840 960 1080 1200
E 8
240 Lo 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
3 6, Hi 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000
9
Lo 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500
Table 2 - Power Range Pickup Settings
Each model, BE1-32R or BE1-32 O/U is capable of Inverse time delayed trip is available for the overpower
instantaneous trip, definite time delay trip, or an inverse function only. The inverse time delay curve is adjustable
time delayed trip as defined and selected by the Style from 01 to 99 by means of a front-panel thumbwheel
Chart. switch. Incrementing the thumbwheel switch moves the
inverse curve along the vertical axis. (See Figure 12 for
Instantaneous response time of the relay is within 80 ms Inverse Time Characteristics.) A Time Dial setting of 00
(60 Hz) or 100 ms (50 Hz) for a real power magnitude of enables instantaneous operation. Inverse time is
2 times the setting. accurate to within 5% of the published curve or
50 ms, whichever is greater.
The definite time delay is adjustable over the ranges of
0.1 to 9.9 seconds and 01 to 99 seconds. Selection of POWER SUPPLY STATUS OUTPUT (OPTIONAL)
the ranges is accomplished by a front-panel multiplier
switch which selects either 0.1 or 1.0 as a multiplier of The power supply status output relay is energized and
the front panel Time Dial thumbwheel switch. (A Time its NC output contact is opened when power is applied
Dial setting of 00 enables instantaneous operation.) to the relay. Normal internal relay operating voltage
Definite timing accuracy is 5% of the setting or 50 ms, maintains the power supply status output relay continu-
whichever is greater. ously energized with its output contact open. If the
power supply output voltage falls below the require-
ments of proper operation, the power supply output
relay is deenergized, closing the NC output contact.

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
TARGETS
Electronically latched target indicators are optionally
available to indicate that a trip output has energized.
Either internally operated or current operated targets may
be specified. Current operated targets require 0.2 A in the
output trip circuit to actuate, and trip circuit current must
not exceed 30 A for 0.2 seconds, 7 A for 2 minutes, and
3 A continuous. Current operated targets may be selected
only when normally open (NO) output contacts have been
specified.
PUSH-TO-ENERGIZE-OUTPUT PUSHBUTTONS
Applying a thin non-conducting rod through a hole in the

front panel energizes each output relay for testing the
external trip circuits.
SURGE WITHSTAND CAPABILITY
Qualified to IEEE C37.90.1-1989 Surge Withstand Capa-

bility Test and IEC 255.
FAST TRANSIENT
Qualified to IEEE C37.90.1-1989 Fast Transient Test.
IMPULSE TEST
Figure 12 - Overpower Inverse Characteristics Qualified to IEC 255-5.
MECHANICAL
OUTPUTS
Operating Temperature
Output contacts are rated as follows: -40C(-40F) to +70C(+158F).
Resistive Storage Temperature

120 Vac Make, break, and carry 7 Aac continuously -65C(-85F) to +100C(+212F).
250 Vdc Make and carry 30 Adc for 0.2 s, carry 7 Adc Weight
continuously, and break 0.3 Adc S1 configuration - 13.5 pounds (6.12 kg) max.
M1 configuration - 18.5 pounds (8.39 kg) max.
500 Vdc Make and carry 15 Adc for 0.3 s, carry 7 Adc
continuously, and break 0.3 Adc Shock
In standard tests, the relay has withstood 15g in each of
Inductive three mutually perpendicular axes without structural
120 Vac, 125 Vdc, 250 Vdc: Break 0.3 A (L/R = 0.04) damage or degradation of performance.
Vibration
In standard tests, the relay has withstood 2g in each of
three mutually perpendicular axes swept over the range of
10 to 500 Hz for a total of six sweeps, 15 minutes each
sweep, without structural damage or degradation of
performance.

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
CONNECTIONS
A A
B B
C C
N
52 52
5 5
TRIPPING DIRECTION
TRIPPING DIRECTION
6 6
BE1-32 BE1-32
8
8
9
9
GENERATOR GENERATOR
TYPE B or V SENSING
TYPE A SENSING
Figure 13 - Sensing Connections

(Continued next page)
9

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
CONNECTIONS
(continued)
A A ROLL B AND C PHASES FOR

B B CHANGING ABC TO ACB ROTATION.
C A
C
N C
B
52
5
52
5
52
5
TRIPPING DIRECTION
6 6
TRIPPING DIRECTION
TRIPPING DIRECTION
6
7 7
16 BE1-32 BE1-32 7 BE1-32

8 8
9
9
12
8 12
9 13
13
14
15
GENERATOR
12 GENERATOR
13
GENERATOR
TYPE D SENSING TYPE E SENSING WITH ABC ROTATION TYPE E SENSING WITH ACB ROTATION
Figure 13 (continued) - Sensing Connections
Figure 14 - Control Circuits
10

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
ORDERING
MODEL NUMBER Sensing Input Range (1) 120 Vac, 0.5-20W
BE1-32R Directional Power Relay and BE1-32 O/U Output (E) One Output relay with
Directional Over/Underpower Relay. normally open contacts
STYLE NUMBER Timing (A1) Instantaneous timing
The style number appears on the front panel, drawout Power Supply (P) 125 Vdc/120 Vac input
cradle, and inside the case assembly. This style number power supply
is an alphanumeric combination of characters identify-
ing the features included in a particular unit. The Target (A) One internally operated target
sample style number below illustrates the manner in
which the various features are designated. The Style Option 1 (0) None
Number Identification Chart (page 12) defines each of
the options and characteristics available for this device. Option 2 (N) None
SAMPLE STYLE NUMBER A1EA1PA0N2F Option 3 (2) One auxiliary output relay
with normally closed contacts
The style number above describes a BE1-32R Direc-
tional Power Relay having the following features. Option 4 (F) Semi-flush mounting
Sensing Input Type (A) Single-phase current and NOTE: The description of a complete relay must
L-N voltage sensing include both the model number and the style number.
HOW TO ORDER: STANDARD ACCESSORY:
Designate the model number followed by the complete This accessory is available for the BE1-32R or
Style Number. BE1-32 O/U Directional Power Relays.
Complete the Style Number by selecting one feature Test Plug

from each column of the Style Number Identification To allow testing of the relay without removing system
Chart and entering its designation letter or number into wiring, order two test plugs, Basler Electric part number
the appropriate square. (Two squares are used to 10095.
indicate time delay characteristics.) All squares must be
completed.
11

%$6/(53$57%(5(((5%1)
BE1-32R, BE1-32O/U
STYLE NUMBER IDENTIFICATION CHART
P.A.E. Les Pins, 67319 Wasselonne Cedex FRANCE

Tel +33 3.88.87.1010 Fax +33 3.88.87.0808
e-mail: franceinfo@basler.com
No. 59 Heshun Road Loufeng District (N),
Suzhou Industrial Park, 215122, Suzhou, P.R.China
Route 143, Box 269, Highland, Illinois U.S.A. 62249 Tel +86(0)512 8227 2888 Fax +86(0)512 8227 2887
e-mail: chinainfo@basler.com
Tel +1 618.654.2341 Fax +1 618.654.2351
e-mail: info@basler.com 55 Ubi Avenue 1 #03-05 Singapore 408935
Tel +65 68.44.6445 Fax +65 65.68.44.8902
www.basler.com e-mail: singaporeinfo@basler.com
12 Printed in U.S.A.

%,7521,&63$5707:'1&'0;;&
Bitronics PowerPlex II
Automation Transducer
Orion
D/3
Bitronics
Bitronics M660
The PowerPlex II is a new Automation Transducer built Applications

in the same package as the original PowerPlex. It is an t Synchronizing, voltage control, power factor control,
Ethernet transducer with fast, 1-cycle updates that can and load shedding
be used in automation schemes and synchronizing t Digital front-end to SCADA systems
applications in conjunction with PLCs. Two sets of t Intelligent Electronic Device (IED) interfacing to RTUs
three-phase voltages that allow direct connect for and PLCs
600V ac systems are provided. t Plant equipment, line, power & energy monitoring
The PowerPlex II transducers are simple to set up and Environmental

use, and provide the following features: t Operating temperature range -40 to 70C, storage
temperature -40 to 85C
Communications t Humidity 0-95% non-condensing
t No need for PC software Ethernet service port t Surge withstand to ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1: 2002
provides access to web server in the instrument so t UL/CSA Recognized, File Number E164178, CE Marked
meters can be interfaced with just a web browser for
viewing and configuration Specifications
t Ethernet protocol support for DNP3 or Modbus TCP t Dimensions: 5.28xH x 5.60xW x 5.63xD overall depth
t Built-in Ethernet switch allows pass-through from including handle is 5.75D (134mm H x 142mm W x
one device to another 143mm D overall depth including handle is 146mm D)
t An option for both standard secondary optimal t Weight: 2.3 lbs. (1.04 kg)
resolution or primary units makes communications t Power Supply: 12 40V dc nominal, intended to
with SCADA/RTU more flexible connect to 12 and 24V batteries
t Current Inputs: 1 or 5A nominal to maximum of 2A
Measurements or 10A (2x overload)
t Full basic measurement set with demand and t Voltage Inputs: 600V ac nominal, 45-65Hz
harmonic values plus phase angle, voltage t Outputs: Dual RJ45 10BaseT/100BaseTX ports
differential and slip frequency used in synchronizing (Ethernet switch) for service port functions, Modbus
applications or DNP3 TCP/IP support
t 0.2% revenue accuracy
t .001Hz accuracy IP Address Identity Tool
t Updates every 1 cycle Inverse Address Recognition Protocol (InARP) is a
software utility program available for PowerPlex II
Built for the Substation Transducers that requests the IP address for a specific
t 24V dc power supply with universal power supply MAC address on an Ethernet network. It can also scan
planned for a range of MAC addresses and print the IP address
t Rugged aluminum case for any devices which respond.-- The utility requires the
t Reduce inventory cost as one model covers all wiring WinPcap and Packet libraries which are bundled in the
options WinPcap Installer for Windows, downloadable from
t Easy to mount with compact transducer footprint www.winpcap.org.

%,7521,&63$5707:'1&'0;;&
Available Measurements Bitronics PowerPlex II

Available Measurements M66x Automation Transducer
Amps A, B, C, Residual x
Average Volts AN, BN, CN, AB, BC, CA (Bus 1) x
Average (Max.) Volts AN, BN, CN, AB, BC, CA (Bus 1) x

Orion
Average (Min.) Volts AN, BN, CN, AB, BC, CA (Bus 1) x Available Measurements
Average Watts A, B, C, Total x Power Factor A, B, C, Total x
Average (Max.) Watts A, B, C, Total x Protocol Version x
D/3
Average (Min.) Watts A, B, C, Total x PT Scale Factor x
Average VARs A, B, C, Total x PT Scale Factor Divisor x
Bitronics
Average (Max.) VARs A, B, C, Total x Slip Frequency Volts A 1-2, B 1-2, C 1-2 x
Average (Min.) VARs A, B, C, Total x TDD Amps A, B, C, Residual x
Average VAs A, B, C, Total x TDD Denominator A, B, C x
Average (Max.) VAs A, B, C, Total x THD Volts AN, BN, CN, AB, BC, CA x
Average (Min.) VAs A, B, C, Total x Uncompensated VARs, Total x
Class 0 Response Setup x Uncompensated Watts, Total x
CT Scale Factor x VA-Hrs x
CT Scale Factor Divisor x VAR-Hrs Lag x
Demand (Max.) Amps A, B, C, Residual x VAR-Hrs Lead x
Demand (Max.) Fund. Amps A, B, C, Residual x VARs A, B, C, Total x
Demand Amps A, B, C, Residual x VAs A, B, C, Total x
Demand Fundamental Amps A, B, C, Residual x Volts AN, BN, CN, AB, BC, CA (1 and 2) x
Displacement Power Factor A, B, C x Volts Aux x
Displacement Power Factor Total x Watt-Hrs Net x
Factory Version Hardware x Watt-Hrs Normal x
Factory Version Software x Watt-Hrs Reverse x
Frequency (System) x Watts A, B, C, Total x
Frequency Volts A, B, C (1 & 2) x
Fund. Amps A, B, C, Residual x
Fund. Volts AN, BN, CN, AB, BC, CA (1 & 2) x
Health x
Heartbeat x
K-factor Amps A x
K-factor Amps B x
K-factor Amps C x
K-factor Amps Residual x
Meter Type x
Phase Angle Amps A, B, C x
Phase Angle Volts A, B, C x
Phase Angle Volts AB, BC, CA x
Phase Angle Volts A 1-2, B 1-2, C 1-2 x
Contact:
NovaTech, LLC T: 610.997.5100
Copyright 2015 Bitronics, LLC. All rights reserved. Bitronics is
a subsidiary of NovaTech, LLC. All trademarks are properties of Bitronics Measurement and Recording F: 610.997.5450
their respective owners. The information in this literature is sub- 261 Brodhead Road E: bitronics@novatechweb.com
ject to change without notice and is not to be construed as a Bethlehem, PA 18017 www.novatechweb.com
warranty. DS_PowerPlexII_033115

%,7521,&63$5707:'1&'0;;&
PowerPlex II Synchronizing Ethernet Transducers
Model Selection Guide:
PowerPlex II Synchronizing Ethernet Transducers
Model Display Measurements

Instantaneous plus 3-Phase Ref Input
MTWDN7C None Volt & Frequency & Phase-angle Ref
to System Voltage
NOTE: Display port and optional display, universal power supply, IEC 61850 and IRIG-
B options not available before July 1, 2015

%,7521,&63$5707:'1&'0;;&
PowerPlex II Family Order Guide
Model: PowerPlex II
PowerPlex II, Synchronizing Ethernet Transducer
Category and Description of Choices Build Order#
Base Model Position 1-7

Multifunction, Advanced, Synchronizing MTWDN7C
Power Supply Position 8
24 V dc (8-40 dc range), with monitoring D
Universal, 48-250 V dc/55-240 V ac, with monitoring P
Protocols Position 9
Modbus or DNP3 TCP (programmable) M
IEC 61850 and Modbus or DNP3 TCP 6
Signal Input Range Position 10

600 V ac line-to-line, 0-5 Amps 5
Port 1 Position 11
Ethernet 10BaseT/100BaseTX, port enabled for protocols 0
Port 2 Position 12
Ethernet 10BaseT/100BaseTX, port enabled for protocols 0
IRIG-B Position 13
None X
IRIG-B Port with Energy Pulse LED and Display Port R
Future Position 14
Possible future option TBD X
End of Order Guide
Optional PowerPlex II Tethered Display PPXII-TD

&$7(53,//$53$57;
Caterpillar Pulse Width Modulator converter

The CAT 9x9591 Pulse Width Modulator converter converts analogue signals into PWM signals
for the ADEM and/or PEEC controllers, i.e. it must be used for controllers which do not have the
PWM option.
Combined analogue controls

Input terminals Resistor values
IN 1 (+) IN 2 (0) IN 3 (signal) Pot R1 R2
2 1 3 1 K: 0: 250 :
Cummins EFC governor

Cummins EFC governor accepts voltage signals directly, but the range is below the DEIF
standard range. Therefore a voltage drop resistor (500 K:) is needed. In the following 2 sets of
terminals are shown. This is due to the fact that the EFC comes with 2 different terminal strip
layouts.
Direct analogue control

IN 1 IN 2 R1 R2
10 (wiper) 11 (+4V)
499 K: 120 :
8 (wiper) 9 (+4V)
Cummins ECM controller
Direct analogue control

IN 1 IN 2 R1 R2
23 (+) 14 (gnd) 0: 200 :
The ECM gain must be set OFF.
The ECM must be set to Barber-Colman interface.
If screened cable is used, the screen must be connected to ECM terminal 19 only.

&52037213$573/'834%;&
250 Series DIN-rail and Wall

Mounted Relays
Synchro-Check (parallelling)
The synchro-check relay can be used to assist in the semi-automatic
parallelling of two ac power systems. The volt-free relay contacts change
state when the voltage level, phase relationship and frequency are within
the selected synchronising limits. Connecting two electrical systems that
are not closely matched can cause expensive damage and disturbance
to the electrical system. Using this relay will ensure that damage will
not occur.
Operation
As part of a manual control system, the operator will make adjustments to the
generator voltage (excitation) and frequency (engine speed) using a
synchroscope or lamps and will then attempt to manually close the breaker. This
synchro check protector will qualify that the two systems are closely matched
before permitting the breaker to close. As part of an automatic synchronising
arrangement, this relay can be used as an independent backup or checking device
Features to ensure the two systems are suitably matched before the breaker can close.
Single-phase or three-phase,
three or four-wire
Live and dead bus versions
Adjustable set point
LED trip indication
Volt free relay contacts
Benefits Model 256-PLD

Monitors voltage phase displacement This version operates in the same way as model 256-PLL but includes an
and frequency of 2 supplies additional dead bus detection function. If there is a requirement for a continuous
supply or emergency power, then the generator can be connected without
Frequency matching
synchronising, thus ensuring continuity of supply. The absence of bus voltage will
Voltage matching
cause the relay to energise.
Phase angle matching
Synchronisation of Gen-Bus and Product Codes
Bus-Bus
Monitors auto synchronising systems Relay Protection ANSI no. Cat. no.
Assists in manual synchronisation
Applications 1-phase, or Phase angle and voltage 25 256-PLD

Marine panels 3-phase 3- or 4-wire Dead bus
Switchgear
Distribution systems Please specify system voltage, frequency and required options at time of ordering.
Generator sets
Co-generation
Control panels

&52037213$573/'834%;&
Specification Synchro-Check (parallelling) Dimensions

Model 256
Nominal voltage 100V, 110V, 120V, 208V, 220V, 230V, 240V, 150mm (5.9)
277V, 380V, 400V, 415V, 440V or 480V
System frequency 45, 50, 55, 60 or 65Hz
Burden Bus: 2VA Generator: 4VA
35mm
(1.37)
Overload 25 to +30% of the nominal voltage
Set point repeatability >0.5% of full span
Differential (hysteresis) Pre-set at 1%. Values 1 to 10% available
on request
Trip level 10 to 30% of the nominal voltage 135mm (5.3)
6 to 20 electrical adjustment
Output relay 1 pair NO (normally open),
50mm (1.96)
60mm (2.36)
1 pair NC (normally closed)
2 pair NO and 2 pair NC available on request
Relay contact rating AC: 240V 5A non inductive
DC: 24V 5A resistive
Relay mechanical life 0.2 million operations at rated loads
Relay reset Automatic 2 FIXING HOLE 2 FIXING HOLE
'A' TO SUIT M4 'A' TO SUIT M4
Operating temperature 0C to +60C (0C to +40C for UL models)
Storage temperature 20C to +70C
Temperature co-efficient 0.05% per C 112.5mm (4.4)
Interference immunity Electrical stress surge withstand and

non-function to ANSI/IEEE C37 90a
70mm (2.8)
Enclosure style DIN-rail with wall mounting facility
Material Flame retardant polycarbonate/ABS
Enclosure integrity IP50
Dimensions 150mm (5.9") wide x 70mm (2.8") high
x 112mm (4.4") deep RELEASE CLIP
Weight 1.0Kg approx.
Connections
256-PLD
Generator Busbar
System Connections Connections
1 2 3 4
3-phase 4-wire L1 N L1 N
3-phase 3-wire L1 L2 L1 L2
1-phase 2-wire L1 N L1 N
Normally Normally
Open Closed
Contacts Contacts

($7210$*180'6/96:,7&+*($5
MAGNUM DS LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED SWITCHGEAR

DESCRIPTION
Magnum DS Switchgear is an assembly of metal
enclosures, each housing draw-out mounted low voltage
power circuit breakers. In addition to the three position
draw-out Magnum DS Power Circuit Breakers, the
assemblies normally include control and measuring
devices such as relays, instruments, meters, instrument
transformers, control power transformers, and the
necessary power bus work and control wiring for AC
system applications up to 600 volts.
APPLICATIONS
Magnum DS Switchgear is ideally suited to applications
calling for service entrance switchgear, secondary equip-
ment in coordinated secondary substations, and auxiliary
control and distribution switchgear by all types of
industrial, commercial and utility users. Magnum DS
Switchgear provides reliable circuit protection and control,
and can include a communications capability with the
unique IMPACC power monitoring and control system.
TARGET AUDIENCES
Industrial users.
Consultants.
MAGNUM DS RATINGS Without Current Limiters
Breaker Ratings at 240, 480, and 600 volts Design-build contractors.
OEMs.
Maximum Breaker Interrupting Short Time Institutions.
Amperes Designation Rating Rating
800 MDS-408 42 kA 42 kA STANDARDS

MDS-608 65 kA 65 kA
MDS-808 85 kA 85 kA ANSI C37.20.1.
MDS-C08 100 kA 85 kA ANSI C37.51.
1600 MDS-616 65 kA 65 kA UL 1558.
MDS-816 85 kA 85 kA NEMA SG3.
MDS-C16 100 kA 85 kA
NEMA SG5.
2000 MDS-620 65 kA 65 kA
MDS-820 85 kA 85 kA CSA.
MDS-C20 100 kA 85 kA
3200 MDS-632 65 kA 65 kA MAXIMUM RATINGS
MDS-832 85 kA 85 kA
MDS-C32 100 kA 85 kA 600 volts AC.
4000 MDS-840 85 kA 85 kA 6000 amperes continuous cross bus.
MDS-C40 100 kA 100 kA 5000 amperes continuous vertical bus.
5000 MDS-850 85 kA 85 kA 200,000 amperes short circuit.
MDS-C50 100 kA 100 kA
Interrupting rating is 130 kA at 240 volts.

($7210$*180'6/96:,7&+*($5
Sales Notes are for use only by Cutler-Hammer Sales Engineers and authorized distributors.
MAGNUM DS LOW VOLTAGE METAL-ENCLOSED SWITCHGEAR
Customer Concern Customer Problem Solution
Safety For the safety of maintenance personnel, customers must be able With Magnum DS Switchgear, all of this can be accomplished
to view trip unit information, see the status of the charging spring, with the new standard through-the-door design.
have access to the charging handle, lever the breaker from
position to position, and open or close the breaker without the
need to open the breaker compartment door.
Installation Cost Floor space is a premium. Customers dont have a lot of In Magnum DS Switchgear, the customer can get more
non-revenue producing space to devote to this assembly. breakers per square foot of floor space than any ANSI
competitor on the market.
SN44A01SE
Customers need more cable space for the number of conduits Magnum DS Switchgear has a minimum of 16% more available
necessary to handle their load conductors. conduit space for power cables compared to DSII Switchgear.
Continuity of Service Customers need better coordination of their distribution system. Magnum DS Switchgear utilizes the new ANSI Magnum DS
However, with the available fault current at some facilities, the Power Breaker which has interrupting capacities up to 100 kA
customer must use current limiting breakers. in frame sizes from 800 to 5000 amperes. The short time (with-
stand) rating, necessary for ultimate downstream coordination,
is as high as 85 kA through the 3200 ampere frame and 100 kA
for the 4000 and 5000 ampere frames.
Maintainability With the increasing demands of production, customers must In Magnum DS Switchgear, the secondary contact connections
perform maintenance to the equipment in an accurate and timely have been redesigned and located behind a separate door from
manner. The ease of maintenance on manufacturers equipment the breaker. The contacts have hinged covers for ease of making
is of increasing importance. the connection, are finger safe, and the control wires are cont-
ained in an isolated vertical wireway. Control wiring can be made
while the breakers are in the cells. In addition, the rear covers
that give access to the power cables are split for ease of handling
by one person.
The Magnum DS Breaker is the most easily maintained ANSI
breaker on the market. There are fewer parts to maintain and
fewer adjustments. By incorporating a contact wear indicator
on the moving contact assembly, the condition of the contacts
is easily inspected in the field without additional tools or
testing equipment.
Reliability Customers depend on their suppliers to provide ongoing support The platform for the DS Breaker remained essentially unchanged
and to ensure consistency in the breaker and switchgear design. for over 25 years. The Magnum DS Breaker is a leap in perfor-
mance that our customers have come to expect from us. This new
platform sets the standard for decades to come.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Sales support materials are available by Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed Low Sales Notes for Magnum DS Breakers
contacting the Cutler-Hammer Fulfillment Voltage Switchgear Technical Data (SN.22F.01.S.E) Handy two-page
Center at 1-800-957-7050. (TD.44A.01.T.E) An in-depth quick-reference piece that includes
presentation of ratings, application applications, potential customers,
Magnum DS Brochure (B.44A.01.S.E)
and layout information. key features and benefits, trip unit
Complete 20-page description including information, and more.
features and benefits of Magnum DS Magnum DS Breaker Product Aid
Switchgear and Breakers. (PA.22F.01.S.E) Bulletized two-page
format, including unique features, Copyright Cutler-Hammer Inc., 1998.
Magnum DS Switchgear Product Aid
ratings, dimensional data, and more. All Rights Reserved.
(PA.44A.01.S.E) A bulletized two-
page presentation of innovative design
features and benefits, ratings, and more.
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Publication No. SN.44A.01.S.E

May, 1998
Printed in U.S.A. / CMS 3002

($7210$*180'6/9&,5&8,7%5($.(5
MAGNUM DS
LOW VOLTAGE POWER CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Highest ANSI Interrupting and Short Time (Withstand)
Ratings in the Industry

($7210$*180'6/9&,5&8,7%5($.(5
MAGNUM DS LOW VOLTAGE POWER CIRCUIT BREAKERS

New through-the-door Only Two Physical Frame Sizes A Selection of Trip Units Provide Expanded
design provides clear
Six continuous current frame sizes, 800 through Protection and Information Capabilities
and safe access to the
trip unit and all breaker 5000 amperes, are covered by two physical A new family of proven, industry-leading
controls and indicators. sizes that have the same heights and depths. Cutler-Hammer Digitrip RMS Trip Units.
Even breaker levering is
Amperes Dimension Inches Accuracy of 1% of metered values and 2%
accomplished with the
breaker compartment H D* W of energy and power.
door closed. 800-3200 16.40 15.40 16.30
4000-5000 16.40 15.40 34.20 MAGNUM DIGITRIP TRIP UNITS
*Drawout breaker with finger clusters. Functions 220 520 520M 1150
LSIG Protection Yes Yes Yes Yes
Secondary contacts are MAGNUM DS WITHOUT CURRENT LIMITERS Disable (I) No Yes Yes Yes
located at the top pro- Breaker Ratings at 240, 480 and 600 Volts GF Protection No Yes Yes Yes
viding for easy access.
Maximum Breaker Interrupting Short Time GF Alarm No No Yes Yes
Primary disconnects are
Amperes Designation Rating Rating
safely located at the rear Display No No Yes Yes
of the breaker. 800 MDS-408 42 kA 42 kA Programmable No No No Yes
PA22F01SE
MDS-608 65 kA 65 kA
MDS-808 85 kA 85 kA Metering No No Yes Yes
MDS-C08 100 kA 85 kA Power and
Energy Values No No No Yes
1600 MDS-616 65 kA 65 kA
MDS-816 85 kA 85 kA Power Quality No No No Yes
MDS-C16 100 kA 85 kA Communication No No No Yes
2000 MDS-620 65 kA 65 kA Long and Instantaneous only.
Electrical accessories are MDS-820 85 kA 85 kA
One-line, (four characters per line) LCD display.
plug-in mounted in special MDS-C20 100 kA 85 kA
Three-line, (eight characters per line) LED display.
cavities, saving installa- 3200 MDS-632 65 kA 65 kA Phase, neutral, ground, and high load current only.
tion time and cost. Unique MDS-832 85 kA 85 kA
windows in the breaker MDS-C32 100 kA 85 kA
cover enable accessories
100 Percent RatedMeets or Exceeds
4000 MDS-840 85 kA 85 kA ANSI and UL Standards
to be quickly viewed by MDS-C40 100 kA 100 kA
name and rating. Magnum DS Breakers are 100 percent
5000 MDS-850 85 kA 85 kA
MDS-C50 100 kA 100 kA rated, UL listed, and are built and tested in
an ISO 9000 certified facility to applicable
Interrupting rating is 130 kA at 240 volts. standards including ANSI C37.13, C37.16,
C37.17, C37.50, NEMA SG3, and UL 1066.
Rigid Frame Housing
Highest Interrupting and Short Time (Withstand) Suitable for use in UL 1558 LV Switchgear.
Ratingsin the Smallest Physical Size Provides the strength and stability required by
Suitable for use in UL 891 LV Switchboards.
an operating mechanism during arc interruption.
Design innovations provide opportunities that Suitable for use in UL CSA 22.2.31
Thermoset composite resin housing
are unique in an ANSI power breaker: LV Assemblies.
provides excellent structural properties,
A system design that can withstand larger
dielectric strength, and arc track resistance.
available fault currents, increasing system Global Applications
reliability. Two-Step Stored Energy Mechanism For information and specifications on Magnum
Improved coordination with downstream
Energy is held in waiting to close the breaker Circuit Breakers designed to meet global stan-
devices, increasing system uptime. in 5 cycles or less. Energy required to open dards, please contact your local Cutler-Hammer
Elimination of limiters in most instances, the breaker is always pre-stored following a representative.
reducing cost and floor space. closing operation.
Smaller switchgear footprint, reducing After closing, the charging spring can be
More Information
floor space. recharged to provide energy for reclosing Additional literature about this innovative next
after a fault for high continuity of service. generation product is available from authorized
Highest ANSI Ratings Available Without Cutler-Hammer distributors or sales engineers.
Current Limiters Ease-of-Maintenance
For more information on Cutler-Hammer
Up to 100 kA at 600 V AC interrupting capacity. Visual contact wear indicator shows when products and services, call 1-800-525-2000
Up to 100 kA 1.0 second at 600 V AC short contact replacement is necessary. or 1-732-417-5660, or visit our website at
time (withstand) capacity. Stored energy mechanism, control devices, www.cutlerhammer.eaton.com
accessories, and secondary contacts are
Breaker Cassette easily and safely accessible (in the withdrawn Copyright Cutler-Hammer Inc., 1998.
Integrally designed breaker cassette for and disconnect positions) by removing the All Rights Reserved
drawout breakers provides clear indication front cover.
of connect, test and disconnect positions.
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Publication No. PA.22F.01.S.E

May, 1998
Printed in U.S.A. / CMS 2271

($7213$577
Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights

30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight10250T
Non-Illuminated Momentary Pushbutton Units

UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Flush Button Pushbutton UnitsFlush

Contact Flush Button
Type Button Color Catalog Number
1NO Black 10250T23B
Red 10250T23R
Green 10250T23G
Yellow 10250T23Y
RedEngraved EMERG. STOP
1NC Black 10250T101-51
Red 10250T102-51
Green 10250T103-51
Yellow 10250T104-51
1NO-1NC Black 10250T30B
Red 10250T30R
Green 10250T30G
Yellow 10250T30Y
2NO Black 10250T101-2
Red 10250T102-2
Green 10250T103-2
Yellow 10250T104-2
2NC Black 10250T101-3
Red 10250T102-3
Green 10250T103-3
Yellow 10250T104-3
Note
Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use in ultraviolet light applications.

($7213$577

Selector Switch Operators with Caps

UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Selector Switch Operators with Caps

Black Knob Selector Switch Black Lever Selector Switch
Vertical Mounting Vertical Mounting
Positions Operator Action Cam Code Catalog Number Cam Code Catalog Number
Two-Position
Maintained
Two-position60 throw
M M
1 10250T1311 1 10250T3011 47
M S
1 10250T1371 1 10250T3071 47
47
Three-Position Three-position60 throw M 2 10250T1322 2 10250T3022 47
Maintained M M 3 10250T1323 3 10250T3023
M 2 10250T1332 2 10250T3032 47
S M 3 10250T1333 3 10250T3033
M 2 10250T1342 2 10250T304 47
S S 3 10250T1343 3 10250T3043
M 2 10250T1352 2 10250T3052 47
M S 3 10250T1353 3 10250T3053
Four-position40 throw M M 7 10250T1367 7 10250T3067 47
M M
47
Notes
Black knob selector switch, cam 1 shown. 47
M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow ().
Field convertible to horizontal mounting or order operator only and separate operator cap.
For selection of the proper cam and contact block to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection instructions and tables on Pages 167, 168 and 169.
47
Black lever selector switch, cam 3 shown.
47
47
Control Products Catalog CA08102001EAugust 2010 www.eaton.com

($7213$577

30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations10250T/E34
Selector Switch Operators
Horizontal Mounting 10250T Key Operators with Cam

Optional Key Vertical Mounting Horizontal Mounting
Positions Operator Action Cam Code Removal Positions Catalog Number Catalog Number
Two-position60 throw 1 1, 2, 3 10250T1511_ 10250T1611 3
M M
1 2 10250T1571_ 10250T1581_
M S
Three-position60 throw M 2 17 10250T1522_ 10250T1622_

M M 3 10250T1523_ 10250T1623_
M 2 1, 4, 5 10250T1532_ 10250T1632_
S M
3 10250T1533_ 10250T1633_
M 2 4 10250T1542_ 10250T1642_
S S 3 10250T1543_ 10250T1643_
M 2 2, 4, 6 10250T1652_ 10250T1662_
M S 3 10250T1653_ 10250T1663_
Four-position40 throw M M 7 7 10250T1677_ 10250T1687_
M M
Key Removal Positions Key Removal Positions Replacement Keys or Dissimilar Locks for Above Key Operators
C Code Key Removal Code Key Removal Listed operators have identical locks and keys (Key Code H661)
Sufx Position Sufx Position Catalog Number 10250ED824.
L R
1 Right only 5 Right and center
2 Left only 6 Left and center Replacement Keys
3 Right and left 7 All positions Description Catalog Number
4 Center only Replacement keys (code H661) 10250ED824
Notes
M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow ().
Field convertible to horizontal mounting or order operator only and separate operator cap.
For selection of the proper cam and contact block to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection instructions and table on Pages V7-T37-332V7-T37-334.
Choose key removal position required for application from table above. Add key removal code no. to listed catalog number. Example: 10250T15112.
Key removal in spring return from positions not recommended.

($7213$577/*37/53

Indicating Light Units

UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
LED or incandescent Standard and PresTest PresTestThis device monitored and connects
Full voltage, resistor or types incorporates a press-to-test the lamp to a continuously
feature whereby depressing energized circuit for
transformer type Plastic lenses
the lens disconnects the light immediate detection of
37
from the source being faulty lamps.
37
24V Full Voltage Indicating Light Units
Illuminated Light LED/Lamp Indicating Light
Type Voltage Color Number Catalog Number
LED Lamp
Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Red Bayonet 10250T197LRP24
base
Green 10250T197LGP24
120 Vac Transformer
PresTest Amber 10250T197LAP24
Yellow 10250T197LYP24
Blue 10250T197LLP24
White 10250T197LWP24
120 Vac Red 10250T197LRP2A
Green 10250T197LGP2A
Amber 10250T197LAP2A
Yellow 10250T197LYP2A
Blue 10250T197LLP2A
White 10250T197LWP2A
Transformer 120 Vac Red 10250T181LRP06
Green 10250T181LGP06
Amber 10250T181LAP06
Yellow 10250T181LYP06
Blue 10250T181LLP06
White 10250T181LWP06

($7213$5777/5+;
37.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights

Illuminated Push-Pull Units

UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
LED or incandescent
Full voltage, resistor or transformer type
37 Two-position maintained
37
Two-Position Push- Two-Position Illuminated Maintained Push, Maintained Pull
37 Pull Operator Operator Position
Maintained Maintained
Red Standard
37 Pull Push
Contact Mounting Location LED/Lamp Push-Pull
Lamp Type Voltage Type A B Number Catalog Number
37 O X LED Full Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO Bayonet 10250T597LRD24-1X
X O base
120 Vac/Vdc 1NC 10250T597LRD2A-1X
37 Transformer 24 Vac 10250T589LRD06-1X
37 120 Vac 10250T563LRD06-1X

O X Incandescent Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO #757 10250T579C47-1X
37 X O
Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc 1NC 120MB 10250T580C47-1X
Transformer 24 Vac #755 10250T589C47-1X
37 120 Vac 10250T563C47-1X
37 Jumbo Lens Illuminated E-Stops

10250ED137_
37
Contact
Lamp Button Type/Color Type Voltage Type Catalog Number
37
LED Two-position illuminated maintained push/pull Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 10250ED1375
50 mm jumbo lens/red 1NC
37 LED Three-position illuminated momentary push/pull Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC 10250ED1376
37 LED Three-position illuminated momentary push/pull Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 10250ED1377
37 LED Three-position illuminated maintained push/momentary pull Full voltage 1NO 10250ED1378
50 mm lens/red 1NC
37 Notes
X = closed circuit, O = open circuit.
37 To order different type or color lens, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate sufx code from table on next page. Example: 10250T579C63-1X.
For LEDs with different voltages see ordering example

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

($7213$5777/5+;

UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13

37
37 Lens and Color Selection
Incandescent LED
37 Color Sufx Code Sufx Code Catalog Number
Standard Standard40 mm
37 Red C47 RD 10250TC47
37 Red (EMERG. STOP) C53 ED 10250TC53

Green C48 GD 10250TC48
37 Blue C49 LD 10250TC49
Amber C50 AD 10250TC50
37 White C51 WD 10250TC51
Clear C52 CD 10250TC52
37 Side-Lighted Side-Lighted Aluminum40 mm
Aluminum
37 Red C57 RS 10250TC57
Red (EMERG. STOP) C63 ES 10250TC63
37 Green C58 GS 10250TC58
Blue C59 LS 10250TC59
37 Amber C64 AS 10250TC64
Yellow C60 YS 10250TC60
37
White C61 WS 10250TC61
37 Clear C62 CS 10250TC62

Aluminum Transparent Aluminum Transparent Center40 mm
37 Center
Red C65 RH 10250TC65
Green C66 GH 10250TC66
37 Amber C67 AH 10250TC67
37
Jumbo Lens Jumbo Lens50 mm
37 Red 10250TC77
37
Note
37 Clear anodized aluminum and colored lens.
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

($7213$5777/5+;

10250T1 Contact Blocks

Standard Logic Level
Pressure Terminal Spade Terminal Pressure Terminal Spade Terminal
Symbol Circuit Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Blank 1NC Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) 10250T51 10250T59 10250T51E 10250T59E
37 No
Plunger unless otherwise noted.
Blank 1NO Stack up to six blocks six circuits) 10250T53 10250T60 10250T53E 10250T60E
37 No
Plunger unless otherwise noted.
NO-NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) 10250T1 10250T40 10250T1E 10250T40E
37 unless otherwise noted.
2NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) 10250T3 10250T42 10250T3E 10250T42E
2NO Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) 10250T2 10250T41 10250T2E 10250T41E
Special Function Blocks
37 Blank
No
LONC Late opening NC. Stack up to six 10250T71 10250T71E
Plunger blocks (six circuits) unless
otherwise noted.
37
ECNO- Early closing NO and standard NC. 10250T47 10250T47E
NC Stack up to six blocks unless
37 otherwise noted.
ECNO- Early closing NO and standard NO. 10250T57 10250T57E
37 NO Stack up to four blocks unless
otherwise noted.
37 2LONC Two late opening NC contacts. 10250T45 10250T45E
Stack up to six blocks unless
otherwise noted.
37 LONC- Overlapping contacts. Stack up to 10250T55 10250T55E
ECNO four blocks unless otherwise noted.
37 Special Purpose Blocks
10250T44
37 2NO-
2NC
Four circuits in single block depth.
Rated 300V max. Stack up to four

blocks unless otherwise noted.

37 Notes
All 10250T contact blocks shown are suitable for use on standard 10250T and E34 operators. These contact blocks are not suitable for Class I Division 2
37 type 10250T or E34 devices.
Contact blocks with spade terminals are limited to a maximum of one contact block per operator and minimum spacing between devices is 2.5 in (63.5 mm).
37 Not suitable for use in 10250T or E34 enclosures. Also available in amber housing. Not available with ngerproof shrouds.
Special function contact blocks are not suitable for use with roto-push operators, three-position push-pull operators, or four-position selector switches.
ECNO contact blocks are not suitable for use with two-position joysticks or when operators are used with padlock attachments.
37 Special purpose 10250T44 contact blocks are not suitable on selector switches or roto-push operators. Okay to use with three-position push-pull operators only
on low voltage (30V or less) circuits. Fingerproof shrouds not available.

37
37

($7213$57)$='63
UL 1077 DIN rail supplementary protectors

FAZ circuit breakers
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Discover these advanced features Six tripping curves to choose from

Eaton FAZ supplementary protectors are available with six
different tripping characteristics, including Type B, C, D, K, S, and Z.
Breakers install on Captive Posidrive Definitions for each trip curve are contained on the ordering pages
standard DIN rail terminal screws
with finger and
and can be used to determine the optimal characteristic for your
back-of-hand application. For example, low-level short-circuit faults in control
protection (IP20) wiring, such as PLCs, are best protected by devices with Type B
trip characteristics (35X continuous rating of the device (In).
Available in one-, two-, Trip-free design;
three-, four-pole, 1+N breaker cannot be Even though not required by NEC or CEC for supplementary
and 3+N models defeated by holding protectors, Eatons FAZ devices are current limiting, which
the handle in the
ON position means that they interrupt fault currents within one half cycle.
Current limiting devices offer superior protection by reducing
peak let-through current and energy.
Color-coded indicator Breaker information
provides breaker printed on the front
1.05
1.30
status for easy of the device for
troubleshooting quick identification
1.13
1.45
7200 Time-current characteristic acc. to UL 1077
3600 a Conventional c 2.55 I :
N
non-tripping current t = 160 s (IN < 32A)
1200 Int = 1.13 IN: t > 1 h t = 1120 s (IN < 32A)
600 b Conventional tripping d Type B: 3 I : t > 0.1 s
N
300 current e Type B: 5 I : t < 0.1 s

N
It = 1.45 IN: t < 1 h
f Type C: 5 I : t > 0.1 s
120 N
60 g Type C: 10 I : t < 0.1 s

N
30 h Type D: 10 I : t > 0.1 s

N
i Type D: 20 I : t < 0.1 s
N
10
5
t (sec)
2
1 D
0.5
0.2
0.1 Z B C K S
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.002
0.001
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
I/In
Catalog Numbering System

FAZ - C 6 / 1 SP
Breaker Family Single Package

Trip Number of Poles SP = Single packaging of
FAZ = Supplementary Ampere Rating
Characteristic 1 = Single-pole 4 = Four-pole single-pole curve B, C and
protector
B = 35X In a 0.5 = 0.5A 13 = 13A 2 = Two-pole 1N = 1 + neutral D for select amperes only
C = 510X In a 1 = 1A 15 = 15A 3 = Three-pole 3N = 3 + neutral Blank = Standard packaging
D = 1020X In a 2 = 2A 16 = 16A
K = 812X In a 3 = 3A 20 = 20A
S = 1317X In a 4 = 4A 25 = 25A
Z = 23X In a 5 = 5A 30 = 30A
6 = 6A 32 = 32A
7 = 7A 40 = 40A
8 = 8A 50 = 50A
10 = 10A 63 = 63A
a I = Rated current for instantaneous trip characteristics.
n
18 EATON CORPORATION UL 489 and UL 1077 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

($7213$57)$='63
UL 1077 DIN rail supplementary protectors

FAZ circuit breakers
PRODUCT SELECTION
FAZ product selectionD curve (1020X In current rating)
1.13
1.45
t Designed for highly inductive loads 7200
Specified non-tripping a 2.55 I :
N
3600
t Response time of instantaneous trip: 1020X In current rating current t = 160 s (IN < 32A)
INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h t = 1120 s (IN > 32A)
t UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protectors 1200
b Type D: 10 x I : t > 0.1 s
N
600 Specified tripping current
t For international and domestic use (conform to IEC 60947-2) IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h
c Type D: 20 x I : t < 0.1 s
N
300
t UL file number 177451
120
60 1
Suitable for applications where high levels of inrush current are 30
expected. Instantaneous trip is 1020X rating of device (In).
The high magnetic trip point prevents nuisance tripping in high 10
inductive applications such as motors, transformers and 5
t [sec]
power supplies.
2
1
1
0.5
0.2
3
0.1
0.05
2
D
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.002
0.001
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
I / IN
D Curve (1020X In current rating)designed for inductive loads a
Single-pole b Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole Single-pole + Neutral Three-pole + Neutral

Amperes Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
0.5 FAZ-D0.5/1-SP FAZ-D0.5/2 FAZ-D0.5/3 FAZ-D0.5/4 FAZ-D0.5/1N FAZ-D0.5/3N
1 FAZ-D1/1-SP FAZ-D1/2 FAZ-D1/3 FAZ-D1/4 FAZ-D1/1N FAZ-D1/3N
50 c FAZ-D50/1-SP FAZ-D50/2 FAZ-D50/3 FAZ-D50/4 FAZ-D50/1N FAZ-D50/3N
63 c FAZ-D63/1-SP FAZ-D63/2 FAZ-D63/3 FAZ-D63/4 FAZ-D63/1N FAZ-D63/3N
a In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA Certified as supplementary protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical
Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other
electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required.
b Option for single packaging on single-pole B, C and D curves only; add suffix SP when ordering.
c IEC 60947-2 only.
EATON CORPORATION UL 489 and UL 1077 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers 21

($7213$57751%$'
Catalog Selection / Product Selection

TR Series Timing Relays
Industrial Logic
Relays
CATALOG SELECTION / PRODUCT SELECTION
TR Series Timing Relays Catalog Numbering System
TR N P 240 AC
Type Input Voltage

TR = TR Series Timing Relays Operational Mode Model Type
24AD = 24V ac
N = Power Triggered P = Pin / Octal (50/60 Hz) / 24V dc
A = ON Delay B = Blade Style 240AC = 100 240V ac
B = Interval (50/60 Hz)
C = Cycle (OFF first)
D = Cycle (ON first)
F = Signal Triggered
A = ON Delay
B = Cycle (OFF first)
C = Cycle (ON first)
D = Signal ON/OFF Delay
E = OFF Delay
F = One-Shot
TR Series Timing Relays

s 20 time ranges and 10 timing functions
s Time delays from 0.1 sec to 600 hrs
s Space-saving, compact package
Relays
s 2 Form C DPDT delayed output contacts

s 10A contact rating
TR Plug-In Timing Relays Socket for Use with TR Timers Accessories

Octal Blade Catalog
Timing Relay Terminal Style Number
Coil Voltage Catalog Number Catalog Number
TRNP 8-Pin Octal D3PA2
Power Triggered
TRFP 11-Pin Octal D3PA3
24V ac/dc TRNP24AD TRNB24AD
TRNB, TRFB 0.187" Solder / QC Terminals (blade style) D5PA2
100 240V ac TRNP240AC TRNB240AC
Standard pack of 10.
Signal Triggered
24V ac/dc TRFP24AD TRFB24AD
100 240V ac TRFP240AC TRFB240AC
160 EATON CORPORATION 2009/2010 OEM Product Guide For our complete product offering, see the Control Products Catalog (CA08102001E).

(/(&7526:,7&+3$574)
(781) 335-5200
info@electroswitch.com
SERIES 24
INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SWITCHES
Features
Double-Sided, Double-Wiping, Knife-Type Rotary Contacts
Silver Contact Surfaces for Long, Reliable Life
Terminal Screws Easy Installation
Four-Hole Mount
Control Switch Special Features

Spring Return to Normal (Vertical) Position
Instrument Switch Special Features

Make-Before-Break (Shorting Contacts)
Common Input Tap Switch Arrangement - Sequentially Connected to Several Lines Using the Same
Switching Deck
Positive Positioning, Maintained Action Detent Mechanism
Electrical Specifications
Interrupt Ratings
15A/120VAC 4A/600VAC 7.5A/240VAC
Overload Current (50 operations): 30A/125VAC Resistive
Voltage Breakdown: 1200V rms minimum
Insulation Resistance: 100 Megohms minimum
Contacts Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Mechanical Specifications
Sections 1 to 30
Poles 1 to 60
Positions 8; Adjustable Stops for 28 Position Rotation
Contacts Break-Before-Make (Non-Shorting);
Make-Before-Break (Shorting)
Action 45 Positive Detent Indexing
Mounting 4-Hole
Panel Thickness 3/16" Max. Standard
Rotor Contacts Silver Plated Phosphor-bronze, Double Grip
Stationary Contacts Silver Plated Copper, w/Integral Screw Type Terminals
Construction Contacts Enclosed in Molded-phenolic Disks
Approvals UL File No. E18174 CSA File #LR20743

(/(&7526:,7&+3$574)
74902QF
CUSTOM ISO PART
74902QF

(/(&7526:,7&+3$57%
SERIES 24 LOR
With Lighted Target Nameplate
NEDW
UC T
PRO
Lighted Target Nameplates Save Panel Space and Reduce Costs
The Electroswitch Series 24 Lock-Out Relay, the Utility Industry Standard for Quality and
Reliability, is now available with:
Integral Coil Monitoring with LED Display and SCADA Feedback.
LED Indication of Existing Fault Signal.
The Lock-Out Relay fills one of the most critical needs in the utility industry protection scheme.
A fast, reliable Lock-Out Relay can mean the difference between a routine fault clearance and a
disastrous loss of service, maintenance time and expensive equipment damage.
For Theory of Operation
To assure that this crucial device is functioning and ready to operate, many utilities install pilot See www.Electroswitch.com
lamps on the panel to monitor the integrity of the LOR coil. This can involve expensive inter-
wiring and use precious panel space. Because of this, Electroswitch has integrated these moni-
toring functions and more on a new electronic nameplate for the LOR. Benefits
Features Provides Local and Remote (SCADA) Annunciation of an LOR Trip Coil Failure.
Cost-effective Elimination of Additional Wiring and Lamps Needed to Perform this Function. Provides Clear Warning Against Closing into a Fault.
Just Attach the Pre-wired Leads per the Enclosed Instructions. Saves Panel Space.
Save Valuable Panel Space. The Entire Package Fits in the Same Space as a Standard Reduces Purchase and Installation Cost.
Mechanical LOR Nameplate. Easy to UseNo Special Operator Training.
Both LOCAL (LED) and REMOTE (SCADA Signal) Indication is Provided; Reliable Protection How it Works
for Unmanned Stations. When the LOR is in the RESET position, one high visibility LED on the nameplate glows a contin-
Green LED indicates LOR Coil is Intact and Ready to Operate. uous GREEN, giving local indication that coil continuity is intact and the Lock-Out Relay is ready
Red LED Warns Against Resetting into an Existing Fault Signal and Possibly Damaging LOR Coils. to respond to a trip signal. Should the coil fail, the LED extinguishes and a built-in solid state
Bright LEDs Visible Through 135, > 11 Year Life (Typical). contact closes, sending a warning signal to SCADA.
LEDs are Field Replaceable From the Front of Panel.
LEDs are Available in Different Colors (Red, Amber, Green, Blue, and White). In the TRIP position, the red LED functions as a Trip Signal Monitor. As long as the Trip Signal is
DC Unit Covers IEEE 24VDC and 48V/125V Ranges (38 to 140VDC). present on the LOR coil, the LED glows a continuous RED as a warning against resetting into a
The Monitoring Package can be Implemented with Little or no Operator Training. fault and possibly damaging the LOR coil. Other LED colors available (Amber, Blue and White).
A Retrofit Kit is Available to Provide this Enhanced Protection Package to Series 24 Lock-Out The new design also retains the proven mechanical orange/black flag to indicate a trip.
Relays Already in the Field. Contact your local Electroswitch Representative or call us directly for more details on how we
This Product is Designed and Manufactured by Electroswitch to Work Flawlessly with the can put the Electroswitch tradition of value and innovation to work for you.
Ultra-reliable, High Speed Series 24 Lock-Out Relay.
Ordering Information
Part Numbers for the Series 24 LORs with Lighted Target Nameplate are fairly simple. Find the part number
of the product you wish to order in the Electroswitch catalog, then simply add a two letter code after the sec-
ond digit in its part number. The first letter of the two letter code will always be P indicating a Lighted
Target Nameplate. The second letter of the code will change depending on the other options as follows.
A = One LED, 48/125VDC B = Two LEDs, 48/125VDC K = Two LEDs, 24VDC
Please Specify LED Colors. Color Options - Red, Green, Amber, Blue and White.
Example:
A Series 24 Manual Reset Lock-Out Relay with one deck and Trip Coil 'D' is part number 7801D. The same
Lock-Out Relay with a Lighted Target Nameplate, Two LEDs, and 48/125VDC LED voltage would become part
number 78PB01D.
Consult factory for information on retrofit kits.
Depth Behind Panel

Decks Depth
1 4.28
2 5.03
3 5.40
4 6.15
5 6.90
6 8.15
7 8.78
8 9.15
10 10.28

(/(&7526:,7&+3$57%
SERIES 24 LOCK-OUT RELAYS
FEATURES
Typical Contact Deck Arrangement Contact Ratings

Contact ratings for two contacts/deck design
Interrupting Rating (AMPS)
Short
Contact Resistive Inductive* Time Continuous
Circuit Single Double Single Double Rating** Rating
Volts Contact Contact Contact Contact (AMPS) (AMPS)
125VDC 5 10 2 5 60 30
250VDC 3 5 1 2 60 30
120VAC 20 30 20 30 60 30
Basic LOR Deck Layout 240VAC 15 20 10 15 60 30
480VAC 7.5 10 5 5 60 30
The blade and terminal configuration enables the use of multiple contacts in the same deck, 600VAC 6 6 5 5 60 30
and simple stacking procedures enable the fabrication of many independent contacts in one
relay. Specifically, two N/O contacts and two N/C contacts are provided in each deck, and up Contact ratings for tap switch contact design
to ten decks can be stacked, resulting in a relay with up to forty contacts (twenty N/O and Interrupting Rating (AMPS)
twenty N/C). For good practice, however, it is suggested that polarized voltages should Short
Contact Resistive Inductive* Time Continuous
not be used on adjacent contacts. This is because of the remote possibility of flashover Circuit Single Double Single Double Rating** Rating
during transition between adjacent contacts -- especially at the higher DC ratings, or in Volts Contact Contact Contact Contact (AMPS) (AMPS)
highly inductive circuits. The illustration shows a single deck. For multideck units the second 125VDC 3 5 2 5 60 30
digit of the terminal number is the same as shown, but the first digit changes to denote the 250VDC 3 3 1 2 60 30
deck number. As an example, terminal 82 is in the eighth deck, directly under terminal 12 and 120VAC 20 25 20 30 60 30
240VAC 15 20 10 15 60 30
is connected to terminal 88 in the trip position. 480VAC 7.5 10 5 5 60 30
600VAC 6 6 5 5 60 30
POS. Contact Charts * AC PF = 0.4; DC L/R = 0.04 ** Short time current is for one minute
DECKS
CONTACTS
RESET
The illustration shows decks one and two of a

TRIP
11 13
typical Series 24 LOR and graphically describes The interrupting ratings are based on a 10,000 operation life at rated voltage with no exten-
the operation of the contacts. sive burning of contacts. Short time and continuous ratings are based on temperature rise in
1 12
15
18
17 contact members and supporting parts not to exceed 50 above ambient.
16 14
UL file No. E80080 IEEE Std. 323 - 1984
21 23
IEEE Std. 344 - 1987
2 22
25
28
27
26 24
Trip Speed in Lock-Out Relays
The manual reset Series 24 LOR has a nominal trip speed of less than 8 milliseconds at rated
voltage as tested on 10 deck units. There is very little difference in LORs with fewer decks.
Target Used with Lock-out Relays
All the Lock-out Relays have a mechanical target as part of the nameplate BLACK for RESET Both the Electric Reset and the Self Reset LORs are available in Standard Trip and
and ORANGE for TRIP. This indicates the condition of the LOR. The target resets when the LOR High-Speed Trip configurations.
resets (with the exception of the high-speed trip electric-reset LOR/ER and self-reset LOR/SR
where the memory target is manually reset). Standard Trip models operate in approximately 1215 mSec and come equipped with the
standard LOR target nameplate or the optional LOR Monitor Nameplate.
High Speed Trip LOR/ER models have the same 8 mSec trip speed as the Manual Reset
LOR and come equipped with the Memory Target which displays an orange flag until it is
manually reset. The LOR Monitor Nameplate is not available for the High Speed versions
of LOR/ER and LOR/SR.

(/(&7526:,7&+3$57%
OPTIONS
Manual Reset LOR Electric Reset LOR
Closing S1 energizes the linear solenoid LORT which releases the trigger mechanism and causes the The Electric Reset LOR is tripped by the same method as the Manual Reset LOR. In the Trip posi-
LOR to snap to the Trip position. The control deck blades rotate to interrupt current flow to the coil. tion, closing S2 operates relay K1 which closes relay contact K1. The current then flows through
solenoid LORR which rotates the LOR/ER back into the reset position, while at the same time ter-
minals A-B open to interrupt the K1 relay. Transition time is 80mSec.
Shown in Reset position Shown in Reset position
Self Reset LOR

The Self Reset LOR is a special Electric Reset LOR which can be both TRIPPED and RESET from LOR/SR will reset itself within 80mS of the opening of S1. The Time Delay LOR/SR has fac-
a single command contact. In both diagrams below, closing S1 will cause the LOR/SR to tory preset circuitry which causes a time delay of .3 to .6 seconds from the time S1 opens
snap to the TRIP position. The unit will remain in TRIP as long as S1 remains closed. When until the LOR/SR contacts reclose.
S1 is opened, K1 is picked up and the LOR/SR returns to the reset position. The Instant Reset
Instantaneous-Reset circuit for the Self-Reset (shown in RESET position) LOR Time-delay Self-Reset circuit for the LOR/SR

(/(&7526:,7&+3$57%
SERIES 24 MANUAL RESET LOR
SERIES 24 LOR/ER, LOR/SR

ELECTRIC RESET & SELF RESET
DEPTH BEHIND PANEL COIL BURDEN DATA

NO. MAN. HI SPEED LOR/ER AND RESET TRIP COIL RESET COIL
OF RESET TRIP INSTANT LOR/SR LOR/SR
DECKS LOR LOR/ER TIME DELAY COIL COIL CIRCUIT BURDEN (AMPS) COIL CIRCUIT BURDEN (AMPS)
COIL CIRCUIT DC OHMS AT RATED DC OHMS AT RATED
1 3.63
VOLTS @25C VOLTAGE @25C VOLTAGE
2 4.38
3 4.75 8.00 8.00 8.63 A 24VDC 3.3 7.3 .7 33.8
4 5.50 B 24VDC 7.7 3.1
5 6.25 9.75 9.75 10.38 C 48VDC 13.0 3.7 3.0 15.9
6 7.50 D 125VDC 27.0 4.6 12.4 10.1
7 8.13 11.63 E 125VDC 50.0 2.5
8 8.50 11.63 11.63 F 250VDC 104.0 2.4 80.6 3.1
10 9.63 12.90 G 125VDC 27.0 4.6
H 250VDC 104.0 2.4
K 125VDC 27.0 4.6
TRIP COIL VOLTAGE DATA RESET COIL VOLTAGE DATA

Coil Nominal Voltage Threshold Voltage Operating Range Coil Nominal Voltage Normal Voltage
A 24VDC 6VDC 10 - 40VDC Operating Range
B 24VDC 9VDC 18 - 50VDC A 24VDC 19.2 to 28VDC
C 48VDC 12VDC 24 - 70VDC C 48VDC 38.4 to 57.6VDC
D 125VDC 16VDC 30 - 140VDC D 125VDC 100 to 150VDC
120VAC 20VAC 30 - 140VAC F 250VDC 200 to 275VDC
E 125VDC 23VDC 45 - 140VDC
F 250VDC 33VDC 70 - 280VDC
240VAC 40VAC 60 - 280VAC
G 125VDC 70VDC 90 - 140VDC
H 250VDC 140VDC 180 - 280VDC
K 125VDC 16VDC 100-150VDC

(/(&7526:,7&+3$57%
LOR RESPONSE TIMES* LOR CURRENT

Time to Close Normally Open Contacts Voltage Characteristics Of The Trip Coils
24 12
COIL A - 3.3:
23
11
22
21 10
20
9
19
18
MILLISECONDS @ 20qC
DC AMPERES @ 20qC
7.7:
17
COIL B -
7
16
3:
7:
C-1
15
6
COIL B
-2
COIL
&K
14
COIL E
,G
COIL A COIL C
IL D
COIL D COIL F 5
13
CO
12
4
COIL K :
- 50
11
COIL H LE
10 COIL G
3 COI
:
- 104
9 F&H
2 COIL
8
COIL B
7 1
COIL E COIL F
COIL A COIL C COIL D
10 20 30 40 50 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
20 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
LOR DC VOLTS LOR/ER, LOR/SR DC VOLTAGE APPLIED TO COIL
*For AC Applications refer to Trip Coil Voltage Data on page 47
ORDERING INFORMATION Manual Reset LOR
Selecting a Series 24 Lock-Out Relay: 78

1. Select type of LOR (Manual Reset, Electric Reset or Self Reset). Trip Coil
Model No. of Decks (See Page 47)
2. Fill out appropriate ordering matrix. 03 = 3 08 = 8
78 = LOR A = Coil A D = Coil D G = Coil G
3. When selecting Trip and Reset Coils use information from tables below. 05 = 5 10 = 10
4. Contact factory for custom features and nonstandard configurations. B = Coil B E = Coil E H = Coil H
C = Coil C F = Coil F K = Coil K

(/23$57/9'&,62
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Features:
Long lasting product life
enclosure controlled by
(ORVSHFLFDWLRQV
Integrated precision mini-bezel
Pure glass touchscreens for
with water-resistant 0.5 mm seal
optimal image quality
(IntelliTouch Plus only)
Multiple mounting options Mounting options include rack
and front-mount
Commercial durability
Compact mechanical design
3 year standard warranty Choice of touch technologies:
IntelliTouch Plus surface acoustic
wave with standard bezel,
IntelliTouch Zero-Bezel surface
acoustic wave and IntelliTouch
Pro projected capacitive
LED backlight uses 25%
less power
1940L 19 LED Open-Frame Touchmonitor Worldwide agency approvals
Available with IntelliTouch Plus GLVSOD\VGHOLYHUDKLJKGHQLWLRQ Applications:

multi-touch surface acoustic wave cinematic- like experience. The new
touchscreen technology or IntelliTouch 1940L features an energy-saving LED Gaming machines
Zero-Bezel and IntelliTouch Pro backlight, 170(h) x 160(v) viewing
Information kiosks
projected capacitive for a no bezel angle and 1000:1 contrast ratio for
look, the Elo 1940L provides stable a bright display in a thin, compact, Self-service and ticketing
driftfree operation with outstanding space-saving mechanical design.
image clarity, resolution, and light
transmissionfor an accurate touch The 1940L has a compact form
response and vivid images! The factor with optional rack and front-
1940L is an ideal solution for many mount bezels for easy integration.
public applications including gift It features a unique injection-
registry, food ordering, airline check- molded mini-bezel with a virtually
in, DVD and bill-paying kiosks. invisible water-resistant seal. We are
committed to delivering a quality
Wide-aspect 16:9 displays like the Elo product and as a result the 1940L is
1940L support extra content on the backed by a three-year warranty.
About Elo
screen and are becoming preferred Elo founders pioneered the touch
where a large touch activated surface screen over 40 years ago. Today,
area is desired. Increasingly popular Elo Touch Solutions is a leading
in public venue environments, these global supplier of touch-enabled
technology, products and
industry solutions. The Elo portfolio
encompasses the broadest
selection of OEM touchscreen
components, touchmonitors,
and all-in-one touchcomputers
for the demanding requirements
of diverse markets, including
gaming machines, hospitality
systems, industrial automation,
interactive kiosks, healthcare,
RIFHHTXLSPHQWSRLQWRIVDOH
terminals, retail displays, and
transportation applications.
The Elo touch experience has
consistently stood for quality,
reliability and innovation with over
20 million installations worldwide.
02/15 2015 Elo Touch Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.

(/23$57/9'&,62
1940L 19 LED Open-Frame Touchmonitor
Model 1940L
Active Display Area 16.13 x 9.07 (409.8mm x 230.4mm)
Dimensions 17.58 x 10.58 x 1.51 (446.7mm x 268.8mm x 38.5mm) max
LCD Technology Active matrix TFT LCD with LED backlighting
Diagonal Size 18.5
Accessible through switches on the units tethered OSD Control Keypad.
Controls: Menu, Up, Down, Select, Power
Settings: Brightness, Contrast, Clock, Phase, H-position, Vposition, Auto-Adjust,
On-Screen Display (OSD) Aspect Ratio, Sharpness, Color Temperature, OSD Timeout, OSD Language, OSD H-Position,
OSD V-Position,Recall Defaults, Video Source
/DQJXDJHV(QJOLVK)UHQFK,WDOLDQ*HUPDQ6SDQLVK6LPSOLHG&KLQHVH7UDGLWLRQDO&KLQHVH-DSDQHVH
Lockouts: OSD, Power
Mounting Options* VESA 4-hole 75mm mounting interface on rear of unit; 2-hole mounting interface on all 4 sides
Native Resolution 1366x768
Aspect Ratio 16:9
720 x 350 at 70Hz; 720 x 400 at 70Hz; 640 x 480 at 60, 72, 75Hz; 800 x 600 at 56, 60, 72, 75Hz;
Preset Video Timings 800 x 500 at 60Hz; 832 x 624 at 75Hz; 1024 x 768 at 60, 70, 75Hz; 1280 x 800 at 60Hz; 1280 x 960 at 60Hz;
1280 x 1024 at 60, 75Hz; 1366 x 768 at 60Hz
Number of Colors 16.7 million
LCD Panel: 250 nits; with IntelliTouch Plus: 225 nits; with IntelliTouch Pro: 225 nits;
Brightness (typical)
with IntelliTouch Zero-Bezel: 225 nits
Response Time (Tr + Tf) (typical) 5 ms
Viewing Angle (typical) Horizontal: 170; Vertical: 160
Contrast Ratio (typical) 1000:1
Analog VGA on Female DE-15 connector; Digital DVI on Female DVI-D connector Input Video Horizontal
Video
Sync frequency range: 31.5-80KHz Input Video Vertical Sync (frame rate) frequency range: 50-75Hz
External DCoptional power brick (sold separately)
Monitor input power connector: Coaxial power jack
(2mm pin outer diameter, 6.4mm barrel inner diameter)
0RQLWRULQSXWSRZHUVLJQDOVSHFLFDWLRQV9'&
Power
Adapter input connector: IEC 60320 C14
Adapter input voltage range: 100-240VAC, 50/60Hz
Power Consumption: ON (monitor + AC/DC adapter at 230V/50Hz): 19W(typ), 25W (max); SLEEP
(monitor + AC/DC adapter at 230V/50Hz): 2.0W; OFF (monitor + AC/DC adapter at 230V/50Hz): 1.0W
Audio N/A (No audio functionality)
Weight Unpackaged: 7.38 lbs (3.35kg); Packaged: 10.58 lbs (4.8kg)
Shipping Dimensions 21.45 (L) x 14.37 (W) x 5.5 (H) (54.5cm x 36.5cm x 14cm)
Temperature Operating: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C); Storage: -4F to 140F (-20C to 60C)
Humidity (non-condensing) Operating: 20%-80%; Storage: 10%-90%
Regulatory approvals and declarations C-Tick, cUL, IC, CCC, CE, VCCI, KCC, CoC, BSMI; UL, FCC; CB, RoHS, WEEE, IMERC
Warranty 3 years
*See dimensional drawings for details.
Ordering Information
Model Part Number Technology Interface Surface Treatment Availability

E855244 IntelliTouch Plus USB Clear Worldwide
E065303 IntelliTouch Pro USB Clear Worldwide
1940L IntelliTouch Zero-Bezel
E181672 dual serial/USB Clear Worldwide
single touch
IntelliTouch Zero-Bezel
E491184 USB Clear Worldwide
dual touch
7RQGRXWPRUHDERXWRXUH[WHQVLYHUDQJHRI(ORWRXFKVROXWLRQVJRWR elotouch comRUFDOOWKHRIFHQHDUHVW\RX
North America 800-ELO-TOUCH Europe $VLD3DFLF Latin America

Elo Touch Solutions 7HO 7HO 7HO 7HO
0F&DUWK\%RXOHYDUG )D[ )D[ )D[ )D[
0LOSLWDV&$ FXVWRPHUVHUYLFH#HORWRXFKFRP HORVDOHV#HORWRXFKFRP ZZZHORWRXFKFRPFQ ZZZHORWRXFKFRP
(OR 7RXFK 6ROXWLRQV ,QF UHVHUYHV WKH ULJKW WR FKDQJH RU XSGDWH ZLWKRXW QRWLFH DQ\ LQIRUPDWLRQ FRQWDLQHG KHUHLQ
WRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFHWKHGHVLJQFRQVWUXFWLRQPDWHULDOVSURFHVVLQJRUVSHFLFDWLRQVRIDQ\SURGXFWVDQGWR
GLVFRQWLQXH RU OLPLW SURGXFWLRQ RU GLVWULEXWLRQ RI DQ\ SURGXFWV (OR ORJR DQG (OR 7RXFK 6ROXWLRQV DUH WUDGHPDUNV RI
(OR7RXFK6ROXWLRQV,QF&RS\ULJKW(OR7RXFK6ROXWLRQV,QF$OOULJKWVUHVHUYHG'6UHY&
02/15 2015 Elo Touch Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.

*&(/(&7521,&63$57%8
SWITCHES
HEAVY DUTY TOGGLES
35-3 35
Prog DP
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6
m
co
Fig. 7 Fig. 8 Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Fig. 11 Fig. 12
Retail Bulk Fig. Circuit Poles/ AMPS AMPS HP 125- Actuator Actuator Bushing Mounting Terminal
s.
Hardware Spec. Drawing
Part No. Part No. No. Function Throws 125VAC 250VAC 250VAC Style Material Length Hole Type Page No.
35-078 35-078-BU 1 On Off SPST 15 10 3/4 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 Solder N, KN 277-A
35-143
35-145
35-3080
35-143-BU
35-145-BU
35-3080-BU
2
2
2
On Off On 4PDT
On
On
Off 4PST
On 4PDT
15
15
15
10
10
10
3/4
3/4
3/4
Bat
Bat
Bat
Metal
Metal
Metal
0.465
0.465
0.465 nt 0.500
0.500
0.500
Screw
Screw
Screw
N, FN, Sc
N, FN, Sc
N, FN, Sc
277-B
277-B
277-B
ne
35-3135 35-3135-BU 3 ** 1On Off 15 10 1/2 Bat Brass 0.468 0.500 Screw N, FN, Sc 277-C
35-126 35-126-BU 4 On Off DPST 16 8 1 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 Screw N, FN 277-D
35-3070 35-3070-BU 4 On Off SPST 16 8 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 Screw N, Sc 277-E
35-139 35-139-BU 5 On Off 3PST 17 12 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 Screw N, FN, Sc 277-F
po
35-140 35-140-BU 5 On Off On 3PDT 17 12 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 Screw N, FN, Sc 277-F
35-141 35-141-BU 5 On On 3PDT 17 12 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 Screw N, FN, Sc 277-F
35-080 35-080-BU 6 On Off SPST 20 10* 3/4 Bat Metal 0.470 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc, ID 277-G
35-110 35-110-BU 6 On Off On SPDT 20 10* 3/4 Bat Metal 0.470 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-H
om
35-130 35-130-BU 6 On On SPDT 20 10* 3/4 Bat Metal 0.470 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-H
35-144 35-144-BU 7 On On DPDT 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 Solder N, KN 277-I
35-146 35-146-BU 6 On On DPDT 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.470 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-I
35-148 35-148-BU 6 On Off On DPDT 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.470 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-I
35-149 35-149-BU On Off On DPDT 3/4 N, KN 277-I
ec
7 20 10 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 Solder

35-150 35-150-BU 6 (On) Off (On) DPDT 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.470 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-I
Switches
35-151 35-151-BU 6 On Off (On) DPDT 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.470 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-I
35-153 35-153-BU 8 On Off (On) SPDT 20 10* 3/4 Bat Metal 0.470 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-H
lin
35-155 35-155-BU 8 (On) Off (On) SPDT 20 10* 3/4 Bat Brass 0.325 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-H
35-185 35-185-BU 3 On Off DPST 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Metal 0.465 0.500 QC .250 N, KN 277-J
35-3005 35-3005-BU 9 On Off SPST 20 10 3/4 Bat Brass 0.325 0.500 QC .250 N, KN 277-K
35-3010 35-3010-BU 9 On On SPDT 20 10 3/4 Bat Brass 0.325 0.500 QC .250 N, KN 277-K
on
35-3015 35-3015-BU 9 On Off On SPDT 20 10 3/4 Bat Brass 0.325 0.500 QC .250 N, KN 277-K
35-3020 35-3020-BU 7 On On DPDT 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Brass 0.468 0.500 QC .250 N, KN 277-L
35-3025 35-3025-BU 7 On Off On DPDT 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Brass 0.468 0.500 QC .250 N, KN 277-L
35-3045 35-3045-BU 10 On Off DPST 20 10 3/4 Bat Brass 0.468 0.500 QC .250 N, KN 277-M
35-3055 35-3055-BU 9 Off (On) SPST 20 10 3/4 Bat Brass 0.468 0.500 QC .250 N, KN 277-K
35-3056 35-3056-BU 9 On Off SPST 20 10 3/4 Bat Brass 0.325 0.500 Solder N.KN 277-K
35-3060 35-3060-BU 3 On Off DPST 20 10* 1-1/2 Bat Brass 0.468 0.500 Screw N, KN, Sc 277-N
35-3075 35-3075-BU 11 On Off DPST 20 10 1-1/2 Bat Brass 0.465 0.500 Screw N, Sc 277-E
35-3170 35-3170-BU 12 On Off SPST *** *** 1/2 Bat Brass 0.500 0.438 Screw KN, Sc 277-O
Notes: (On)/(Off)=Momentary On/Off ID=ID Plate

*Rated @ 277VAC KN=Knurled Nut
**1&2 On N=Nut
***Rated 35A @ 6VDC/20A @ 12VDC QC=Quick Connect
FN=Face Nut Sc=Screw
=Progressive Two Circuit
Note: All figures are for illustration purpose only, and the number/type of terminals may vary.
276 Phone (815)316-9080Fax (815)316-9081

All quantities are single; BUs are packages of 10 Unless otherwise noted.

*&(/(&7521,&63$57%8
SWITCHES
HEAVY DUTY TOGGLES (Cont.)
A B C
D E F
m
co
s.
nt
ne
G H I
po
om
ec
Terminals
for 35-146, 35-148, 35-150, 35-151
Switches
lin
J K L
on
Toggle
for 35-3025
M N O
For the latest informationwww.gcelectronics.com 277

All quantities are single; BUs are packages of 10 Unless otherwise noted.

*(3$57)7
FT & RT
TEST SWITCHES
KEY BENEFITS
The FT Switches and FT Test Plugs have all the features necessary for applications involving the measurement of individual
currents and voltages to facilitate testing of substation instrumentation and protection devices from the front of the panel.
The make before-break current short circuit feature allows test personnel the convenience of isolating equipment from current
transformer circuits.
Voltage measurements can be made directly on the FT Switch without disturbing existing connections. There is a test clip provision
located on the top of each pole that allows connection with standard spring clip test leads.
APPLICATIONS
FT Test Switches:
The ITI FT Test Switches and Test Plugs provide a safe, simple, immediate and reliable method to isolate equipment and measure
system current and voltage during field testing and commissioning.
RT Rack Mount Test Switches:

RT Switch assemblies for rack and switchboard mounting permit convenient isolation of switchboard relays, meters and
instruments. RT racks allow quick and easy multi-circuit testing by conventional test methods and for faster installation into
switchgear.
FEATURES
FT Test Switch: RT Rack Mount Test Switches:
Built with a maximum of ten individual poles, of potential, RT Switches accommodate three FT switches mounted
current, and current shorting switch units on a 19 wide steel mounting panel (Brushed aluminum
Switches can be assembled in a variety of different available)
arrangements to match customer requirements Provides up to 30 terminals with three FT combinations
FT Test plugs are used in conjunction with the FT Switches Color and finish can be customized
to enable easy measurement, calibration, verification or Optional rack heights for label applications
maintenance of relays, meters and instruments
Each panel is supplied with the hardware to mount the RT
UL / cUL E101598 assembly to the 19 rack enclosure
The RT assembly will support an FT style test plug
Protection:
Full-length clear cover is standard. Full length black cover,
With the cover in place, a meter type seal can be placed individual clear covers, and individual black covers are
through either of the cover studs of the FT Switch to available
prevent unauthorized access
UL / cUL E101598
Standard black cover mounts only when all switches are
in the closed position
Protection:
A clear cover is available that can be installed with the
switchblades in the open or closed position Once the full-length clear cover on the RT switch is
installed, it prohibits access to some of the rack mounting
screws
Individual clear covers offer additional protection
consistent with common testing procedures to ensure
g
only correct switch is exposed during testing
Digital Energy
1

*(3$57)7
FT & RT Test Switches
FT Specifications Fasteners
Captive fasteners are made of molded plastic with a threaded brass
Rating insert for easy cover installation and removal.
The standard FT switch is rated at 600 volts and 30 Amps. The
Switch meets or exceeds all requirements of ANSI / IEEE Standard Switch Poles
C37.90 and is UL and cUL recognized. FT Switches are available in configuration of 1 to a maximum of
10 individual poles or switch units. Each pole identified by letter (A
Mounting thru J), which is visible along the top of the base from left to right.
FT Switches are designed for semi-flush mounting on the front of The individual switch units are of knife blade type. There are three
switchboard panels, facilitating inspection and accessibility. different types of switch units available: potential, current, and
current shorting.
Drilling Plan - Inches
Blade assembly of two position pole C-C (outside of base)
Switch Handles
Switch handles are made of a molded plastic insulating material
typically black in color. Red handles can be supplied by replacing
the P with T for potential handles and replacing C with R for
current handles. Additional colors are available upon request.
Each handle has a dovetail indentation to hold a circuit identification
FT Switch Construction label (by others). Knife blade switches can be operated independently
The base of the FT Switch is made of black electrical grade plastic or ganged together with a horizontal interlocking bar (see page 4).
material which provides a tough insulated enclosure. Barriers are
A hole runs through the middle of each switch handle to allow
molded into the base (front and rear) to separate the switch units
insertion of interlocking bars. 2 to 10 switch handles can be
from one another. The barriers provide insulation between poles and
mechanically tied together.
ample space between terminals.
Terminals
Cover
Connection terminals are located at the rear of the switch and can
FT Switches come with a black opaque cover or a clear see-through
be either screw or stud type. Terminals are numbered 1 thru 20 for
cover. Switch covers provide a tough insulated enclosure for the
easy identification. Each pair of numbered terminals is associated
switch and are made from plastic material. The clear cover affords
with a matching pole designated by a letter on the front of the switch.
the user the option of leaving switch handles in the open position
and replacing the cover while maintaining the provision for a meter
type seal when some or all switch handles are in the open position.
This feature allows the user to service electrical equipment while still
complying with OSHA lockout/tag-out procedures. The clear cover
can be ordered separately for retrofit to existing FT Switches. RT
racks come standard with a full length clear cover and can be sealed
with a meter seal.
FT switch terminals 1 thru 20 (rear view)
2 www.GEDigitalEnergy.com

*(3$57)7
FT Test Plugs Single Pole Current Test Plug with Open

The Test Plug with a maximum of 10 positions is designed to match Secondary CT Protection
the pole configuration of specific styles of FT Switches. Not every
+HOSVUHGXFHULVNRIKLJKYROWDJHVDVVRFLDWHGZLWKRSHQ&7
switch configuration is suitable to accept a Test Plug. For available
secondary
styles, see switch selection tables.
5HGXFHVULVNVGXHWRRSHUDWRUHUURULQFRUUHFWHTXLSPHQWVHWWLQJV
and deviation from correct test procedures
$GGVVDIHW\IRURSHUDWRUVDQGWHFKQLFLDQV
3URYLGHVDVLPSOHIDVWDQGUHOLDEOHPHWKRGWRLVRODWHDQGVHUYLFH
installed meters, relays and CTs
How it works
If a CT opens during operation:
7HVWSOXJVKRUWVWKH&7VHFRQGDU\WRKHOSUHGXFHWKHULVNRIRYHU
voltage conditions for personnel and equipment
5HG/('SURYLGHVYLVXDOLQGLFDWLRQRIDQRSHQ&7VHFRQGDU\
circuit causing an over-voltage condition
Features
(UJRQRPLFKDQGKHOGGHVLJQDOORZVLQVHUYLFHFXUUHQW
measurement with an ammeter
10-Pole In-Service Series Test Plug Inserted into FT Test Switch
5DWLQJV9$FRQWLQXRXV
In-Service Series Test Plug /('LQGLFDWLRQRIRYHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQRSHUDWLRQ
Provision is made only on current poles with shorting springs to 'HVLJQHGIRUXVHZLWK,7,)7WHVWVZLWFK

automatically short-circuit current transformer circuits when the $YDLODEOHZLWKRUZLWKRXW&7RSHQVHFRQGDU\SURWHFWLRQ
knife switches are opened prior to inserting the Test Plug. $16,,(((&VWDQGDUGV
This Test Plug is typically used to connect devices measuring the
currents and voltages being applied to the switchboard relays, meters
and instruments without interrupting or short-circuiting the circuit.
Only the current test switches with the current jack must be opened
before inserting the Series Test Plug. Connections to the test plug must
be made before inserting the test plug into the FT Switch. Before
inserting the Test Plug, all switchblades that are opposite bi-conductor
paddles must be placed in the full open position.
Ordering Information:
Catalog Number Open Circuit CT Protection
SPTP-01 Yes
SPTP-02 No
10-Pole In-Service Series Test Plug
www.GEDigitalEnergy.com 3

*(3$57)7
Non Standard FT Style Switch Selector
Step 1 Step 2
7KH6ZLWFKERG\FDQVXSSRUWWRSROHVLQVORWPDUNHG$ (Optional)
through J
(QWHUDOHWWHUIURPWKHOHJHQG/HDYHXQXVHGVORWVEODQN
If a tie bar is required then check this box
Position:
and draw a dark heavy line over the poles to be joined.
(In the example shown in Step 1 positions H, I and J will operate
together.)
Step 3
Excample:
Select a cover style
P C- -C R C R- -R P P P Clear (installs over open and closed switch blades)
Legend:
Black (installs over closed switch blades only)
P=Potential, Black
T=Potential, Red
C=Current, Non-shorting, Black Step 4
C-C or C-C-C- or C-C-C-C = Current , Shorting, Black
R = Current, Non-shorting, Red
Select a rear terminal type
R-R, R-R-R, R-R-R-R = Current, Shorting, Red Screws (Standard) Studs (Optional)
Additional colors available - See page 11

(Note: Some functions will require more than one slot in the
switch body)
FACTORY USE ONLY

Catalog Number Assignment

*(3$57)7
Catalog Number for FT Style Switches

FT C - 074 S
Cover
Black -------- (Blank)
Clear -------- C
Configuration
See website,
GEDigitalEnergy.com
Also on pages 8-11
Terminals
Screws ------ (Blank)
Studs -------- S
Catalog Number for RT Style Rack Mount Switches

Left Center Right
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
RT2GG066084125
RT-19 Rack
Terminal
Connectors
*Screw ---------- T
Stud ----------- S
Panel Height (ref pg 7)

2 - 2 rack unit centered
X - 3 rack unit low
H - 3 rack unit high
4 - 4 rack unit low
6 - 4 rack unit high
Color
*ANSI 61 ------- G
ANSI 70 ------- A
Brush Al ------- B
Black ------- X
Cover
Full Length Clear ------------------ G
3 Individual Clear Covers --------- A
3 Individual Black Covers --------- B
Position # (As viewed from front)**

Left
Center
Right
000 = Blank
* Denotes standard features

** See pages 8 thru 11 for 3 digit codes or go to Configure a FT Switch at GEDigitalEnergy.com/ITI

*(3$57)7
Dimensional Drawing - Type FT Test Switch

Black cover and threaded stud terminals
Clear cover and screw terminals
Typical FT Switch Connection Schematic using an FT-076 switch

*(3$57)7
Dimensional Drawing - Type RT Mounting Racks

*(3$57)7
Configuration Selection Chart
SWITCH CONFIGURATION
INDIVIDUAL
POLES P=POTENTIAL TEST PLUG
FT SWITCH * C=CURRENT (NON-SHORTING) * C-C=CURRENT (SHORTING)
NUMBER
NUMBER
TOTAL V A A B C D E F G H I J
-001 2 2 0 P P TP-109
-002 2 2 0 P P TP-109
-003 2 0 2 C C TP-106
-004 2 0 2 C C TP-107
-005 2 0 2 C C TP-101
-006 4 4 0 P P P P TP-109
-007 4 4 0 P P P P TP-109
-008 4 4 0 P P P P TP-109
-009 4 4 0 P P P P TP-109
-010 4 2 2 P P C C TP-101
-011 4 2 2 P C C P TP-101
-012 4 0 4 C C C C TP-108
-013 4 0 4 C C C C TP-102
-014 4 0 4 C C C C
-015 5 5 0 P P P P P TP-109
-016 5 3 2 P P C C P TP-101
-017 5 3 2 P C C P P TP-108
-018 5 1 4 C C C C P
-019 5 0 5 C C C C C
-020 6 6 0 P P P P P P TP-109
-021 6 6 0 P P P P P P TP-109
-022 6 6 0 P P P P P P TP-109
-023 6 4 2 P P P C C P TP-101
-024 6 3 3 P P C C P TP-102
-025 6 2 4 P C C C C P TP-102
-026 6 0 6 C C C C C C
-027 6 0 6 C C C C C C
-028 6 0 6 C C C C C C
-029 6 0 6 C C C C C C TP-103
-030 6 0 6 C C C C C C
-031 7 7 0 P P P P P P P TP-109
-032 7 7 0 P P P P P P P TP-109
-033 7 7 0 P P P P P P P TP-109
-034 7 7 0 P P P P P P P TP-109
-035 7 7 0 P P P P P P P TP-109
-036 7 5 2 P P P P P C C TP-101
-037 7 5 2 P P C C P P P TP-107
-038 7 5 2 P C C P P P P TP-106
-039 7 4 3 P P C C C P P TP-113
-040 7 3 4 P P P C C C C TP-102
-041 7 3 4 P P C C C C P TP-102
-042 7 3 4 P C C C C P P
-043 8 8 0 P P P P P P P P TP-109
-044 8 8 0 P P P P P P P P TP-109
-045 8 8 0 P P P P P P P P TP-109
-046 8 6 2 P P P P P C C P TP-101
-047 8 6 2 P P P C C P P P TP-106
-048 8 4 4 P P P P C C C C TP-102
-049 8 4 4 P P C C C C P P
-050 8 4 4 P P C C C C P P TP-110

*(3$57)7
INDIVIDUAL
POLES P=POTENTIAL * C=CURRENT (NON-SHORTING) * C-C=CURRENT (SHORTING) TEST PLUG
FT SWITCH
NUMBER
NUMBER
-051 8 4 4 P C C P P C C P TP-105
-052 8 4 4 P P P C C C C P TP-102
-053 8 2 6 C C C C C C P P TP-108
-054 8 2 6 C C C C C C P P TP-108
-055 8 1 7 P C C C C C C C TP-111
-056 8 0 8 C C C C C C C C
-057 8 0 8 C C C C C C C C
-058 8 0 8 C C C C C C C C TP-111
-059 9 9 0 P P P P P P P P P TP-109
-060 9 9 0 P P P P P P P P P TP-109
-061 9 6 3 P P P P P C C C P
-062 9 5 4 P P P P P C C C C TP-102
-063 9 5 4 P P P P C C C C P TP-102
-064 9 3 6 P P C C C C C C P TP-103
-065 9 0 9 C C C C C C C C C
-066 10 10 0 P P P P P P P P P P TP-109
-067 10 9 1 C P P P P P P P P P
-068 10 8 2 P P P P P P P C C P TP-101
-069 10 7 3 P P P P P P C C C P
-070 10 6 4 P P P P P C C C C P TP-102
-071 10 6 4 P P P C C P P C C P TP-104
-072 10 6 4 P C C P P P P C C P TP-105
-073 10 6 4 C C C C P P P P P P
-074 10 4 6 P P P C C C C C C P TP-112
-075 10 4 6 P C C P C C P C C P
-076 10 3 7 P P C C C C C C C P TP-111
-077 10 2 8 P C C C C C C C C P
-078 10 2 8 P C C C C C C C C P TP-111
-079* 10 2 8 C C C C C C C C P P
-080 10 1 9 C C C C C C C C C P
-081 10 0 10 C C C C C C C C C C
-082 10 0 10 C C C C C C C C C C
-083 10 10 0 P-T P-T P-T P-T P-T P-T
-084 10 4 6 P P P P C C C C C C
-085 10 2 8 C C C C C C C C P P
-086 10 3L 7 L C C L C C L C C C
-087 10 4 6 P P P C C C C C C TP-112
-088
-089 10 2 8 P P C C C C C C C C
-090 10 0 10 C C C C C C C C C C
-091 9 9 0 P P P P P P P P P TP-114
-092 8 2 6 C C C C C C P P
-093 6 6 0 P P P P P P TP-114
-094 6 4 2 P P P C C P TP-115
-095 8 0 8 C C C C C C C C
-096 9 3 6 P P P C C C C C C
-097 9 3 6 P P P C C C C C C
-098 10 4 6 C C C C C C P P P P
-099 10 4 6 C C C C C C T T T T
-100 10 10 0 P P P P P P P P T T

*(3$57)7
INDIVIDUAL
FT SWITCH
NUMBER
NUMBER
-101 10 10 0 T T P P P P P P P P
-102 10 0 10 R R R R R R R R R R
-103 9 9 0 T T T T T T T T T TP-109
-104 10 8 2 P P P P P P C C P P
-105 7 0 7 C C C C C C C
-106 3 3 0 T T T
-107 10 4 6 P P P C C C C C C T
-108 9 3 6 P P P C C C C C C
-109 2 2 0 T T
-110 6 0 6 C C C C C C
-111 10 10 0 P P P P P P P T P T TP-109
-112 10 10 0 P P P P P P P P P T TP-109
-113 10 2 8 P C C C C C C C C T TP-111
-114 10 10 0 T T T T T T T T T T TP-109
-115 6 6 0 T T T T T T TP-109
-116 10 10 0 P P P T T P P P P P TP-109
-117 10 10 0 P P P P P P T T P P TP-109
-118 10 2 8 C C C C C C C C T T TP-111
-119 10 2 8 P C C C C C C C C T TP-111
-120 8 8 0 T T P P P P P P TP-109
-121 10 10 0 T T P P P P P P T T TP-109
-122 10 6 4 P P C P C P C P C P TP-111
-123 7 7 0 T T P P P P P TP-109
-124 10 2 8 T T C C C C C C C C
-125 4 4 0 T T T T TP-109
-126 10 6 4 C C C C T T T T T T
-127 6 6 0 T T T T T T TP-109
-128 10 4 6 P P P R R R R R R P TP-112
-129 10 10 0 O O O O O O O O O O TP-109
-130 10 2 8 C C C C C C C B P P
-131 10 4 6 P P P P R R R R R R TP-112
-132 10 4 6 P P P P O O O O O O
-133 10 6 4 R R R R P P P P P P
-134 6 6 0 P P P P P P
-135 10 2 8 R R R R P P R R R R
-136 10 10 0 P P P P P P P P T T
-137 8 0 8 R R R R R R R R
-138 8 4 4 P P R R R R P P
-139 6 6 0 T T T T T T
-140 10 0 10 R R R R R R R R R R
-141 10 2 8 P P R R R R R R R R
-142 4 0 4 R R R R
-143 10 10 0 P P P P P P P T T T
-144 10 8 2 C C T T T T T T T T
-145 10 1 9 C C C C C C C C C T
-146 10 4 6 P P T C C C C C C T
-147 10 10 0 P P P P T T T T T T
-148 4 4 0 P P P P
-149 10 10 0 T T T T T T T T T T
-150 10 10 0 P P P P T T T T P P

*(3$57)7
INDIVIDUAL
FT SWITCH
NUMBER
NUMBER
-151 10 10 0 P T P P T P P T P P
-152 10 2 8 P C C C C C C C C P TP-111
-153 10 3 7 P P C C C C C C C T TP-111
-154 10 4 6 P C C C C C C P P P
-155 10 10 0 P T P P P P P P P T
-156 10 10 0 P T P P P P P P T T
-157 10 10 0 P T P P P P P T T T
-158 10 10 0 P T T P P P P P T T
-159 10 10 0 P T T P P P P T T T
-160 10 10 0 P T T P P P T T T T
-161 10 10 0 P T T P P T T T T T
-162 10 10 0 P T T P T T T T T T
-163 10 10 0 P T T T T P T T T T
-164 10 10 0 P T T T T T T T T T
-165 10 10 0 P T P P T P P P P T
-166 10 10 0 P T T T T P P P P P
-167 8 0 8 R R R R R R R R TP-111
-168 8 4 4 R P R P R P R P
-169 10 8 2 C C P P P P P P P P
-170 10 2 8 T R R R R R R R R T TP-111
-171 10 10 0 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y TP-109
-172 10 1 9 C C C C C C C C C P
-173 10 10 0 P P T T T T T T P P
-174 10 10 0 P P T T T T T T P P
-175 10 10 0 O O O O O Y Y Y Y Y TP-109
-176 5 1 4 C C P C C TP-109
-177 10 6 4 C C T P P P T P C C
-178 10 4 6 T T T T C C C C C C
-179 10 10 0 P T P P P P P P T P TP-109
-180 10 6 4 C C T P P P T P C C
-181 10 0 10 C C C C C C C C C C
-182 10 0 10 C C C C C C C C C C
-183 10 4 6 C C C C P P P P C C
-184 10 10 0 B B B B B B B B T P TP-109
-185 10 10 0 T T T T T T P P P P TP-109
-186 10 10 0 T T T T P P P P P P TP-109
-187 10 4 6 T T T C C C C C C T TP-112
-188 10 4 6 C C C C C C P P P T
-189 10 4 6 T C C T C C T C C T
-190 10 6 4 P P P P P P C C C C
P = POTENTIAL- black handle CO = Current Non-shorting - orange handle
T = POTENTIAL- red handle CY = Current Non-shorting - yellow handle
C = Current Non-shorting - black handle CG = Current Non-shorting - green handle
R = Current Non-shorting - red handle CB = Current Non-shorting - blue handle
C-C = Current shorting - black handle CW = Current Non-shorting - White handle
R-R = Current shorting - red handle CO-CO = Current shorting - orange handle
O = POTENTIAL- orange handle CY-CY = Current shorting - yellow handle
Y = POTENTIAL- yellow handle CG-CG = Current shorting - green handle
G = POTENTIAL- green handle CB-CB = Current shorting - blue handle
B = POTENTIAL- blue handle CW-CW = Current shorting - white handle
W = POTENTIAL- white handle
* = SHORT CIRCUIT WITHOUT JAW OR BLADE AT POSITION "H"
= FT-079 and FT-085 *APPEAR SIMILAR EXCEPT THAT FT-079 IS SHORT CIRCUIT WITHOUT JAW OR BLADE AT POSITION "H"
Note: Selection Chart does not include all possible configurations

*(3$57)7
North America/Worldwide Europe/Middle East/Africa Asia

215 Anderson Ave. Avenida Pinoa 10-48170 Floor22-24, No 900 Yishan Rd.
Markham, ON, Zamudio (Vizcaya), Spain Scientific Building C
Canada L6E 1B3 Tel: +34 94 485 88 00 Shanghai, 200233, China
Toll Free (NA Only): 1-800-547-8629 Fax: +34 94 485 88 45 Tel: +86-21-2401-3208
Tel: 905-294-6222 email: gemultilin.euro@ge.com Fax: +86-21-5423-5080
Fax: 905-201-2098
email: gemultilin@ge.com
g Digital Energy
CS00A42015
Rev 2 12/11
011312-v7

*1%3$5709
From the World Leader in

VRLA Battery Technology
Designed for durability in Telecommunications and Electric Utility applications, the GNB TOP
Terminal MARATHONTM series provides high performance and reliability in long duration dis-
charge applications. The MARATHONTM family of batteries highlights another example of GNBs
extensive experience and world wide leadership in VRLA technology.
Designed in Quality Manufacturing

Quality manufacturing processes for the MARATHONTM series batteries incorporate the
industrys most advanced technologies including: an automated helium leak detection system, a
computer controlled fill by weight acid filler, and a temperature controlled water bath forma-
tion process. Each and every unit is capacity tested.
High Performance MARATHON Applications

Series Features
MARATHON series batteries incorporate
Standard: Reinforced polypropylene con- GNBs advanced VRLA technology designed
tainer and cover for long life and high performance in:
Optional:Flame-retardant reinforced con-
tainer and cover compliant with UL94 V-0, Telecommunications
28% L.O.I. Distributed Power
Integrated Flash-arrester ultrasonically PCS
welded into cover. Cellular
Patented Diamond Side-Wall design to Broadband
maintain structural integrity in higher
operating temperatures
Electric Utility
Heat sealed case-to-cover bond to ensure a
leak proof seal Switchgear Control Power
High-Compression Absorbent Glass Mat Communications
(AGM) technology for greater than 99%
recombination efficiency
High-tin, calcium, silver, lead positive
plate design for maximum service float
life; 10 year design life @ 25C (77F)
Heavy duty copper alloy
terminals for ease of assembly
and reduced maintenance
Reliable one-way, self-resealing
safety vents
Multicell design for faster
installation and reduced maintenance
Horizontal or vertical operation
Removable carry handles for ease of
installation.

*1%3$5709
B B
A A
C C

M12V40(F) - Performance Curves Amperes @ 25C (77F)

Capacity (AH)
Discharge Current (A)
*1%3$5709
,'(&3$5765%
Sockets SR Series: DIN Rail Snap-Mount
SR3B Sockets
36 When using
BAA/BAP: 28.5 DIN Rail Terminal Arrangement
8 M3.5 Terminal (BAA/BAP)
Screw 6 5 4
2-4.2 Mounting Holes 3 2 1
(or M4 Tapped Holes)
4.2
SR3B-05
37
76
56
Style 11-blade, snap-mount/surface mount
B A
4.4 max. 5.5 min.
M3.5 screws with captive wire clamp 9 8 7
Terminal/Torque (9 - 11.5 inlbs) (Top View)
7.9 max.
Wire Size Maximum up to 2#12AWG 37 14.5 3.6 min.
2
43 25
Electrical Rating 300V, 15A (10A)* (*denotes CSA rating)
Compatible Relay RR1BA, RR2BA, RR3B
All dimensions are in mm.
Compatible Timer RTE-B
Hold-Down Spring SR3B-02F1 (relays)
Hold-Down Clip SFA-202 (relays and timers)
1. For socket mounting accessories, see page F-29.

2. For hold-down clip/spring selections, see page F-4.
www.idec.com USA: (800) 262-IDEC or (408) 747-0550, Canada: (888) 317-IDEC F-13

.(3:$5(3$57(;0'%861$
EX5-MDBUS-NA00 Server Suite
Description
Kepware Modbus OPC Server Suite
Kepware's Modbus OPC Server Suite works in conjunction with KEPServerEX OPC Server to provide OPC Data Access to Modbus
compatable devices. The intuitive user interface of KEPServerEX allows you to set up reliable Modbus connections easily. The Modbus
suite of drivers provides access to multiple Modbus networks all from a single license.
Device Connectivity - Supported Devices/Networks
z TCP/IP Ethernet (Master/Slave)

z RTU Serial (Master/Slave)
z ASCII Serial
z Modbus Plus
z Enron
z Omni
z Daniel
z Instromet
z Dynamic Fluid Meters
z Roxar RFM
z Elliot
z Mailbox
z Elliot
z Fluenta FGM
z DGH DAQ
Features - For real world applications
z Zero-based & One-based Addressing

z Adjustable Block Reads (1-125)
z Byte Order Swapping - Modbus or Intel
z Holding Register Bit Mask Writes
z "Modified" Modbus support (flow computers)
z Dial-up Modem Support
z Automatic Tag Database Generation
z Ethernet Encapsulation (for Serial drivers)
z Modbus TCP Framing for RTU Serial
z Support for Modbus TCP or UDP enabled devices
z Multi-Threaded Design - Windows Sockets
z Write Optimization and Error Recovery

0$//25<3$576&35
Part #
Mallory Sonalert Products Inc. SC628PR
Revision
Sales Outline Drawing B
Specifications:
Sound level Category Medium Sound Level
Mode of Operation Fast Pulse
Mounting Panel (see note B)
Voltage Rating 6 to 28 Vdc
Frequency 2900 Hz r500 Hz
Loudness (Min. Voltage) 68 dB(A) min. @ 2 FT and 6 Vdc
Loudness (Max Voltage) 80 dB(A) min. @ 2 FT and 28 Vdc
Current Draw 4 mA Max @ 6 Vdc
Current Draw 16 mA Max @ 28 Vdc
Min. Pulse Rate 2 @ 6 VDC
Max. Pulse Rate 10 @ 28 VDC
Duty Cycle % 50 (Approx)
Storage Temperature -40C to +85C
Operating Temperature -30C to +65C
Weight (Typical) 1.5 oz (42 g)
Housing 6/6 Nylon, Color Black
Options For other options contact factory
Dimensions: Inches (mm) RoHS Compliant
UL Recognized
4411 South High School Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46241 U.S.A x Phone: (317)612-1000 Fax: (317)612-1010 x www.mallory-sonalert.com

02',&213$57$'0
170 ADM 850 10

10 to 60 VDC Module Base
1
Overview
Purpose This chapter describes the 170 ADM 850 10 Module Base.
Whats in this This chapter contains the following topics.

Chapter?
Topic Page
Front Panel Components 4
Specifications 6
Internal Pin Connections 9
Field Wiring Guidelines 10
Wiring Diagrams 12
I/O Mapping 17

02',&213$57$'0
Front Panel Components
Overview This section contains an illustration of the front panel of the 170 ADM 850 10
Momentum I/O base and a description of the LEDs.
Front Panel The front panel of the I/O base is shown in the illustration below.
Illustration
1 2
9 8
Components of the I/O Module

Label Description
1 Internal interface (ATI) connector
2 Ground nut standoff
3 Locking and ground contact for the adapter
4 LED status display
5 Mounting holes for panel mount
6 Grounding screw
7 Busbar Mounting Slot
8 Locking tab for DIN rail mount
9 Sockets for the terminal connectors

02',&213$57$'0
LED Illustration The LEDs are shown in the illustration below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
IN ready
OUT
ERR
LED The LEDs are described in the table below.

Descriptions
Indicator Condition Message
Ready Green Module is ready to communicate. Operating voltage for internal
logic (5 V) is present.
Off Module not ready.
Upper row Green Input status (an LED per input); Input point active, ie. input
IN carries a 1 signal (logically ON)
1...16 Off Input point inactive, ie. input carries a 0 signal (logically OFF)
Middle row Green Output status (an LED per output); Output point active, ie. output
OUT carries a 1 signal (logically ON)
1...16 Off Output point inactive, ie. Output carries a 0 signal (logically OFF)
Lower row Red Output overload (an LED per output). Short circuit or overload on
ERR the corresponding output.
1...16 Off Outputs 1 ... 16 operating normally.

02',&213$57$'0
Specifications
Overview This section contains specifications for the 170 ADM 850 10 Momentum I/O base.
General General Specifications

Specifications
Module type 16 discrete inputs in 1 group
16 discrete outputs in 1 group
Supply voltage 10-60 VDC
Supply voltage range 10-60 VDC
Supply current consumption max 500 mA at 12 VDC
250 mA at 24 VDC
125 mA at 48 VDC
Power dissipation 6 W + ( ( # of input points on x .144 W) +
(# of output points on x .25 W) )
I/O map 1 input word or 16 discrete inputs
1 output word or 16 discrete outputs
Isolation
Input to input none
Output group to output group none
Input to output 707 VDC
Logic to output 707 VDC
Field to protective earth 707 VDC
Input to output 707 VDC
Field to communication adapter Defined by Communication Adapter type
Fuses
Internal none
External: operating voltage (row 1) 12 VDC-630 mA fast-blow
24 VDC-315 mA fast-blow
48 VDC-200 mA fast-blow
External: input reference voltage 315 mA fast-blow
(row 3)
External: output voltage (row 2) According to the supply of the connected actuatorsnot
to exceed 10 A fast-blow.

02',&213$57$'0
EMC
Immunity IEC 1131-2
Surge on auxiliary power supply, 500V
Emissions EN 50081-2 (limitation A)
Agency approvals UL, CSA, CE, FM Class 1, Div. 2 pending
Physical
dimensions
Width 125 mm (4.9 in)
Depth (with no adapter) 40 mm (1.54 in)
Length 141.5 mm (5.5 in) with or without one busbar
159.5mm (6.3in) two busbars
171.5 mm (6.75in) three busbars
Weight 200 g (0.44 lb)
Discrete Inputs
Number of points 16
Number of groups 1
Points per group 16
Signal type True High
IEC 1131 type 1+ (See Appendix for definitions of IEC input types.)
Input Voltage Level
12 VDC +20%,-15% >7.5 VDC On, <2.5 VDC Off
24 VDC +25%,-20% >11 VDC On, <5 VDC Off
48 VDC +25%,-20% >30 VDC On, <10 VDC Off
OFF State Leakage Current
12 VDC 1.5 mA and lower
Input Operating Current
12 VDC ON Current 2.3 mA
Input voltage range 10-60 VDC
Input voltage surge 75 volts peak for 10ms
Response time 2.2 ms OFF to ON
3.3 ms ON to OFF

02',&213$57$'0
Note: Discrete 10-60 VDC inputs require an Input Voltage Reference (row 3 terminal
block, terminals 17 and 18). The Input Voltage Reference must be the same voltage
level as the voltage level as supplied to the inputs. This reference is required for the
module to select the correct Turn On and Turn Off thresholds for the inputs.
Discrete Outputs
Output type Solid state switch
Output supply voltage 10-60 VDC
Number of points 16
Number of groups 1
Current capacity 0.5 A/point maximum
8 A/module up to 50 degrees C
7 A/module from 50 degrees C to 60 degrees C
Signal type True High (sourcing)
Leakage current (output out) < 1 mA @ 60 VDC
Surge (inrush) current 5 A for 1 ms
On state voltage drop < 1.0 VDC @ 0.5 A
Fault sensing Outputs are electronically safeguarded to assist in
(See Note Below) short circuit and overload protection
Fault reporting 1 red LED/point (row 3) ON when short current/
overload occurs
Error indication Output overload for at least one output (I/O-Error) to
communication adapter
Response time < 2.5 ms OFF to ON
(resistive load / 0.5 A) < 2.5 ms ON to OFF
Maximum switching cycles 1000/h for 0.5 A inductive load
100/s for 0.5 A resistive load
8/s for 1.2 W Tungsten load
Note: Discrete 10-60 VDC outputs incorporate thermal shutdown and overload
protection. The output current of a shortened output is limited to a nondestructive value.
The short circuit heats the output driver and the output will switch off. The output will
switch on again if the driver drops below the overtemperature threshold. If the short
circuit still exists, the driver will reach the overtemperature condition again and will
switch off again.

02',&213$57$00
Specifications
Overview This section contains specifications for the 170AMM11030 Momentum I/O base.
General The following table contains general specifications for the I/O base. Each discrete
Specifications output is protected against short-circuiting and overload.
External Power Requirement
Normal Operating Voltage Range 16 to 42 VDC
Absolute Minimum Voltage 12 VDC
Absolute Maximum Voltage 45 VDC
Electrical
Module Current 400 mA at 24 VDC
EMC for Industrial Environment
Immunity IEC 1131-2
Surge on auxiliary power supply 500 V
Emissions EN 50081-2
ENV 50140 10 V/M
Agency Approvals UL, CSA, CE, FM Class 1, Div. 2 (pending)
Isolation
Discrete I/O point to discrete I/O point None
Field to ground 500 VAC
Field to communication adapter 500 VAC
Analog output channel to channel 700 VDC
Environmental
Storage Temperature -40 to 85q C
Operating Temperature 0 to 60q C
Humidity Operating 95% RH @ 60q C
Humidity Non-Operating 95% RH @ 60q C
Vibration Operating 10 - 57 HZ 0.075 MMDA
57 - 150 HZ 1 G
Shock Non-Operating 15 G, 11 MS, 3 shocks/axis
Free Fall (Unpackaged) 0.1 meter

02',&213$57$00
Analog Inputs The following table contains specifications for analog inputs.
Number of Channels 2
Input Ranges r 10 VDC
Input Type Single-ended
Resolution 14 bit
Surge Tolerance
Voltage Input r 30 VDC
Over-range Tolerance 5% full scale
Protection Polarity inversion
Common Mode Rejection 250 VAC @ 47 to 63 HZ or 250 VDC channel
to ground
Cross Talk Between Channels r lowest significant bit
Common Mode Rejection Ration @ DC r lowest significant bit
Common Mode Rejection Ration @ 50/60 r lowest significant bit
Maximum Input Signal 15 VDC for voltage input
Filtering Low pass with cutoff frequency 900 Hz
Conversion Times 1.6 ms maximum for 2 input channels
Sampling Period 3.2 ms per channel
Range r 10 VDC
Input Impedance > 2.2 MOhm
Error @ 25qC 0.2% for full scale
Error @ 60qC 0.55% for full scale
Temperature Drift @ 60qC 100ppm full scale /qC

02',&213$57$00
Analog Outputs The following table contains specifications for analog outputs.
Number of Channels 2
Output Ranges r 10 VDC
Resolution 14 Bit
Conversion Times 1.60 ms for all channels
Output Setting Time 3.2 ms to 0.1% of final value
Accuracy Max. error @ 25qC r 0.4% for -10 to +10 VDC
Linearity r 1 LSB, Guaranteed Monotonic
Output Impedance < 0.2 Ohms
Maximum Output Current 5 mA
Maximum Temperature Drift @ 60qC r 100 ppm of full scale per qC
Data Format Left justified
Crosstalk Between Channels 80 dB
Load > 2K Ohms @ r10 VDC
Channel to Channel Isolation 700 VDC
Discrete Inputs The following table contains specifications for discrete inputs.
Operating Voltage 16 to 42 VDC
Number of Points 16
Number of Groups 1
Points per Group 16
Type of Signal True high (sourcing)
IEC 1131 I/O Type @ 24 VDC 1+
Minimum ON Voltage > 11 VDC
Maximum OFF Voltage < 5 VDC
Input Operating Current 1.2 mA and lower, off
2.5 to 10 mA, on
Input Voltage
Range 16 to +42 VDC
Surge 75 volt peak for 10 ms
Response Time 6.2 ms OFF to ON @ 24 VDC
7.3 ms ON to OFF @ 24 VDC

02',&213$57$00
Discrete Outputs The following table contains specifications for discrete outputs.
Description Solid state switch
Operating Voltage 16 - 42 VDC
Maximum Voltage 50 VDC for 1 ms
Number of Points 8
Number of Groups 1
Points per Group 8
Current Capacity 250 mA per point 2 amps per module
Type of Signal True high (sourcing)
Leakage Current < 1 mA @ 42 VDC
Surge Current 5 amps for 1 ms
On State Voltage Drop < 1.0 VDC max at 0.25 amp current
Fault Sensing Overload and short circuit
Fault Reporting System bit
Response Time 1.8 ms OFF to ON
1.8 ms ON to OFF
CAUTION
Discrete VDC outputs incorporate thermal shutdown and overload
protection.
The output current of a shorted output is limited to a nondestructive
value. The short circuit heats the output driver, and the output will switch
off. The output will switch on again if the driver leaves the over
temperature condition and the user resets the output under program
control. If the short circuit still exists after the output point is reset, the
driver will reach the over temperature condition again and will switch off
again.
Failure to follow this precaution can result in injury or equipment
damage.

02',&213$57&%8

! "#$
%"&' ()')

(*

+ + +)*+

+

+')
,%"&
%(

% *

(*+
+) 6) 3.) (*
0
).
*
)
*4
+)+

,
)
-' .

/+(

0+(
,*+.

+
()
"

)

**+
*

4
,
+ ' * ' *+( '))')*
*
*
)
4
*0 (
>
)

% :* **) ' ))' '))')*+ **+
4
++
.
' ,%"&
((
1)')23 %"&+ (

' + (( $0 3 %"&+ (

+ !
-)( ! '
).)()+ #4$444$4 $5
)
6*7
!!!/8
,)( ' ,
)'
++

) ' ,9#$"' 0 )
'):,$
,
' #$" ! 9#$ ' 0
*
").
)".
)+ ;*'
! *' ,"%
: ( 7 %()') ' ,
444 #'
<) *%"&+
+
(+++==#!$#6
(+++%!$#6
( 0 ;#
%"&)+

# " #
> +'*.
! '
?
+*@
!
=
) ())( =2( *06A,/,B
=2(A,/=%>@B
=2(A,/B
=2))0
)(A/B
=2%"&+ )* )A%"&B
=2
+* )AB
=2(
(A>B
6(

+ $+:$52
;3 $

02',&213$57&%8
)*+

+ ( !$++ ++
)2%>)
/( ;4;++
- ##++
2 $!4#++

0( 4;!6(
.+
) =?
2)

( $5*+
5 )#$" !

*
,
6
<
: 4 >#
>"%;!
=$
%(*
%

6
$( (+ ).'

)

( 65
*+(C
D>"%;#
;65

*+(C
D%:
;65

*+(C
D>"%;! 8

)
+(
*) $5"+444 /8
*+(C
D>"%;#!
:+'+ * 444;E
:+'+ * ( #444$E
). + $444;F
&() GH +

02',&213$57&%8

2+ 20(

&:,
)

02',&213$57&%8

()

(-))

3+2(1,;3$57

T T
!"

T
T

#"
%&% '# ()*+&+
*,
-./0

1&2.3/%01-

1&4

5%
11
%5
5&6%&
<
%

>888A
;.
+

# (9 ( ((
7-" 28) 4 '('9:,,9::
1
% ;(9,
< ,
%
+== :(''(,
>1< ,?':@7

11=
+
<1:92"/ ((?4
#$
#%
&
B!" -T<>8A
%&%CD+%+&+35&./0

1&

+
%&%
=B!" -T<>8A1
++E35&
=&
%&+>
./0

1&2.3/%01-

1&4*+
+%=
, T+*3

%5

5115&6%&/%&%
==3&*=%

+
&+
%

+31

3
%1

+

1
=
%%3
1%-33=%
+

13%E
1+

+

%5=

%

3+2(1,;3$57
B!" -<.,) '# (

#

&$#

+%3
1

,(() '()
)%3
11
:) ')
#%3
11
?(#9:(#
.
+%3
1
9(()
)=6%&1 ':;E:;E

#=6%&1 (;E
%
%+

)
:,)2, ()4

)
9)2 9()4
"%%1%
F ()2&4
<
=%5&
G (+2, ()4
G (+2 9()4

"%=% , )2
5
*4
<+55%=% 0,(
0,
-&
=

-%1

<
3%
+

'$&$#

+
%%3
1 '#H,I
.11
=
%%3
1 ,# ?:#2G '
&4
%%% ()2 :J(J*!!-$ '#4
)2<>8A0.-* :J'(J+&*!!-$
'#4
, ()2./0

1&*, +4
D1=%1 0,

#1 (J(J2 :I@4

K*=
%&&

K

3
F,I21
*,(I?(I4
F I21
*&+,(I?(I4
F(,I21%3
1H,(I4
A% F9(+<<2
+3%4
D+%+

1 >

3+2(1,;3$57
B!" -<.,) '# (

<

+
+ '(>

( #

> ?(++

;1 ,9(++
# , :++

>3+5& , ++
;13+5& ,9(++
?9++
1 ,1

8==& G?9I2=
9()
+3%4
"%
3
1%
%%

')2&4

)2
%4
#1
=

"< (
<

"
D-0/2"8,(?*. ?:((4 G:(((((
)+5+%2

4 :J(J2G(J14
)+5+%2
1
4 '(J:J
D+53%+&2

4 ?:I2 :J*

4
D
%1

E
#" .9:*8 (,:
)+5&%
51:++
E
&*,:++
3

+
*:+3&
8
+1
+5&
=
+8D#3 ((',(8

+
8 :((,

++%& 8 ,((( ((:
L

1#3
=
+L3 ((?:8
.C86%+
=+ 8 ( ('
..=&
==
+ "8,:: ,
.8=& "8(?:(#8((:2.8L4
.5%1
3 7+L
&28D,*
&%+=4*)0.*LA*
A" )* @*# *0
.C8
6%+=
% 8 :(,#8(,(2<8L4

+5&

.C.=&
3
1 "8(?:(2.8L48 ( ('2<8L4
..=

#" #8(,((',(
#" #8(,(,(,(

3+2(1,;3$57
B!" -<.,) '# (

.C<

1

#" :,((',(
.C<

1
%*
#" #8(,(,(,
56%+=

3

6%+
.CL+

=++
%
8 ,(((9
.C86%+=&
7.2=&4
.)
3=
+% "8((,

)
36%+
=+
%
.8D"/'((
+=
%&1
+3
1
=
0.+
!L
3 !LL!L:(

!L!LA
1E!L(?:(

!L) ."".), , (,"*3
*1
%)*0**#

# )&$

-&
=

.

%

+ ( ++M

%

+ ++M

%

+ ( ++M

%

+ '++M

%

)>7++ ,

%

)>7++ ,(
.11 ++
. D'

# )$&$
-&
=

.

%

+ ( ++M

%

+ ++M

%

+ ( ++M

%

+ '++M

%

)>7++ ,

%

)>7++ ,(
.11 ++

%%+ #@3
%%
!!-G(?! ;11

3+2(1,;3$57
B!" -<.,) '# (

D+%+%%

+ (+)2
%4

%
%
%
N (+)
.%& !-
! G(?! O#@OL8#1

%& !-
! F(?! /1O#@OL8#

!-

" F" L8#

%

+ ( ++M

%

+ ++M

%

+

( ++M

%

+ '++M

%

)>7++ ,

%

)>7++ ,(

-11
6%*+ (: +
-11
6%+

( +
. D'

%%+ #@=
1
%%
A&
*!!-G(?!

D+%+13
1 N9()#
D+%+%% N,)

%
%
% N,)
.%& !!-G(?! O#@OL8#1

%& !!-F(?! /1O#@OL8#
%%+ <>8A0.-*3
%%
"!-F" ;11
%%3
1 P '#
D+%+%% + (+)2
%4

%
%
% N (+)
.%& "!-G" L8#O0.-O&

! %! *%
0
1+

3+2(1,;3$57

IIII !"##"
$ %&'(

'
$))'(
*
&'('+
'*,$ &
'(-

.
'(

',+/ ( '&0 &')'' 1
2
-344-'5'

,'(4'' 6

7$89:-'
7
'(

''&

( ' -'&"#'"##;%- 289:67

'' *&
'
$'

I<
'*'

'
'' *

' (-&

'
-
I' *'

'
)
I89:-'
--'

( ' -'&"#4"##;%-
=>'((

$ ?*
"-
*
-$25*- ?*6 #,#/8;

'(
&&(% "@A##
'
>'&'*

)( '

((
*
""#((
)-
@#((
<(%
'
'
)*'&-'

' $#
<(%

(-
2'-
'6 "#B,,,A#B
<(%

(-
2
' *4
-'
6 #B,,, B
$( %(
>2'-
'6 C,,,!C2'' *6
$( %(
>2
' *4
-'
6 C,,,!C2'' *6
<- 2'-
'6 A?$ ,,,"# ?$ 2-
'"##( %'1( 16
<- 2
' *4
-'
6 AA?$ ,,,"# ?$ 2-
'D##( %'1( 16

3+2(1,;3$57

IIII !"##"

<(%
'
'
' ((
> A"###A

&

& "

289:6
','&-'
289:-'
6
'
'(
' 89:
'
''
'(
' <
'*'

'
'' *
( '->

89:

-
( ' - "#4"##;
4

'
0( *
4
'*'

'7'(-
#,D7
'
&
'
&'
*('

*'

' ) 307?
1
>--'

'?5- '- (

*-

'?7 7

3 >
; 5(('
'*
2

- 6 "##(
-->1'
*
-->1'
* :E)
8 -- D,AE$$2

-(
1'
* *6
-->1'
* * "E),,,: E)
>-
' (-
' " (<2
0F:E)6
; 5,
' (-
' D:(<2G"IEI6
/
;'
*
>- )
>-< '? *
*
#*
' *(
<((
' ( ' A"###A:
'&'(
>
;
1
)1'- ,

IA"###A,

A"###:2)6

'

A"###:D2((
>
'

&6

'<

A"###::2%
6

'

3+2(1,;3$57

IIII !"##"

'&'(
>
;
1

A"###:2 *6

'

A"###:A2((
>
''

&6

'<

A"###: 2((
>
'( *
& 6

'<

#2(

&6

'<
&
'
G
G :,# @##"

G :," @##"
G ,# "!#D#""@
G ," "!#D#""@
G A,# "!"@#"#A
G @,# "!"@#"#A
G ,# "!"@#"#A
;
;,# ###@D:
;D,# ###@D:
;:,# ###@D:
;,# ###@D:
0$
0$A,#" :D"@!#"
0$@,#!#" :D#":#:
0$"" :D"@#"
0$",#" :D#":"#
0$"D, :D#":"#
<--'1
<--'1

3+2(1,;3$57

IIII !"##"
<--'1
<--'1
0
40
4<40

5<--'1
0
40
40

<--'1 %(

<--'1

0
I
0
I
<I
0
I
$'5'

#"H *
1

-344,-'5'

,'(

32:(5(;3$57&6
Powerex, Inc., 200 Hillis Street, Youngwood, Pennsylvania 15697-1800 (724) 925-7272 Fast Recovery Single
Diode Modules
100 Amperes/600-1200 Volts
Description:
A Powerex Fast Recovery Single
B Diode Modules are designed for
F
H
use in applications requiring fast
A
K switching. The modules are
C isolated for easy mounting with
G
G
K other components on common
heatsinks. POW-R-BLOK has
L - DIA. P - M4 THD (2 TYP.)
been tested and recognized by
D Underwriters Laboratories
M M J $ (QQQX2 Power Switching
Semiconductors).
CS240610, CS241210
E
Fast Recovery
Single Diode Modules Features:
N
100 Amperes/600-1200 Volts Isolated Mounting
A K
Planar Chips
UL Recognized $
Outline Drawing
Applications:
Dimension Inches Millimeters Inverters
A 2.087 53
Choppers
B 1.7050.008 43.30.2
C 1.417 36 Switching Power Supplies
D 1.299 33
Free Wheeling
E 0.866 22
F 0.551 14 Ordering Information:
G 0.354 9 Select the complete eight digit
H 0.315 8 module part number you desire
from the table below.
J 0.276 7
Example: CS241210 is a
K 0.217 5.5
1200 Volt, 100 Ampere Fast
L 0.217 Dia. Dia. 5.5 Recovery Single Diode Module.
M 0.138 3.5
N 0.118 3 Voltage Current Rating
Type Volts (x100) Amperes (x10)
P M4 Metric M4
CS24 06 10
12

32:(5(;3$57&6
Powerex, Inc., 200 Hillis Street, Youngwood, Pennsylvania 15697-1800 (724) 925-7272
CS240610, CS241210
Fast Recovery Single Diode Modules
Absolute Maximum Ratings

Characteristics Symbol CS240610 CS241210 Units
Peak Reverse Blocking Voltage VRRM 600 1200 Volts
Transient Peak Reverse Blocking Voltage (Non-Repetitive), t < 5ms VRSM 720 1350 Volts
DC Reverse Blocking Voltage VR(DC) 480 960 Volts
DC Current, TC = 75C IF(DC) 100 100 Amperes
Peak One-Cycle Surge (Non-Repetitive) On-State Current (60Hz) IFSM 2000 2000 Amperes
Peak One-Cycle Surge (Non-Repetitive) On-State Current (50Hz) IFSM 1825 1825 Amperes
I2t (for Fusing), 8.3 milliseconds I 2t 16700 16700 A2sec
Storage Temperature TSTG -40 to 125 -40 to 125 C
Operating Temperature Tj -40 to 150 -40 to 150 C
Maximum Mounting Torque M5 Mounting Screw 17 17 in.-lb.
Maximum Mounting Torque M4 Terminal Screw 12 12 in.-lb.
Module Weight (Typical) 90 90 Grams
V Isolation VRMS 2500 2500 Volts

32:(5(;3$57&6
CS240610, CS241210
Fast Recovery Single Diode Modules
Electrical and Thermal Characteristics, Tj = 25C unless otherwise specified

Characteristics Symbol Test Conditions CS240610/CS241210 Units
Blocking State Maximums

Reverse Leakage Current, Peak IRRM Tj = 150C, VRRM = Rated 20 mA
Conducting State Maximums

Peak On-State Voltage VFM IFM = 100A 1.5 Volts
Switching Minimums
Reverse Recovery Time trr IFM = 100A, Tj = 150C 0.8 s
di/dt =-200A/s, VR = 1/2 VRRM
Reverse Recovery Charge Qrr IFM = 100A, Tj = 150C 60 C
di/dt =-200A/s, VR = 1/2 VRRM
Thermal Maximums
Thermal Resistance, Junction-to-Case R(J-C) Per Module 0.5 C/Watt
Thermal Resistance, Case-to-Sink (Lubricated) R(C-S) Per Module 0. C/Watt

32:(5(;3$57&6
CS240610, CS241210
Dual SCR POW-R-BLOK Modules
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE PEAK SURGE MAXIMUM

ON-STATE CHARACTERISTICS (NON-REPETITIVE) CURRENT ALLOWABLE CASE TEMPERATURE
2.4 2000 150
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CASE TEMPERATURE, TC, (oC)

INSTANTANEOUS ON-STATE VOLTAGE, VFM, (VOLTS)
Tj = 25oC
MAXIMUM PEAK SURGE (NON-REPETITIVE)
2.0 1600 DC
CURRENT, IFSM, (AMPERES)
1.6 1200
100
1.2 800
0.8 400
0.4 0 50
100 101 102 103 100 101 102 0 20 40 60 80 100
INSTANTANEOUS ON-STATE CURRENT, IFM, CYCLES AT 60 HZ AVERAGE ON-STATE CURRENT, IF(AV),
(AMPERES) (AMPERES)
MAXIMUM REVERSE RECOVERY TRANSIENT THERMAL IMPEDANCE

ON-STATE POWER DISSIPATION CHARACTERISTICS CHARACTERISTICS (JUNCTION-TO-CASE)
103 102
TRANSIENT THERMAL IMPEDANCE, Z(J-C)(t), (oC/WATT)

200 1.0
MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION, PAV(MAX), (WATTS)
VR = 600V
di/dt = -2000A/s
Tj = 25oC 0.8
150 Tj = 150oC Irr
Irr, (AMPERES), Qrr, (C)
102 101
0.6
trr, (s)
Qrr
100
0.4
101 100
trr
50
0.2
0 100 10-1 0
0 50 100 100 101 102 103 10-3 10-2 10-1 100
AVERAGE ON-STATE CURRENT, IF(AV), INSTANTANEOUS ON-STATE CURRENT, IFM, TIME, t, (SECONDS)
(AMPERES) (AMPERES)

35262)73$573/;(,30%7&3

DATASHEET
PLX30

0RGEXV7&3,3&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
*DWHZD\V
2XU0RGEXV7&3,3FRPPXQLFDWLRQJDWHZD\VRIIHUEL
GLUHFWLRQDOGDWDWUDQVIHUVEHWZHHQGHYLFHVRQGLVVLPLODU
QHWZRUNV2XU0RGEXV7&3,3'ULYHUXVHV0XOWLSOH
&OLHQWVDQG6HUYHUVIRUIDVWHUGDWDWKURXJKSXW3URWRFRO
FRQYHUVLRQJDWHZD\VDUHWKHLGHDOVROXWLRQIRU
GLVWULEXWHGQHWZRUNVZKHQDGGLQJDUHPRWHUDFN
EHFRPHVWRRFRVWO\

7KH3/;JDWHZD\VDUHVWDQGDORQH',1UDLOPRXQWHG
JDWHZD\VWKDWSURYLGHRQH(WKHUQHWSRUWIRU
FRPPXQLFDWLRQDOORZLQJIRUUHPRWHFRQILJXUDWLRQDQG
GLDJQRVWLFVDQGXSWRIRXUVHULDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
SRUWV7KH3/;JDWHZD\VDOVRFRPHZLWKDQ6'&DUG
VORW6'FDUGRSWLRQDOIRUVWRULQJFRQILJXUDWLRQILOHV,Q
WKHHYHQWRIDIDLOXUHWKH6'FDUGFDQEHWUDQVIHUUHGWR
DQRWKHUJDWHZD\UHGXFLQJGRZQWLPH7KHVHJDWHZD\V
DOVRFRPHZLWKDZLGHLQSXWSRZHUUDQJH
9GF9GFDQGDQH[WHQGHGWHPSHUDWXUHUDQJH &RQQHFWLYLW\6ROXWLRQV
&WR&7KH3/;JDWHZD\VLQFOXGHDOOWKH 0RGEXV7&3,3WR(WKHU1HW,3 3/;(,30%7&3
QHFHVVDU\FDEOHVUHTXLUHGIRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
0RGEXV7&3,3WR0RGEXV6HULDO 3/;0%7&30%6
0RGEXV7&3,3WR0RGEXV6HULDO3RUW 3/;0%7&30%6

35262)73$573/;(,30%7&3
(WKHU1HW,36SHFLILFDWLRQV
1XPEHURI&ODVV6HUYHU&RQQHFWLRQV
6XSSRUWHG3/&7\SHV 3/&3/&6/&DQG&RQWURO/RJL[
6XSSRUWHG0HVVDJH7\SHV 3&&&DQG&,3
1XPEHURI&ODVV&OLHQW&RQQHFWLRQV
&RQQHFWHG
8QFRQQHFWHG
1XPEHURI&ODVV,2&RQQHFWLRQV
3/;(,30%7&3
:KHUH$XWRPDWLRQ
,2FRQQHFWLRQVL]HV &RQQHFWV
0D[53,WLPH PVSHUFRQQHFWLRQ
&,36HUYLFHV6XSSRUWHG [&&,3'DWD7DEOH5HDG
['&,3'DWD7DEOH:ULWH
&RPPDQG/LVW 6XSSRUWIRUFRPPDQGVSHU&OLHQW *OREDO'LVWULEXWLRQ
HDFKFRQILJXUDEOHIRUFRPPDQGW\SH,3 :HWKLQNOLNH\RXGR
DGGUHVVUHJLVWHUWRIURPDGGUHVVLQJDQG

ZRUGELWFRXQW 3UR6RIW7HFKQRORJ\ SURGXFWVDUH
&RPPDQG6HWV 3/&3/&3/&%DVLF&RPPDQG6HW GLVWULEXWHGDQGVXSSRUWHGZRUOGZLGH
3/&%LQDU\&RPPDQG6HW WKURXJKDQHWZRUNRIRYHU
3/&$6&,,&RPPDQG6HW GLVWULEXWRUVLQRYHUFRXQWULHV
6/&&RPPDQG6HW 2XUNQRZOHGJHDEOHGLVWULEXWRUVDUH
0RGEXV7&3,36SHFLILFDWLRQV IDPLOLDUZLWK\RXUDSSOLFDWLRQQHHGV
)RUDFRPSOHWHOLVWRIGLVWULEXWRUV
6XSSRUWHG0RGEXV 5HDG&RLO6WDWXV 3UHVHW:ULWH6LQJOH
JRWRRXUZHEVLWHDW
)XQFWLRQ&RGHV 5HDG,QSXW6WDWXV +ROGLQJ5HJLVWHU
5HDG+ROGLQJ5HJLVWHUV )RUFH:ULWH0XOWLSOH&RLOV ZZZSURVRIWWHFKQRORJ\FRP
5HDG,QSXW5HJLVWHUV 3UHVHW:ULWH0XOWLSOH
)RUFH:ULWH6LQJOH&RLO +ROGLQJ5HJLVWHUV
6XSSRUWHG&OLHQWV
6XSSRUWHG6HUYHUV *OREDO6XSSRUW
0%$3 :HDUHWKHUHIRU\RX
(QFDSVXODWHG
&RPPDQG/LVW 8SWRIXOO\FRQILJXUDEOH&OLHQWFRPPDQGV $OO3UR6RIW7HFKQRORJ\SURGXFWVDUH
6WDWXV'DWD (UURUFRGHVUHSRUWHGLQGLYLGXDOO\IRUHDFKFRPPDQG EDFNHGZLWKIUHHXQOLPLWHGWHFKQLFDO
&RPPDQG/LVW3ROOLQJ (DFKFRPPDQGFDQEHLQGLYLGXDOO\HQDEOHGRUGLVDEOHG VXSSRUW&RQWDFWRXUZRUOGZLGH
ZULWHRQO\RQGDWDFKDQJHLVDYDLODEOH 7HFKQLFDO6XSSRUWWHDPGLUHFWO\E\
SKRQHRUHPDLO
0RGEXV6HULDO6SHFLILFDWLRQV
&RPPDQG/LVW 8SWRFRPPDQGVSHU0DVWHUSRUWHDFKIXOO\
FRQILJXUDEOHIRU)XQFWLRQ&RGHVODYHDGGUHVVUHJLVWHU
WRIURPDGGUHVVLQJDQGZRUGELWFRXQW *OREDO2IILFHV
6XSSRUWHG0RGEXV 5HDG&RLO6WDWXV :HDUHZKHUH\RXDUH
)XQFWLRQ&RGHV 5HDG,QSXW6WDWXV
5HDG+ROGLQJ5HJLVWHUV 3UR6RIW7HFKQRORJ\KDVUHJLRQDO
5HDG,QSXW5HJLVWHUV RIILFHVZRUOGZLGHDYDLODEOHWRKHOS
)RUFH:ULWH6LQJOH&RLO \RXZLWKDOO\RXULQGXVWULDO
3UHVHW:ULWH6LQJOH+ROGLQJ5HJLVWHU DSSOLFDWLRQQHHGV,I\RXQHHGKHOS
)RUFH:ULWH0XOWLSOH&RLOV FKRRVLQJD3UR6RIW7HFKQRORJ\
3UHVHW:ULWH0XOWLSOH+ROGLQJ5HJLVWHUV VROXWLRQIRU\RXUSDUWLFXODU
6RIWZDUHFRQILJXUDEOH %DXGUDWHEDXGWRNESV DSSOLFDWLRQFKHFNRXWRXUFRQWDFW
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ 3DULW\1RQH(YHQ2GG LQIRUPDWLRQXQGHUGLVWULEXWRUVDOHV
SDUDPHWHUV 'DWD6L]HRUELWV RQWKHZHEVLWHDW
6WRSELWVRU
ZZZSURVRIWWHFKQRORJ\FRP
576RQRIIGHOD\WRPLOOLVHFRQGV
Modbus Modes RTU mode (binary) with CRC-16
ASCII mode with LRC error checking
:KHWKHU\RXUDSSOLFDWLRQLVODUJHRU
Floating Point Data Floating point data movement
VPDOORXUWHFKQLFDOSURIHVVLRQDOV
supported, including configurable support for Enron and
DUHWKHUHWRKHOS\RXFKRRVHWKH
Daniel implementations
ULJKWFRPPXQLFDWLRQVROXWLRQ
3ROOLQJRI&RPPDQG &RQILJXUDEOHSROOLQJRIFRPPDQGOLVWLQFOXGLQJFRQWLQXRXV
/LVW DQGRQFKDQJHRIGDWDDQGG\QDPLFDOO\XVHURUDXWRPDWLF
HQDEOHG
6WDWXV'DWD (UURUFRGHVDYDLODEOHRQDQLQGLYLGXDOFRPPDQGEDVLV,Q
DGGLWLRQDVODYHVWDWXVOLVWLVPDLQWDLQHGSHUDFWLYH0RGEXV
0DVWHUSRUW
1RGH$GGUHVV WRVRIWZDUHVHOHFWDEOH
56,QWHUIDFH 5656DQG56

35262)73$573/;(,30%7&3

+DUGZDUH6SHFLILFDWLRQV
6SHFLILFDWLRQ 'HVFULSWLRQ
3RZHU6XSSO\ 9GFQRPLQDO
9GFWR9GFDOORZHG
3RVLWLYH1HJDWLYH*1'7HUPLQDOV
&XUUHQW/RDG 9GF#P$QRPLQDO
WR9GF#P$PD[LPXP
2SHUDWLQJ &WR&)WR)
7HPSHUDWXUH
$GGLWLRQDO3URGXFWV

6WRUDJH &WR&)WR) 3UR6RIW7HFKQRORJ\ RIIHUVDIXOO
7HPSHUDWXUH FRPSOHPHQWRIKDUGZDUHDQG
5HODWLYH+XPLGLW\ WR5+ZLWKQRFRQGHQVDWLRQ VRIWZDUHVROXWLRQVIRUDZLGHYDULHW\
6KRFN ,(&*#PV$[LV2SHUDWLRQDO RILQGXVWULDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
,(&*#PV$[LV1RQ2SHUDWLRQDO SODWIRUPV)RUDFRPSOHWHOLVWRI
SURGXFWVYLVLWRXUZHEVLWHDW
9LEUDWLRQ ,(&*#+]WR+] ZZZSURVRIWWHFKQRORJ\FRP
'LPHQVLRQV 6WDQGDUGLQ[LQ[LQ
+HLJKW[:LGWK[ FP[FP[FP
'HSWK
/(',QGLFDWRUV &RQILJXUDWLRQ&)*DQG(UURU(55&RPPXQLFDWLRQ6WDWXV 2UGHULQJ,QIRUPDWLRQ
3RZHU3:5DQG+DUGZDUH)DXOW)/7
1HWZRUN6WDWXV16(WKHU1HW,3&ODVV,RU&ODVV,,, 7RRUGHUWKLVSURGXFWSOHDVHXVHWKH
&RQQHFWLRQ6WDWXV(WKHU1HW,32QO\ IROORZLQJ
0RGXOH6WDWXV060RGXOH&RQILJXUDWLRQ6WDWXV
(WKHU1HW,32QO\
(WKHUQHW&RPPXQLFDWLRQ3RUW/LQN$FWLYLW\DQGPELW
6HULDO&RPPXQLFDWLRQ3RUW5HFHLYH5;DQG7UDQVPLW7; 3/;*DWHZD\V
(WKHUQHW3RUW 0ELWKDOIGXSOH[5-&RQQHFWRU(OHFWULFDO,VRODWLRQ
9UPVDW+]WR+]IRUVHFRQGVDSSOLHGDV
VSHFLILHGLQVHFWLRQRI,(&
3/;(,30%7&3
(WKHUQHW%URDGFDVW6WRUP5HVLOLHQF\ OHVVWKDQRUHTXDOWR
>$53@IUDPHVSHUVHFRQGDQGOHVVWKDQRUHTXDOWR 3/;0%7&30%6
PLQXWHVGXUDWLRQ
1RWH7KHQXPEHURIVHULDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQSRUWVGHSHQGVRQ 3/;0%7&30%6
6HULDO3RUW6
WKHJDWHZD\W\SHDQGWKHFRPELQDWLRQRISURWRFROV
6HULDO3RUW,VRODWLRQ 9UPVSRUWVLJQDOLVRODWLRQSHU8/
7RSODFHDQRUGHUSOHDVHFRQWDFW
VHULDOSRUWFRPPXQLFDWLRQVLJQDOXVHV5)5DGLR)UHTXHQF\ \RXUORFDO3UR6RIW7HFKQRORJ\
PRGXODWLRQVLJQDODVLVRODWLRQPHGLD,&FKLSPRGHOLV GLVWULEXWRU)RUDOLVWRI3UR6RIW
6LOLFRQ/DEV6L[6L6L6L 7HFKQRORJ\GLVWULEXWRUVQHDU\RX
6KLSSHG:LWK(DFK PPVFUHZGULYHU JRWR
8QLW 3/;'9' ZZZSURVRIWWHFKQRORJ\FRP
-3RZHU&RQQHFWRU DQGVHOHFW'LVWULEXWRUVIURPWKH
PHQX
WR5-'%06HULDO$GDSWHU&DEOHVHULDOSURWRFRORQO\
WR'%WR6FUHZ7HUPLQDO$GDSWHUVHULDOSURWRFRORQO\ 3ODFH\RXURUGHUE\HPDLORUID[WR
VWUDLJKWWKURXJK(WKHUQHWFDEOH*UH\
1RUWK$PHULFDQ/DWLQ$PHULFDQ
$VLD3DFLILF
$JHQF\$SSURYDOVDQG&HUWLILFDWLRQV RUGHUV#SURVRIWWHFKQRORJ\FRP
&(0DUN ID[WR
8/F8/&ODVV,'LY,, (XURSH0LGGOH(DVW$IULFD
$7(;=RQH HXURSH#SURVRIWWHFKQRORJ\FRP
&%6DIHW\ ID[WR
&RS\ULJKW3UR6RIW7HFKQRORJ\,QFDOOULJKWV
UHVHUYHG
6SHFLILFDWLRQVVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

52&.:(//3$573%&'
PanelView Plus 6 Terminals (700 To 1500)
The PanelView Plus 6 - 700 to 1500 terminals use modular components with value-added
options for flexible system configuration; display module, logic module, and optional
communication module. These components are usable across the entire platform and
install with minimal effort. Configured terminals with a display module and logic module
can be ordered as a single catalog number or as separate components for field
installation.
The core component of this platform is the high-performance logic module that runs a
closed or open Windows CE desktop environment with optional, extended features and file
viewers. System integrators and OEMs can configure and deploy systems that allow or
restrict desktop access.
Logic Module Description

Features
High memory capacity 512 MB nonvolatile flash and 512 MB RAM
Power input AC or DC
Network interface For optional DH+, DH-485, or ControlNet communication module
Communication ports Ethernet, RS-232 serial
USB ports 2 USB host ports for connecting a USB mouse, keyboard, printer, and USB flash
drives that are hot swappable
1 USB device port for connecting a host computer
Secure Digital (SD) Hot-swappable card slot supports 1784-CDx SD cards for transferring files,
card slot upgrading firmware, or logging data
Operating system All terminals run the Windows CE 6.0 operating system (OS) providing OS
functionality needed for most users needs:
- FTP server
- VNC client-server
- PDF reader
- ActiveX controls
- Third-party device support
Additional functionality is available by ordering terminals (cat. no. 2711P-xxxx9)

with optional, extended features and file viewers:
- Internet Explorer web browser
- Remote desktop connection
- Media player
- Microsoft file viewers for PowerPoint, Excel, and Word
- WordPad text editor
FactoryTalk View - FactoryTalk View Machine Edition software, preloaded and activated
software - FactoryTalk ViewPoint software, version 1.2 or later, single license included
- HMI applications developed with FactoryTalk View Studio for Machine Edition
software

52&.:(//3$573%&'
PanelView Plus 6 Terminals (700 To 1500)
Specifications
Attribute 700 Color 1000 Color 1250 Color 1500 Color

Operator Input Keypad, Touch, or Keypad, Touch, or Keypad, Touch, or Keypad, Touch, or
Key/Touch Key/Touch Key/Touch Key/Touch
Display Description Color active-matrix TFT Color active-matrix TFT Color active-matrix TFT Color active-matrix TFT
Display Size 6.5 inch 10.4 inch 12.1 inch 15 inch
Display Area (WxH) 132 x 99 mm (5.2 x 3.9 in) 211 x 158 mm (8.3 x 6.2 246 x 184 mm (9.7 x 7.2 in) 304 x 228 mm (12.0 x 9.0 in)
in)
Resolution 640 x 480, 18-bit color graphics 800 x 600 18-bit color 1024 x 768, 18-bit color
graphics graphics
Luminance 300 cd/m2 Nits 300 cd/m2 Nits
Backlight 50,000 h life, min., field replaceable
Real-time Clock Battery-backed clock timestamps critical data, 2 minutes per month
Battery life: 4 year min. @ 25 C (77 F)
Field-replaceable: cat. no. 2711P-RY2032
Touch Screen Description 8-wire analog resistive

Actuation: 1 million presses; operating force: 10110 g
Keypad Description Stainless-steel membrane

Numeric, navigation, and function keys
Actuation: 1 million presses; operating force: 10340 g
Function Keys 22 (F1F10, K1K12) 32 (F1F16, K1K16) 40 (F1F20, K1K20) 40 (F1F20, K1K20)
Operating Systems Windows CE 6.0 with or without extended features/file viewers
Application Software FactoryTalk View Machine Edition

FactoryTalk ViewPoint, version 1.2 or later
Memory 512 MB nonvolatile flash and 512 MB RAM
Communication Ports Ethernet (10/100 Mbps, Auto-MDI/MDI-X), RS-232, (2) USB host, (1) USB device,
Network interface for optional DH+/DH-485, or ControlNet (scheduled or unscheduled) communication module
External storage Secure Digital (SD) card, cat. no. 1784-SDX, supported by hot-swappable SD card slot
USB flash drives supported by high-speed, hot-swappable, 2.0 USB ports
Electrical
Input Voltage, DC 1832V DC (24V DC nominal)
Power Consumption, DC 70 W (2.9 A at 24V DC)
Power Supply Cat. no. 2711P-RSACDIN, Class 2 or Safety Extra-Low Voltage (SELV) power supply; 85264V AC, 120VA
Input Voltage, AC 85264V AC, 4763 Hz
Power Consumption, AC 160VA max
Environmental
Operating Temperature 055 C (32131 F)
Nonoperating Temperature -2570 C (-13158 F)

52&.:(//3$573%&'
Relative Humidity 595% noncondensing
Operating Shock 15 g at 11 ms
Nonoperating Shock 30 g at 11 ms
Vibration 0.012 in p-p, 1057 Hz

2 g peak, 57500 Hz
Ratings NEMA Type 12, 13, 4X (indoor use only), IP54, IP65
Certifications C-UL certified, UL listed, CE marked; Class I Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Class II Div 2 Groups F, G; Class III, Div I; C-Tick
Weight
Keypad or Key/Touch 1.8 kg (4.1 lb) 2.8 kg (6.2 lb) 3.4 kg (7.5 lb) 4.5 kg (9.9 lb)
Touch 1.7 kg (3.7 lb) 2.5 kg (5.6 lb) 3.2 kg (7.0 lb) 4.2 kg (9.2 lb)
Dimensions
Keypad (HxWxD) 193 x 290 x 55 mm 248 x 399 x 55 mm 282 x 416 x 55 mm 330 x 469 x 65 mm
or Key/Touch 7.58 x 11.40 x 2.18 in. 9.77 x 15.72 x 2.18 in. 11.12 x 16.36 x 2.18 in. 12.97 x 18.46 x 2.55 in.
Touch Screen (HxWxD) 179 x 246 x 55 mm 248 x 329 x 55 mm 282 x 363 x 55 mm 330 x 416 x 65 mm
7.04 x 9.68 x 2.18 in. 9.77 x 12.97 x 2.18 in. 11.12 x 14.30 x 2.18 in. 12.97 x 16.37 x 2.55 in.
Cutout Dimensions
Keypad (HxW) 167 x 264 mm 224 x 375 mm 257 x 390 mm 305 x 419 mm
or Key/Touch 6.57 x 10.39 in. 8.8 x 14.75 in. 10.11 x 15.35 in. 12.0 x 16.5 in.
Touch Screen (HxW) 154 x 220 mm 224 x 305 mm 257 x 338 mm 305 x 391 mm
6.08 x 8.67 in. 8.8 x 12.0 in. 10.11 x 13.29 in. 12.0 x 15.4 in.
1250 High-Bright touch screen (Cat. No. 2711P-RDT12H) is available for outdoor installations. The brightness is over 1000 cd/m2 and the
backlight is not replaceable. Certifications include Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC.
The weight and dimensions do not include communication module. Add 95 g (0.21 lb) to the weight for a communication module.
Copyright 2016 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

52&.:(//3$57)$&725<7$/.
FactoryTalk View Site Edition

Powerful, scalable visualization solutions
Advantages
Scalable HMI solutions from single
station to multi-client / multi-server
systems
Continuous system visibility through
FactoryTalk and redundancy-enabled
HMI, Alarm, and Data Servers
Integration and sharing of data with
other Rockwell Software products
Restricted access to control system
assets and ability to meet the most
stringent security requirements such
as FDA 21 CFR Part 11
Alarm management through a
comprehensive alarm summary
and alarm history viewer
Highly reliable client and server
communication
Fast and reliable data access to
the Logix Family of Controllers
Easy connectivity options for Overview
non-Logix and 3rd-party controllers
To meet plant floor expectations, HMI software must meet the demands
Reduction in application
development time with global
of multiple stakeholders.
objects, pre-engineered faceplates, Engineering and Maintenance demand the tools to quickly develop
and tag-less HMI Server applications, scale architectures, and easily maintain systems once
Extended visualization and deployed.
real-time decision capabilities
to web-enabled users The Operations group demands robust products that have easy to
understand display screens, quick access to alarming, and system-wide
diagnostics.
Production Information Technology (IT) demands system-wide
Build a better view security, web capabilities, high available systems and alignment
with virtualized solutions.
with FactoryTalk View
FactoryTalk View Site Edition meets the demands of each of these groups,
Site Edition. providing robust and reliable functionality in a single software package
that scales from a stand-alone HMI system to a distributed visualization
solution. With FactoryTalk View SE, HMI challenges in process, batch
and discrete applications are managed in a single software solution that
enables critical visibility when and where you need it.

52&.:(//3$57)$&725<7$/.
Engineering and Maintenance

Delivering tools to quickly develop applications, scale architectures, and easily
maintain systems.
Design Time Effectiveness

FactoryTalk View Studio provides a centralized
application framework for managing and editing
any of the components of an HMI solution. Import /
Export a component from previous work or leverage
pre-engineered faceplates to speed along application
development. While commissioning the system or in full
operation, make edits to the application while the system
is running. Once the edits are saved, the changes are
rolled out to the clients dynamically.
With Global Objects you can create a core set of
functionality to build out a library of faceplates or other
common components to be used on multiple graphic
screens or multiple instances on a single graphic screen.
These objects can be defined with parameters that are
passed in at runtime for each unique instance. From The new gradient shading capability enhances graphical look and feel
while maintaining operator effectiveness.
maintainability perspective, when the base object is
edited, all linked instances of the object are updated
with the changes all while the system is running! Scalable Architecture to Meet Your Needs
This reduces the overall maintenance effort and the
Architect the right solution to meet todays needs
probability of introducing errors.
while supporting future expansion as your system
Finding and replacing a tag or string value in an HMI grows. FactoryTalk View Site Edition (SE) is scalable
application can be time consuming and prone to errors. from a single station HMI to a multi-client / multi-server
Using the built-in Find and Replace capability streamlines site-level supervisory solution. Within a complex
this operation for you. Leveraging the Cross-Reference architecture, the use of FactoryTalk Live Data optimizes
capability, you can get a complete listing of where the connections between FactoryTalk View SE and other
specified string is referenced throughout the application. FactoryTalk-enabled products, providing highly-reliable
Selecting any one of the items in the list opens it for communication within the architecture. This provides
editing without having to search for the project file. optimized, real-time data transfer and more reliable,
efficient connections to data servers. FactoryTalk View SE
accesses other FactoryTalk-enabled components through
the FactoryTalk Directory. The directory is a common
address book that tracks the location of other servers
configured in the system in order to enable sharing of data.

52&.:(//3$57)$&725<7$/.
Operations
Delivering robust products that have easy to understand display screens, quick access
to alarming, and system-wide diagnostics.
Operator Effectiveness Extensive Alarming Capabilities

The ability to quickly visualize the situation and navigate Alarm monitoring is a critical function the operator must
to a more detailed screen is essential when monitoring perform. Providing the alarm management components
an alarm condition. With web browser style navigation in an HMI solution is a requirement. FactoryTalk Alarms
buttons, you can quickly navigate to previous screens or and Events provide reliable, real-time visibility into critical
select a specific screen from the history list. conditions that require immediate attention. Operators
view and interact with alarm conditions throughout the
integrated architecture with easy-to-use graphical items,
Alarm Summaries and Alarm Logs.
FactoryTalk Alarms and Events support two different types
of alarming options tag based alarms and device based
alarms (which reside in the Logix controller).
Tag-based Alarms are similar to traditional alarm
systems where data points in the controller are polled
looking for a state change as an alarm condition. All
processing and alarm management is done at the
server level.
Device-based Alarms are alarmed based instructions
The ability to enhance the graphical look and feel with tools like gradient shading (ALMA and ALMD) that reside in the Logix controller.
gives operators a better ability to interpret machine or system performance.
All of the alarm detection and management is done in
the controller. Clients are set up to be notified when an
alarm condition has occurred in the controller. Because
Alignment with Standards alarms are detected in the controller, network traffic is
To align with ISA Standard 18.2, FactoryTalk Alarms reduced (no longer polling tags for alarm condition),
and Events support all of the standard alarming states, and alarm time stamps are more accurate.
including the Shelved state- similar to the Suppressed
state but with an expiration time. Select one or more
alarms to shelve in order to remove them from visibility.
The shelved alarm will become visible again when the
shelve time expires, or when the alarm is manually
unshelved.
System Wide Diagnostics

FactoryTalk Diagnostics allows FactoryTalk-enabled
products to report, route and store information about
events that happened in a system . This information can New FactoryTalk Alarms and Events capability aligns with the ISA 18.2
be correlated across multiple PCs in order to provide a alarming standard. Now, you can select alarms to Shelve, which removes
them from visibility for a configured amount of time.
system wide diagnostic solution for trouble-shooting and
determining root cause.

52&.:(//3$57)$&725<7$/.
Production IT
Delivering system-wide security capabilities, web capabilities, alignment with
virtualization, and high availability.
Stay Secure Web Visibility into Production Systems

Security on the production floor is critical. Restricting FactoryTalk ViewPoint extends a FactoryTalk View HMI
who has access to the system and tracking changes application to a web browser interface for the casual user
when they are made provides the functionality that is outside the production environment. Create View SE
expected in todays environment. With FactoryTalk screens and publish them to the FactoryTalk ViewPoint
Security, production system security can be integrated server for web clients to access. Changes to View SE
with existing IT infrastructure leveraging Windows graphic displays are automatically synchronized with the
authentication services and other security access ViewPoint server.
procedures such as enforcing unique passwords or
automatically logging out accounts after unsuccessful
logon attempts. Security administrators have the ability
Step into the World of Virtualization
to further restrict access based on line-of-sight for All components of a FactoryTalk View SE system have
machine-level applications. been tested in a virtualized environment and come with
VMware Ready Status. To further support virtualization,
Rockwell Automation offers Virtual Image Templates
Satisfying Validation Requirements that provide pre-installed FactoryTalk View SE on the
For critical operations like set point changes, the system appropriate Microsoft operating system, minimizing
requires user verification. Additional controls are available the setup and configuration time required to deploy
to support validation requirements such as 21 CFR FactoryTalk View SE in a traditional IT environment.
Part 11. All activity is then logged through FactoryTalk
Diagnostics, a common diagnostic sub-system across
all FactoryTalk products and can be used to generate
validation audit reports.
Reduce Risk by Maintaining Visibility

Get More Information
Implementing a redundant server configuration ensures
visibility to the system should a hardware or network For ordering information, contact your local
failure occur. The underlying FactoryTalk services provide Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley
health detection between FactoryTalk components and
distributor. Or learn more by visiting
automatically switch over to the secondary server in the
event of failed primary server. All clients are then switched http://discover.rockwellautomation.com/HMI
over to the new active server to allow continuity for
operations personnel to control vital plant processes
in real-time.
Rockwell Automation and FactoryTalk are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Publication FTALK-PP013F-EN-P December 2013 Copyright 2013 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA.
Supersedes Publication FTALK-PP013E-EN-E February 2013

6&+:(,7=(53$576;;
SEL-351S Protection System
The SEL-351S improves service quality and performance through integrated protection,
monitoring, and control. Built-in Ethernet, IEEE C37.118 synchrophasors, and convenient operator
controls enhance a wide range of distribution applications.
Built-In Synchrophasors Comprehensive Distribution Protection
SEL-351S
Ground
SEL-351S Fault
Improve system-wide
situational awareness
Petersen Impedance Ungrounded
Coil
Industry standard IEEE C37.118 protocol
Substation-Hardened Ethernet Industry-Leading Quality, Reliability,

and Service

Modbus TCP,
Telnet, DNP3, 40C +85C
and IEC 61850
protocols
Withstands
electrostatic air
discharge of 15 kV
Making Electric Power Safer, More Reliable, and More Economical

6&+:(,7=(53$576;;
Functional Overview
Bus
SEL-351S Relay
P
27 59 QN 81 OU
3 Over-/Under-
frequency LOC SBM HMI
Fault Locator Station Battery Operator
Monitor Interface
P P P
67 QG 50 QG 51 QG 32 85
3 RIO PQM MET
Directional
Power SEL MIRRORED BITS Voltage High-Accuracy
Sag/Swell/Interruption Metering
25 LGC DFR SER

67N 50N 51N
1 SELOGIC Event Reports Sequential
Events Recorder
Breaker
79
52 PMU LDP 50G
27 59
Synchrophasors Load Data Best Choice
Profiling Ground
1
PPV LDE 50/51
Phantom Phase Load Adaptive
Line BRM 52PB Voltage Encroachment Overcurrent
Breaker Wear Trip/Close

Monitor Pushbuttons
S
16E C
Access Security * Optional Functions
3 or 4* 1 or 2* 1 1
EIA-232 Ethernet Front-Panel* IRIG-B

EIA-485* (Copper or Fiber-Optic*) USB
Feature Overview
Field-configurable, High-current interrupting Standard multisession
programmable operator output contacts. Modbus TCP and DNP3.
Simplify local connection and pushbuttons. Optional IEC 61850.
speed relay communication with Advanced SELOGIC
optional front-panel USB port. control equations. Optional MIRRORED BITS
communications.
Optional
EIA-485 port.
Standard single copper

Use default displays, Program front-panel LEDs Optional Built-in phasor Ethernet. Optional dual
or program custom for custom alarms. expanded I/O. measurement unit. copper or fiber-optic
messages. Ethernet.
User-configurable Optional independent Independent terminals
label option. SafeLock trip/close for SafeLock trip/close Optional sensitive earth
pushbuttons with high- pushbuttons. fault (SEF) protection.
visibility indication.

6&+:(,7=(53$576;;
Flexible Communications
Communications Protocols Communications Media
v MIRRORED BITS Communications v Web Server v 10/100BASE-T Ethernet
v IEEE C37.118 Synchrophasors v Simple Network Time v 100BASE-FX Ethernet
v IEC 61850 Protocol (SNTP) v EIA-232 Serial
v Modbus TCP v FTP v EIA-485 Serial The SEL-351S Relay offers many communications options.
v Modbus RTU v SEL Fast Messages v USB Type B PORT F
IRIG-B
SERIAL
PORT 2
SERIAL
PORT 3
1 1 1
v Telnet v ASCII v BNC 9 9 9
SERIAL PORT 1
v DNP3 Serial v IRIG-B 1 5
PORT 5A PORT 5B
v DNP3 IP
Front panel Rear panel
Integrate With Ethernet Networks

Apply SEL-351S Relays with Ethernet directly to a local network or v Access basic relay information on a standard Ethernet network
through an SEL communications processor. with the built-in web server. View relay status, Sequential Events
v Use DNP3 LAN/WAN or Modbus TCP to quickly send information Recorder (SER) reports, metering information, and settings. Web
through your networks. server access requires relay password and is limited to read-only
v Provide information to the right people for improved system viewing of information.
performance. v Simplify wiring and installation by receiving a time signal over
v Increase communications reliability with failover-redundant existing Ethernet networks. SNTP makes a good backup to more
communications ports. accurate IRIG-B time synchronization.
v Transfer data with high-speed Ethernet for fast HMI updates and
file uploads. SEL-3351
v Use popular Telnet applications for easy terminal communication Wide-Area

with SEL relays and other devices. Network
SEL-2725
v Combine IEC 61850 technology, Ethernet network, and the SEL-351S
SEL-351S
for the fastest overall performance of IEC 61850 relays for
substation automation and control.
SEL-2032
SEL-351S SEL-487B
SEL-351S
Reliable, Secure Networking Options Typical Ethernet network configuration.

Increase network reliability and availability by incorporating dual-port Ethernet SEL-351S Relays with external managed or unmanaged switches.
Implement a self-healing ring structure with managed switches, or use unmanaged switches in a dual-redundant configuration.
Network Network
Managed Managed
Ethernet Ethernet SEL-2725 SEL-2725
Switch Switch
SEL-351 SEL-351 SEL-351 SEL-351 SEL-351 SEL-351 SEL-351 SEL-351
Typical network configuration for switched-mode operation. Typical network configuration for failover-mode operation.

6&+:(,7=(53$576;;
SEL-351S Protection System

Easy to Set and Use
Use ACSELERATOR QuickSet SEL-5030 Software to set, monitor, and control
the SEL-351S.
v Save engineering time while maintaining flexibility. Communicate
with the SEL-351S through terminal software or use the ACSELERATOR
QuickSet graphical user interface.
v Develop settings offline with a menu-driven interface and
completely documented help screens. Speed installation by copying
existing settings files and modifying application-specific items.
v Simplify the setting procedure with rules-based architecture
to automatically check interrelated settingsout-of-range or
conflicting settings are highlighted for correction.
v Streamline configuration of IEC 61850-enabled relays with Easily set, monitor, and control the SEL-351S
ACSELERATOR Architect SEL-5032 Software.

with ACSELERATOR QuickSet SEL-5030 Software.
Eliminate Panel-Mounted Breaker Control Switches

Specify optional SafeLock trip/close pushbuttons and + +
indicating lamps for your next SEL-351S application. The CLOSE BREAKER BREAKER TRIP
(manual/local) OPEN CLOSED (manual/local)
independently operated switches and breaker status
lamps are functional even if the relay is out of service.
43
Switch contacts and indicating lamps are separately 43
local
local Remote Trip/
wired to screw-terminal blocks on the rear of the relay. Remote Close/ Protection Trips
Choose the wiring arrangement that best suits your Autoreclose
52a
need for breaker control and status indication. The
To Close 52b
trip/close pushbuttons are equipped with the SafeLock Circuit 52
system to prevent inadvertent operation and facilitate TC
tagout procedures.
Optional trip/close pushbuttons operate independently from the relay function.
Add Synchrophasors to Your System

Improve System Performance With Synchrophasor Technology
SEL offers complete synchrophasor solutions, including hardware, communication, data
collection, viewing and analysis software, and data archiving.
v Improve system performance using real-time, system-state measurement with the
time-synchronized voltages and currents available in SEL-351S Relays.
v Help system operators prevent cascading blackouts and monitor system stability
with a new synchrophasor view of the power system.
v Use SEL-5078 SYNCHROWAVE Console Software or third-party software to view and
analyze system phase angle, load oscillations, voltage
profiles, and other critical system information. Stream
synchrophasor data with IEEE C37.118 standard format
at up to 60 messages per second.
v Monitor distribution and transmission networks to detect potential cascading
voltage collapse before it happens. SEL SYNCHROWAVE Software displays and archives
power system operating conditions.
Note: Some features shown in this flyer are optional. Please refer to the product ordering information or contact your SEL representative for more information on optional features.
Pullman, Washington USA

<MT"! !v.I`"!!!v___[MTQVKKWUvQVNW([MTQVKKWU
!xJa;KP_MQ\bMZ-VOQVMMZQVO4IJWZI\WZQM[1VK8.v

6,(0(163$57$$*0
Pushbutton Units and Indicator Lights

30 mm Heavy Duty, Watertight/Oiltight, Class 52 Accessories and Spare Parts
Guard for mushroom head 1 5/8"(41.3mm) mushroom head pushbut- 52AAGM

Additional hole spacing is required on ton and push-pull operators
adjacent devices Black Max styles,1 5/8"(41.3mm) mush-
room head pushbutton and push-pull
operators

63(&752/3$57
Model 11
Vishay Spectrol
25.4 mm Diameter Eleven Turn Dial
FEATURES
x Round vernier scale
x 1" diameter
x 1/ " or 1/ " shaft adapter RoHS
4 8 COMPLIANT
x Black chrome finish with white markings
x Brushed chrome finish with black markings
x Satin chrome finish with black or white markings
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS OPERATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

PARAMETER Single counter type wheel and a
Dial to be free running and without binds, with Indication graduated circular dial registering a total
axis of drive sleeve perpendicular or in any count of 11 turns
Runout
position within 0.004 per inch (0.10) out of
perpendicular with the mounting face Single numeral in window (0 thru 10)
indicates completed number of turns of
Directly to shaft with #2 - 56 spline socket set Operation the drive sleeve. Graduated circular dial
Mounting screw. Drive sleeve set screw on lower side of indicates the percent of the partial turn
vertical center line with a graduated circular of the drive sleeve
dial reading of 0
Transfer Point Between 97 and 0
Numeral Size 0.075 heigth (1.90) x 0.013 width (0.33) of line
Graduation Size: Rotation
Numeral 0.040" L (1.02 cm) Increasing Indication CW direction
Intermediate 0.030" L (0.76 cm) Decreasing Indication CCW direction
Width 0.010" (0.25 cm)
Accuracy Zero blacklash between
Weight 0.7 oz. max. (19.84 g) dial and the drive sleeve
DIMENSIONS in inches (millimeters)

0.825 0.010
(22.2 0.25)
MOUNTING FACE
R 0.630 0.015 COUNTING DIAL TURNING KNOB 0.125 (3.18) +- 0.000
0.015
(16.16 0.04) 0.063 (1.60) 0.625 0.015 R

30 5 DRIVE SLEEVE + 0.001
0.250 (6.35) - 0.000 (15.9 0.4) 0.225 R
(5.72)
1.00 0.015 50 5
(25.4 0.04) 0.382 0.515 0.10
(9.70) (13.1 0.25) 0.250 + 0.001
BREAK LEVER
(6.35 + 0.025)
GRADUATED DIAL
0.040 (1.0)
SET SCREW
0.175 0.015
BASE (4.45 0.25)
+ 0.015
0.272 (6.91) - 0.000
+ 0.000
0.510 (12.95) - 0.015
0.750 0.015 EXTENSION SHAFT POTS TO PANEL MOUNT:
(19.05 0.4) MIN. 0.550 (14.0) MAX. 0.750 (19.05)
ORDERING INFORMATION/DESCRIPTION
11 1 11 BO10 e
MODEL SHAFT DIAMETER FINISH AND OTHER FEATURES PACKAGING LEAD FINISH
A 1/4" Shaft (standard) 11. Satin chrome, black markings
B 1/8" Shaft adapter 21. Black chrome, white markings
31. Brushed chrome, black markings
41. Satin chrome, white markings
Example: 11 - A - 11
SAP PART NUMBERING GUIDELINES

11 A 11 B10
MODEL SHAFT DIAMETER FINISH PACKAGING
www.vishay.com For technical questions, contact: sfer@vishay.com Document Number: 57085

Revision: 24-Jan-07

63(&752/3$57
Model 534
Vishay Spectrol
7/
8" (22.2 mm) Multiturn Wirewound
534: 10 Turns
FEATURES
x Bushing and servo mount designs available
x Special resistance tolerances to 1 % RoHS
x Rear shaft extensions and support bearing COMPLIANT
x Metric shaft available
x Dual gang configuration and concentric shafts
Note
The color of this product may either be black (US market) or blue
x High torque, center tap, slipping clutch on request
(other regions) x Special markings and front shaft extensions
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PARAMETER MODEL 534
Resistance Range - Standard Values 100 : to 100 k:
Capability Range 10 : to 200 k:
Standard Tolerance 5%
Linearity (Independent) 0.25 %
Noise 100 : ENR
Rotation (Electrical and Mechanical) 3600 +- 10

0
Power Rating (at 70 C) 2.0 W

Insulation Resistance 1000 M: minimum 500 VDC
Dielectric Strength 1000 VRMS minimum 60 Hz
Absolute Minimum Resistance Not to exceed linearity x total resistance or 1 :,

whichever is greater
Temperature Coefficient 20 ppm/C (standard values, wire only)
End Voltage 0.25 % of total applied voltage, maximum
Phasing CCW end points - section 2 phased to section 1 within 2
Taps Center tap only
MARKING RESISTANCE VALUES

Ohms
Manufacturers name and model number,
Unit resistance value and tolerance, linearity
Identification specification date code and terminal 534: 100R, 200R, 500R, 1K, 2K, 5K, 10K, 20K, 50K, 100K
identification
ORDERING INFORMATION/DESCRIPTION
The Model 534 (10 turns) can be ordered by stating
534 B 2 10K 20K 5% C BO10 e4
MODEL MOUNTING NUMBER OF OHMIC OHMIC TOLERANCE LINEARITY PACKAGING LEAD FINISH
SECTIONS VALUE VALUE ON OHMIC
B: Bushing SECTION SECTION VALUE 0.25 % Box of
S: Servo No 1 No 2 (STD) 10 pieces
SAP PART NUMBERING GUIDELINES

534 B 2 103 203 J C B10
MODEL STYLE NUMBER OF OHMIC VALUE OHMIC VALUE TOLERANCE ON LINEARITY PACKAGING
SECTIONS SECTION No 1 SECTION No 2 OHMIC VALUE
B: Bushing 103 = 10K 203 = 20K J: 5 % C: 0.25 % Box of
S: Servo F: 1 % CUSTOM: 10 pieces
L: 0.20 %
D: 0.1 %

Document Number: 57065 For technical questions, contact: sfer@vishay.com www.vishay.com
Revision: 06-Apr-10

63(&752/3$57
Model 534
Vishay Spectrol 7/ "
8 (22.2 mm) Multiturn Wirewound
534: 10 Turns
SINGLE SECTION DIMENSIONS in inches (millimeters)

0.015 0.031
0.750 (19.05) 0.812 (20.62)
0.015
0.312 (7.92)
0.030 MAX. (0.76)
0.062 (1.57)
0.200 MIN. (5.08) METRIC SHAFT: 534B...8872
BUSHING 2 1 3
+ 0.0000
MOUNT MODEL: 0.2497 (6.34) - 0.0003 + 0.0000
534B 0.015 - 0.0020
0.875 0.4062
(22.22) (10.32)
+ 0.000
0.032 x 0.032
0.010 6.00 mm - 0.0003
(0.81) x (0.81) DP
3/
- 32UNEF - 2A
8 9 mm x 0.75 P
SCREWDRIVER SLOT 0.031
0.850 (21.59) 0.015 0.375 (9.52)
0.062 (1.57)
0.057 (1.45) MIN. 30 R 0.625 MAX.
0.300 (7.62) MIN. 0.062 (1.57) TYP. (15.88)
2 1 3 + 0.0000
SERVO 0.7500 (19.05) - 0.0005
MOUNT MODEL: + 0.0000
0.1248 (3.17)
534S 0.015 - 0.0003
0.875
(22.22) 2
CW
1 3
0.750 (19.05) MAX. 0.875 (22.22)
SCHEMATIC
Mounting hardware, washer and panel nut, nickel plated
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PARAMETER
Bearing Type Bushing: Sleeve bearing Servo: Ball bearing
Torque (Maximums): Starting 534
Section 1 0.5 oz. - in (36 g - cm)
Section 2 0.9 oz. - in (65 g - cm)
Torque (Maximums): Running 534
Section 1 0.4 oz. - in (28.80 g - cm)
Section 2 0.7 oz. - in (50.40 g - cm)
Weight (Maximums)
Section1 0.75 oz. (21.26 g)
Section 2 1.25 oz. (35.44 g)
Stop Strength 75 oz. - in (static) (5.4 kg - cm)
Ganging 2 sections maximum
POWER RATING CHART

ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
4
Vibration 15 g thru 2000 Hz
534
3 Shock 50 g
RATED POWER IN W
535
Rotational Life (Shaft Revolution)
2
300 000
534 1 000 000
533
534 (Servo) > 1 000 000
500 000
1
Load Life 900 h
0 Temperature Range - 55 C to + 125 C

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IN C

www.vishay.com For technical questions, contact: sfer@vishay.com Document Number: 57065
Revision: 06-Apr-10

63(&752/3$57
Model 534
7/
8" (22.2 mm) Multiturn Wirewound Vishay Spectrol
534: 10 Turns
RESISTANCE ELEMENT DATA

MAXIMUM CURRENT MAXIMUM VOLTAGE
RESISTANCE VALUE RESOLUTION
OHMS PER TURN AT 70 C AMBIENT ACROSS COIL
(:) %
(mA) (V)
534 534 534 534 534
- - - - -
100 0.060 0.0603 141.0 14.1
200 0.037 0.0746 100.0 20.0
500 0.031 0.1520 63.2 31.6
1K 0.025 0.2459 44.7 44.7
2K 0.021 0.4113 31.6 63.2
5K 0.016 0.8206 20.0 100.0
10K 0.017 1.7230 14.1 141.0
20K 0.015 3.0160 10.0 200.0
50K 0.009 4.6690 6.32 316.0
100K 0.007 7.4560 4.47 447.0

Document Number: 57065 For technical questions, contact: sfer@vishay.com www.vishay.com
Revision: 06-Apr-10

648$5('3$57.
3URGXFW'DWD6KHHW .
006(/(&7256:,7&+/2&.287&29(5
7HFKQLFDO
&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
6KLSSLQJDQG2UGHULQJ
&DWHJRU\ 3XVK%XWWRQV$FFHVVRULHV7\SH..; 6.
'LVFRXQW6FKHGXOH &3
*7,1
3DFNDJH4XDQWLW\
:HLJKW OEV
$YDLODELOLW\&RGH 6WRFN,WHP7KLVLWHPLVQRUPDOO\VWRFNHGLQRXUGLVWULEXWLRQIDFLOLW\
5HWXUQDELOLW\ <
&RXQWU\RI2ULJLQ 0;
$VVWDQGDUGVVSHFLILFDWLRQVDQGGHVLJQVFKDQJHIURPWLPHWRWLPHSOHDVHDVNIRUFRQILUPDWLRQRIWKHLQIRUPDWLRQJLYHQLQWKLVGRFXPHQW
6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULF$OOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

648$5('3$57.6%+

648$5('.6%+6HOHFWRU6ZLWFK

PP;;2Q2Q(6WDQGDUG1&12%ODFN
6HOHFWRU6ZLWFK1RQ,OOXPLQDWHG3RVLWLRQ5HWXUQ7\SH0DQXDO6L]HPP
&RQWDFW7\SH 1&12$PSV&RORU%ODFN9ROWDJH9$&.QRE7\SH6WDQGDUG
&DP(1(0$7\SH6WDQGDUGV8/&RQVWUXFWLRQ0HWDO0RXQWLQJ1RWFK
,QFOXGHV2SHUDWRU.QRE$QG&RQWDFW%ORFN
648$5('.6%+
6HOHFWRU6ZLWFKPP;;
2Q2Q(6WDQGDUG1&12
%ODFN

648$5('3$577'
3URGXFW'DWD6KHHW 7'
,QGXVWULDO&RQWURO7UDQVIRUPHU9$
7HFKQLFDO&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
6SHFLILFDOO\GHVLJQHGWRKDQGOHKLJKLQUXVKDVVRFLDWHGZLWKFRQWDFWRUVDQGUHOD\VIRU
$SSOLFDWLRQ
DSSOLFDWLRQVVXFKDVFRQYH\RUV\VWHPVSDLQWOLQHVSXQFKSUHVVHVRURYHUKHDGFUDQHV
$SSURYDOV 8//LVWHG)LOH1XPEHU(&6$&HUWLILHG)LOH1XPEHU/5*XLGH1
&(0DUNHG
,QVXODWLRQ7HPSHUDWXUH 'HJUHHV&
(QFORVXUH7\SH 2SHQ
7HPSHUDWXUH5LVH 'HJUHHV&
+HLJKW ,QFKHV
3ULPDU\ [9RU[9RU[9
7\SH 7
)XVH%ORFN 1RQH
:LQGLQJ0DWHULDO &RSSHU
6HFRQGDU\ 9RU9RU9
3KDVH 3KDVH
'HSWK ,QFKHV
0RXQWLQJ7\SH 3DQHO
5DWLQJ 9$
7HUPLQDO7\SH 6FUHZ&ODPS
:LGWK ,QFKHV
6KLSSLQJDQG2UGHULQJ
&DWHJRU\ 7UDQVIRUPHUV,QGXVWULDO&RQWUROYD7\SH7
'LVFRXQW6FKHGXOH &3
*7,1
3DFNDJH4XDQWLW\
:HLJKW OEV
$YDLODELOLW\&RGH 6WRFN,WHP7KLVLWHPLVQRUPDOO\VWRFNHGLQRXUGLVWULEXWLRQIDFLOLW\
5HWXUQDELOLW\ <
&RXQWU\RI2ULJLQ 0;
6FKQHLGHU(OHFWULF$OOULJKWVUHVHUYHG

648$5('3$577'

77/3$57
9ROWDJH7UDQVIRUPHU 0RGHO
e
&(57,),&$7,216
FREQUENCY:
60 Hz.
STANDARD SECONDARY VOLTAGE:

120 Volts
INSULATION LEVEL: (
600 Volts. 10 kV BIL. full wave
ACCURACY CLASS:
DWDOOEXUGHQVXSWR9$DQG9$%XUGHQ
THERMAL RATING:
75 VA AT 30c . amb., 50 VA AT 55c. amb.
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT:
4 lbs.
CONNECTIONS:
-Terminals are brass studs No. 10-32 screws with one lockwasher,
one flat washer, and regular nut.
02'(/
$SSUR[LPDWHZHLJKWOEV
CATALOG NUMBER VOLTAGE RATING TURNS RATIO REC. PRIMARY FUSE RATING
468-069 69.3:120 0.58:1 3
468-120 120:120 1:1 2
468-208
208:120 1.73:1 1
468-240 240:120 2:1 1
468-277 277:120 2.31:1 1
468-288 288:120 2.4:1 0.75
468-300 300:120 2.5:1 0.75
468-346 346:120 2.88:1 0.75
468-480* 480:120 4:1 0.50
468-600* 600:120 5:1 0.40
x The core and coil assembly is encased in a thermoplastic shell and filled with resin.
x Each transformer has two plastic terminal covers.
x These transformers are designed for operation line to line. They may also be operated line to ground or line to neutral at reduced voltage
(58% of rated volts).
x It is desirable to use a 0.80 amp fuse in the secondary to protect the transformer.
x With two exceptions these transformers are ANSI C57. 13 group 1. Those marked * are group 2.
x Models 468-380, 468-400, 468-416 designed specifically for 50 Hz operation are available with reduced performance consult factory for
details.
Products are manufactured in a plant whose quality management system is certified / registered as being in conformity with ISO 9001

;<&203$5730
Datasheet
666K9-M1 Fanless, Industrial Embedded PC
Features:
,QWHO&RUHL8(*+]3URFHVVRU ,VRODWLRQ56[.9
40&KLSVHW 3&,[RU3&,H[3&,H[
&200RGXOH,QWHJUDWHG 6,06ORW[RQWKH0LQL3&,([
,VRODWLRQ',[ '2[.9 )DQOHVV2SHUDWLRQ&WR&
3HUIRUPDQFH6SHFLFDWLRQV
Models 666K9-M1
&KLSVHW Intel QM77PCH (COM module)
Front CPU ,QWHO&RUHL8(*+]3URFHVVRU

System Memory ''562',00[0D[*%
Display DVI DVI-I X 1, DVI-D X 1
,QWHUIDFH
Storage HDD +''[VORWDYDLODEOH
'HYLFH SSD &)DVWVORW[VORWDYDLODEOH
LAN *LJDELW(WKHUQHW5-[
1HWZRUN
Wireless Optional 3G, WiFi, GPS, BT
Display DVI-I X 1, DVI-D X 1
Wireless 6,0VORW[$QWHQQDKROH[
Back Storage &)DVWVORW[DYDLODEOH
Front I/O Audio $XGLR[IRU/LQHLQ/LQHRXW0LFLQ
USB Host 86%7\SH$[IRU86%86%7\SH$[IRU86%
Node Box Industrial Computer

Serial Port '%[IRU56['%[IRU56[
2WKHUV Power Button x 1, Indicator x 2 (system x 1 and HDD x 1), SIM Slot x 1
Fanless
666K9-M1 24VDC
USB Port
LAN
86%7<3($;)2586%
5-[*LJDELW(WKHUQHW
Model: 1341 Series, Rear I/O
SSD
CPU: i7 Processor
Serial Port Isolation Digital Input/Output x 10 pins (DI x 4, DO x 4)(3KV), Isolation
'%[IRU56[.9-XPSHUVHOHFWLRQ
Ro PCI PCI x 2 or PCIe x 1/PCIe x 16
Expansion
LISTED Mini Card Mini PCIe card x 2
Indicator Front HDD LED x 1, System LED x 1
1RWH6WRUDJHPHGLDDQGRSHUDWLQJV\VWHPDYDLODEHXSRQUHTXHVW
*HQHUDO6SHFLFDWLRQV
Models 666K9-M1
Input Voltage 9-30 VDC
Power Consumption -
Storage Temperature -20C ~ 70C (-4F ~ 158F)
&HUWLFDWLRQV CE/FCC class A
Operating Temperature )a)&a&ZR$LURZ)a)&a&Z$LURZ 7KHWRWDOSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQRIWKH3&,DQG3&,HFDUGVKDYH
to be lower 30W
System Cooling 3DVVLYH
Vibration Resistance 3g rms / 5 ~ 500Hz / operation CFast, 1g rms / 5~ 500Hz / operation HDD
$QWL6KRFN *SHDNDFFHOHUDWLRQPVHFGXUDWLRQ&)'*SHDNDFFHOHUDWLRQPVHFGXUDWLRQ+''
:HLJKW
External Dimensions
Warranty Two (2) years
Pro-face America Customer Service Hotline: 800.289.9266

3KRQH )RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
)D[ ACCESS ZZZSURIDFHDPHULFDFRP
ZZZSURIDFHDPHULFDFRP
'6.0$ 3URIDFH$OOULJKWVUHVHUYHG6SHFLFDWLRQVPD\FKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

;<&203$5730
Datasheet
2UGHULQJ,QIRUPDWLRQ
Part Number Description
666K9-M1 .0,QGXVWULDO3&ZLWK,QWHO&RUHL3URFHVVRU
([WHUQDO'LPHQVLRQV
Pro-face America Customer Service Hotline: 800.289.9266

Phone: 734.477.0600 )RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
Fax: 734.864.7347 ACCESS ZZZSURIDFHDPHULFDFRP
www.profaceamerica.com
'6.0$ 3URIDFH$OOULJKWVUHVHUYHG6SHFLFDWLRQVPD\FKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH

ENGINEERING DRAWINGS
1257+6,'(

SIMPSONVILLE, SC
BLANCHARD MACHINERY
NORTH SIDE
CAT-SWGR PROJECT No. 40573

480V UTILITY / GENERATOR
PARALLELING SWITCHGEAR
LOWER REEDY WRRF
INFORMATION DRAWING SET
NO. REVISION DATE TITLE:
LOWER REEDY WRRF NORTH SIDE

TITLE SHEET - INFORMATION SET
480V UTILITY / GENERATOR PARALLELING SWITCHGEAR
APPROVED BY SCALE REV. DRAWN BY MODIFIED BY
N.T.S. 0.3 VI
RELEASE
SUBMITTAL
DATE APPROVED DATE CREATED DATE MODIFIED

02-04-16 12-02-15
FILE NAME SHEET NUMBER
40573-TS1-G TS1-G TS1-G of 11
THIS DOCUMENT AND THE DETAILS EMBODIED THEREIN CONSTITUTE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION WHICH IS THE PROPERTY OF INTELLIGENT SWITCHGEAR ORGANIZATION LLC, 4955 MARCONI DRIVE, ALPHARETTA, GA., 30005, U.S.A., AND IS NOT TO BE USED OR REPRODUCED BY ANY PART EXCEPT AND TO THE EXTENT IN THE MANNER AUTHORIZED BY INTELLIGENT SWITCHGEAR ORGANIZATION LLC, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBMITTAL
No. DESCRIPTION REV No. DESCRIPTION REV CUSTOMERSIGNOFFSHEET RELEASE
TS1-G TITLE SHEET - INFORMATION SET 0.1
TS2-G TABLE OF CONTENTS - INFORMATION SET 0.1 SWGR SPEC: N/A, NO SPECIFICATIONS GIVEN TO CAT-SWGR.
G01 ABBREVIATION LEGEND 0.1
G02 GENERAL NOTES 0.1
G03 CIRCUIT BREAKER NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE 0.1 GENSET SPEC: SWGR SPEC: N/A, NO SPECIFICATIONS GIVEN TO CAT-SWGR.
G04 CIRCUIT BREAKER SCHEDULE 0.1
G05 FRONT ELEVATION AND ONE-LINE 0.1

G06 CONDUIT ENTRY, SIDE VIEW, & BATTERIES 0.1 ATS SPEC: N/A, NO SPECIFICATIONS GIVEN TO CAT-SWGR.
G07 BREAKER CONTROL ONE - LINE DIAGRAM 0.1

G08 AUTOMATION COMMUNICATIONS PLAN 0.1
SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS REFERENCE FROM SITE DRAWINGS.
G09 CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE 0.1 FILE NAME: 39121- Lower Reedy Water Treatment Plant, REV: 4.0, DATED: 05-02-00
G10 CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE - ELEVATION 0.1
G11 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 0.1
DATE MODIFIED
MODIFIED BY
11
ADDITIONAL CUSTOMER APPROVAL SIGNATURE REQUIRED FOR EACH OF

THE FOLLWONG SHEETS:

TABLE OF CONTENTS - INFORMATION SET
of
_____________ 40573-G02 (GENERAL NOTES)
12-02-15
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
TS2-G
_____________ 40573-G04 (CIRCUIT BREAKER SCHEDULE)
VI
DRAWN BY
_____________ 40573-G05 (FRONT ELEVATION AND POWER ONE LINE)
_____________ 40573-G11 (SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS)
TS2-G
0.3
IMPORTANT NOTE:
ANY CHANGES AFTER SIGN OFF, MAY RESULT IN ADDITIONAL COSTS AND
REV.
COULD IMPACT DELIVERY/SHIPPING SCHEDULE.
N.T.S.
SCALE
40573-TS2-G
02-04-16
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
TITLE:
DATE
40573 - LOWER REEDY WRRF NORTH
SIDE
DLR BLANCHARD MACHINERY
0.2 SUBMITTAL
REVISION
PM CHAD EDWARDS
A.E. RUSS DAVIS

P.E. TBD
H.E. TBD
S.E. TBD
NO.
DATE 2/4/2016
ABBREVIATIONLEGEND
ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
2 TIME DELAY STARTING OR CLOSING df/dt RATE OF CHANGE OF FREQUENCY mA MILLIAMPERE
SUBMITTAL
32 REVERSE POWER RELAY DI DIGITAL INPUT mV MILLIVOLT RELEASE
40 LOSS OF EXCITATION RELAY DIO DIODE N.O. NORMALLY OPEN
46 NEGATIVE SEQUENCE OVERCURRENT RELAY DIST DISTRIBUTION BLOCK N/A NOT APPLICABLE
47 UNDERVOLTAGE PHASE SEQUENCE RELAY DO DIGITAL OUTPUT N/R NOT REQUIRED
50 INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT RELAY DPF DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER N6 #2-600MCM MECHANICAL LUG
51 TIME OVERCURRENT RELAY DRP DROOP NES NON-ESSENTIAL LOAD SHED RELAY
52 CIRCUIT BREAKER DTI DATA TABLE INTERFACE NEU NEUTRAL
59 OVERVOLTAGE RELAY E.I. ELECTRICAL INTERLOCK NGR NEUTRAL GROUND RESISTOR
62 TIME DELAY RELAY E.O. ELECTRICALLY OPERATED NIA NOT IN AUTOMATIC
65 GOVERNOR EC ENGINE CONTROL OC OVER CRANK
67 DIRECTIONAL OVERCURRENT ECP ENGINE CRANKING PANEL OIP OPERATOR INTERFACE PANEL
79 RECONNECT TIME DELAY ECS ENGINE CONTROL SWITCH OP OPEN
86 LOCKOUT RELAY EI ENGINE INTERFACE OP CTR OPERATION COUNTER
87 DIFFERENTIAL RELAY ENG ENGINE OS OVER SPEED
90 REGULATING DEVICE EPB EMERGENCY PANELBOARD PB PUSHBUTTON
A A-PHASE ERR EMERGENCY RUN REQUEST PC PERSONAL COMPUTER
B B-PHASE ESW ETHERNET SWITCH PF POWER FACTOR
C C-PHASE F.M. FIXED MOUNTED PHET PRE HIGH ENGINE TEMP
15/25 SYNCHRONIZER with SYNC CHECK FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS PL BREAKER POSITION LIGHT
25/25D SYNC CHECK RELAY/DEAD BUS ONLY FBP FRONT BASE PLATE PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
27/59 UNDER/OVER VOLTAGE RELAY FLA FULL LOAD AMPS PLOB PRE LOW OIL PRESSURE
32/62 REVERSE POWER RELAY WITH TIMER FLD FIELD POD UPS CONTROL SWITCHBOARDS
3P 3 POLE FLT FAULT POS POSITION
12-02-15
DATE MODIFIED
3S PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER FM FREQUENCY METER POT POTENTIOMETER
MODIFIED BY
11
3S OK GEN CONTROLLER AVAILABLE FO FIBER OPTIC PPX POWERPLEX TRANSDUCER

3w 3 WIRE SYSTEM FOR FIBER OPTIC REPEATER PRG PROGRAMMING PORT
40/62 LOSS OF EXCITATION RELAY WITH TIMER FU FUSE PS POWER SUPPLY

4w 4 WIRE SYSTEM GB GENERATOR BYPASS PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
of
50/51 INSTANTANEOUS TIME OVERCURRENT G-EMCP GENERATOR CONTROLLER REC RECEPTACLE
12-02-15
OVER/UNDER FREQUENCY RELAY
SHEET NUMBER
81O/U GEN GENERATOR REF REFERENCE
DATE CREATED
A AMPERE GF GROUND FAULT RP RATING PLUG
VI
1
DRAWN BY
a AUX BREAKER CONTACT (NORMALLY OPEN) GND GROUND RTD RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTOR
ABBREVIATION LEGEND
AC ALTERNATING CURRENT GPS GENERATOR PARALLELING SWITCHBOARD S SHORT TIME TRIP
AF AMPERAGE FRAME RATING H.A. HIGH ACCURACY CT'S S.C. SURGE CAPACITOR
AI ANALOG INPUT HBR HOT BUS RELAY SA SURGE ARRESTOR
AL ALUMINUM HRN HORN SAR SAFETIES ARMING RELAY
0.3
AM AMPERE METER Hz FREQUENCY (HERTZ) SB STATION BATTERY
G01
ANN ANNUNCIATOR I INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SC SHUNT COIL
REV.
AO ANALOG OUTPUT I/O I/O PLC SCADA SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION
AP AUTOMATION PROCESSOR IA ISOLATOR AMPLIFIER SCT SUMMING CURRENT TRANSFORMER
AS AMMETER SELECTOR IFM INCOMING FREQUENCY METER SECT SECTION
N.T.S.
AT AMPERAGE TRIP RATING INV INVERTER SEL SCHWEITZER DEVICE
ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH IVM INCOMING VOLTAGE METER SFM SOURCE FREQUENCY METER
SCALE
ATSR ATS RUN REQUEST k 1000 (KILO) SHLD SHIELD/SHIELDED
ATSRR ATS RUN REQUEST RELAY KSW KEY SELECTOR SWITCH SMP SYNCH MODE PERMISSIVE
AUX AUXILIARY kW KILOWATT SMR SYNCH MODE RUN
AVR AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR Kwh KILOWATT HOUR SMS SYNCHRONIZING MODE SELECTOR
40573-G01
02-04-16
AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE L LONG TIME TRIP SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE
b AUX BREAKER CONTACT (NORMALLY CLOSED) LA LIGHTNING ARRESTOR SR SPRING RELEASE
ba NORMALLY OPEN BELL ALARM LFL LOW FUEL LEVEL SS SHIPPING SPLIT
BATT BATTERY LI LONG AND INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SUF SINGLE UTILITY FAILURE
BFM BUS FREQUENCY METER LIG LI WITH GROUND FAULT TRIP SW SELECTOR SWITCH
DATE APPROVED
BMS BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LOP LOW OIL PRESSURE SW-A ETHERNET SWITCH FOR CHANNEL A
APPROVED BY
BVM BUS VOLTAGE METER LOR LOCKOUT RELAY SW-B ETHERNET SWITCH FOR CHANNEL B
FILE NAME
c a AND b WITH COMMON LS LOAD SHED RELAY T1 #6-350MCM MECHANICAL LUG
TITLE:
C.O.G. CENTER OF GRAVITY LSI LONG, SHORT AND INSTANTANEOUS TRIP TB TERMINAL BLOCK
CB CIRCUIT BREAKER LSIA LSI WITH GROUND FAULT ALARM TBD TO BE DETERMINED
CBCL CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSE LSIG LSI WITH GROUND FAULT TRIP TC TRIP COIL
CBCS CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH LSM LOAD SHARING MODULE TIO TERMINAL I/O MODULE
DATE
CBOP CIRCUIT BREAKER OPEN LT LIGHT (for colors) TM THERMAL MAGNETIC
CCM CATERPILLAR COMMUNICATIONS MODULE LWL LOW WATER LEVEL TMR TIMING RELAY
CCW COUNTER CLOCKWISE LYNX ISO POWERLYNX MODULE TOC TRUCK OPERATED CELL SWITCH
CH CHANNEL M MOTOR TS TOUCHSCREEN
CI CUSTOMER INTERFACE M.I. MECHANICAL INTERLOCK TSP TOUCHSCREEN PROCESSOR
CIM CUSTOMER INTERFACE MODULE M.O. MANUALLY OPERATED TSW TEST SWITCH
CL CLOSED M1A-3S UTILITY/TIE A CONTROLLER TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR
CLO CLOSE LOCKOUT M1A-3S-OK UTILITY/TIE A CONTROLLER AVAILABLE TWL TEST WITH LOAD
COMMS COMMUNICATIONS M1B-3S UTILITY/TIE B CONTROLLER UCLOS UTILITY CLOSE LOCKOUT SWITCH
CP CONTROL POWER MAG MAGNETIC UFT UTILITY FAIL TEST
CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER MALF MALFUNCTION UPS UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY
CR CONTROL RELAY MCCB MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER UVR UNDERVOLTAGE RELEASE
CS CELL SWITCH MCM 1000 CIRCULAR MILS UVTD UNDERVOLTAGE TIME DELAY
CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER MFR MULTI FUNCTION RELAY VA VOLT AMPERES
CTD CAPACITOR TRIP DEVICE MISC MISCELLANEOUS VAR VOLT AMPERES REACTIVE
REVISION
CTL CONTROL MOC MECHANISM OPERATED CELL SWITCH VLT VOLTAGE CONTROL
CTS CURRENT TEST SWITCH MR MULTI RATIO VM VOLTMETER
CTSB CT SHORTING BLOCK MTR METER (DEVICE) VR VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Cu COPPER MUF MULTIPLE UTILITY FAILURE VT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
CW CLOCKWISE MW MEGAWATT W WATT
D.O. DRAWOUT N NEUTRAL WV WATT/VAR
DC DIRECT CURRENT N.C. NORMALLY CLOSED XDCR TRANSDUCER
Y ANTI-PUMP FEATURE
NO.
GENERAL NOTES SO# 40573

GENERAL NOTES
N.T.S. 0.3 VI
RELEASE
SUBMITTAL

02-04-16 12-02-15 12-03-15
40573-G02 G02 2 of 11
DESCRPTION
NAMEPLATE
NAMEPLATE
NAMEPLATE
NAMEPLATE
SUBMITTAL
LOCATION
QUANTITY
DEVICE ID
COLOR
RELEASE
CAT-ISO
Line 1
Line 2
SIZE
SWGR INFO NAMEPLATE INFO
52G1 2D 1 GENERATOR #1 MAIN 52G1 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D1 3B 1 MCC-802 GENERATOR BLDG Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D2 3C 1 MCC-B HEADWORKS Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D3 3D 1 MCC-901 DIGESTER BLDG Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D4 (PROVISION) 4A 1 DISTRIBUTION #4 52D4 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D5 4B 1 MCC-A DEWATERING BLDG Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D6 4C 1 MCC-C BLOWER BLDG Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D7 4D 1 MCC-902 DIGESTER BLDG Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D8 (PROVISION) 5B 1 DISTRIBUTION #8 52D8 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D9 5C 1 MCC-201 INFLUENT PUMP STATION Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52D10 5D 1 SPARE 52D10 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
01-06-16
52D11
DATE MODIFIED
6A 1 DISTRIBUTION #11 52D11 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
MODIFIED BY
(PROVISION)
11
VI
52N1 6D 1 UTILITY #1 MAIN 52N1 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate

CIRCUIT BREAKER NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE
of
12-02-15
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
VI
3
DRAWN BY
0.3
G03
REV.
N.T.S.
SCALE
40573-G03
02-04-16
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
TITLE:
DATE
REVISION
NO.
LV CIRCUIT BREAKER, LUGGING, AND CONDUIT ENTRY SCHEDULE
Interruptcapacity
SUBMITTAL
ManufactureCB
(SpringRelease)
Type/TripUnit
Charge(Motor)
TripSetting(A)
RELEASE
LugsperPhase
TripFunctions
ShuntClose
ConduitEntry
GroundLugs
NeutralLugs
A/BContact
CloseCover
OpCounter
RatingPlug
(kA)
CellSwitch
ShuntTrip
BellAlarm
Operation
Mounting
Frame(A)
Location
Shutters
KirkKey
Device
Blank
SWGRInfo CircuitBreakerInformation CircuitBreakerAccessories MechanicalLugs(Note1) (Note2)
EATON
52G1 2D 2000 1400 2000 65 LSIA E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 4 - 500KCMIL N/A 4 - #4/0 BOTTOM
MDS-620 / DT-520M
EATON
52D1 3B 800 100 200 65 LSI E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 1 - 500KCMIL N/A TBD BOTTOM
MDS-608 / DT-520
EATON
52D2 3C 800 200 200 65 LSI E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 2 - 350KCMIL N/A TBD BOTTOM
MDS-608 / DT-520
EATON
52D3 3D 800 504 630 65 LSI E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 1 - 250KCMIL N/A TBD BOTTOM
MDS-608 / DT-520
52D4 EATON
(PROVISION) 4A 800 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
MDS-608 / DT-520
EATON
52D5 4B 800 400 400 65 LSI E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 2 - #4/0 N/A TBD BOTTOM
01-06-16
MDS-608 / DT-520
DATE MODIFIED
EATON
MODIFIED BY
11
VI
52D6 4C 800 600 600 65 LSI E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 3 - #350KCMIL N/A 3 - #2 BOTTOM
MDS-608 / DT-520

EATON
52D7 4D 800 600 600 65 LSI E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 1 - #350KCMIL N/A 1 - #2 BOTTOM

MDS-608 / DT-520
of
52D8 EATON
(PROVISION) 5B 800 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
MDS-608 / DT-520
12-02-15
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
EATON
52D9 5C 800 800 800 65 LSI E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 3 - #350KCMIL N/A TBD BOTTOM
CIRCUIT BREAKER SCHEDULE
VI
MDS-608 / DT-520
4
DRAWN BY
EATON
52D10 5D 2000 1400 2000 65 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X TBD N/A TBD BOTTOM
MDS-620 / DT-520
52D11 EATON
(PROVISION) 6A 800 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
MDS-608 / DT-520
EATON
52N1 6D 3200 1800 3000 65 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 8 - 500KCMIL N/A 8 - #4/0 BOTTOM
0.3
MDS-632 / DT-520
G04
REV.
N.T.S.
SCALE
40573-G04
02-04-16
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
TITLE:
DATE
REVISION
800 AMP FRAME 3 PER PHASE
NOTE: TYPE OF LUGS - CABLES RATED
NO.
#2-600MCM
CELL D
CELL C
CELL A
CELL B
52G1
MDS-CXX
R
HORN
SILENCE
TS
EMERGENCY STOP
HORN
52D3
52D2
52D1
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
ONE LINE
CG
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
52D7
52D6
52D5
52D4
FRONT ELEVATION
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
52D9
52D8
52D10
RELAY
METER
TEST
L AMP
R ESET
C ON TR OL
E NABLED
B
FAU LT L OC ATOR
SEL
TRIP
C YCLE
C ANCEL
SEL - 351S
R EC LOSING STATE
LOCK
REMOTE
INST
GROUND
S ELECT
ENABLED
ENABLED
ENABLED
RECLOSE
L OC KOUT
SETTINGS
ALTERNATE
A
C OMM
MDS-CXX
B
S OTF
TRIP
C LOSE
C
50
FAUL T TYPE
TAG
OPEN
AUX 2
AUX 1
G
51
CLOSED
SCH WEIT ZER EN GINEER IN G LABORATORIES
HOT LINE
BREAKER
BREAKER
N
81
E XIT
SEL-351S
OPEN
G
52XX
GENERATOR # MAIN
R
CLOSED
BE1-32R
52N1
52D11

FRONT ELEVATION AND ONE - LINE
N.T.S. 0.3 VI VI
RELEASE
SUBMITTAL

02-04-16 12-02-15 02-08-16
40573-G05 G05 5 of 11
PLAN VIEW
AISLE
SIDE VIEW
#2-600MCM
TO
AISLE
DOOR
1600 AMP FRAME
3200 AMP FRAME
800A AMO FRAME
3 PER PHASE
5 PER PHASE
9 PER PHASE

CONDUIT ENTRY, SIDE VIEW, & BATTERIES
N.T.S. 0.3 VI VI
RELEASE
SUBMITTAL

02-04-16 12-02-15 01-06-16
40573-G06 G06 6 of 11
LINE LEGEND
G1IO
G1-PPX II
52G1
RATINGS
STANDBY
GENERATOR
52D3
52D2
52D1
D1IO
52D7
52D6
52D5
52D4
D2IO
52D9
52D8
52D10
N1-PPX II
BE1-32R
SR750
N1IO
52D11
52N1

BREAKER CONTROL ONE - LINE DIAGRAM
N.T.S. 0.3 VI
RELEASE
SUBMITTAL

02-04-16 12-02-15 01-06-16
40573-G07 G07 7 of 11
LINE LEGEND
AP1
DATA
PLANT
SCADA
SYSTEM
FOR
WANDERWARE
GEN 1
PL1000T
G1-I/O
G1-PPX II
D1-I/O
D2-I/O
N1-I/O
N1-PPX II
DEVICE LEGEND

AUTOMATION COMMUNICATIONS PLAN
N.T.S. 0.3 VI
RELEASE
SUBMITTAL

02-04-16 12-02-15 01-06-16
40573-G08 G08 8 of 11
CONTROLCIRCUITCONDUITSCHEDULE(SEENOTE1)
CONDUIT CONDUCTOR CONDUIT
NO. FROM TO QTYSIZE FUNCTION SIZE TABLE
SUBMITTAL
1 - 2 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 8719 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 1 EMCPII (DATA LINK) TYPE D,
NOTE 4 & 5 RELEASE
2 - 2 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 8719 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 1 2301A (SPEED CONTROL) NOTE 6
1 GEN 1 SECT 2 1 - 2 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 8719 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 1 VR3 (MANUAL VOLTAGE CONTROL)
4 - #10 AWG 24VDC POWER NOTE 4 & 5 TYPE A
16 - #14 AWG GEN 1 DISCRETE
2 LOAD SHED SECT 2 AS REQUIRED BY OPERATION LOAD SHED NOTE 5 TBD
3 BUILDING SCADA SYSTEM SECT 2 1 - FIBER OPTIC MULTIMODE CABLE, WITH ST-CONNECTORS DATA TABLE INTERFACE NOTE 5 TYPE E
02-23-16
DATE MODIFIED
MODIFIED BY
11
of
12-02-15
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE
VI
9
DRAWN BY
0.3
G09
REV.
N.T.S.
SCALE
40573-G09
02-04-16
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
TITLE:
DATE
NOTES:
REVISION
CONDUIT TABLE
NO.
NOTES:
CELL D
CELL C
CELL B
CELL A
MDS-CXX
R
HORN
SILENCE
TS
GEN 1
EMERGENCY STOP
HORN
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
RELAY
METER
L AMP
TEST
R ESET
C ON TR OL
E NABLED
B
FAU LT L OC ATOR
SEL
TRIP
C YCLE
C ANCEL
SEL - 351S
R EC LOSING STATE
LOCK
INST
REMOTE
GROUND
S ELECT
ENABLED
ENABLED
ENABLED
RECLOSE
L OC KOUT
SETTINGS
ALTERNATE
A
MDS-CXX
C OMM
B
S OTF
TRIP
C LOSE
C
50
FAUL T TYPE
TAG
OPEN
AUX 2
AUX 1
G
51
CLOSED
SCH WEIT ZER EN GINEER IN G LABORATORIES
HOT LINE
BREAKER
BREAKER
N
81
E XIT
SEL-351S
OPEN
G
52XX
GENERATOR # MAIN
R
CLOSED
BE1-32R

CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE - ELEVATION
N.T.S. 0.3 VI
RELEASE
SUBMITTAL

02-04-16 12-02-15 02-23-16
40573-G10 G10 10 of 11
SEQUENCE of OPERATIONS Load Shed Control
The System Controls shall include a Load Shed Control function to control the loads served by the generator. The Load Shed Control shall have one Essential Load Shed Priority Level
Automatic/Standby Mode
for each generator in the system plus one Non-Essential Load Shed Priority Level (which is always shed in the Emergency Mode of operation). SUBMITTAL
1. The utility main breaker is closed serving utility power to the generator/load bus.
RELEASE
2. The generator main breaker is open.
The Load Shed Control shall control each of the distribution circuit breakers within the switchgear. Each electrically operated distribution circuit breaker shall be field selectable to be
3. The automation is standing by to act in response to a utility failure. assigned to any of the available Load Shed Priority Levels. Additionally, Load Shed Control shall provide a 4 pole, 10A, 120VAC rated, form C set of contacts for each Load Shed
Priority Level to allow for control of loads external to the switchgear.
Emergency Mode
The following controls shall be provided for each level:
Utility Failure a. Shed Delay Timer, adjustable from 0 to 1024 seconds
1. Utility protective relaying senses utility voltage or frequency out of tolerance. b. Add Delay Timer, adjustable from 0 to 1024 seconds
2. The utility main breaker is opened. c. Load Shed Override Selector (shed/auto//add)
3. A run request is sent to the generator. d. Status indicators to show whether the Priority Level is Added or Shed
4. The generator is closed to the bus when it is up to voltage and frequency.

5. The system is now in Emergency Mode. The Load Shed Controls shall have:
a. Load Shed Control Switch (On/Off)
Utility Restoration and Exit from Emergency Mode b. User-settable Load Shed % (as a function of on-line generator capacity)
1. Utility protective relaying senses utility voltage and frequency within tolerance. c. User-settable Load Add % (as a function of on-line generator capacity)
2. Following an adjustable time delay (which can be abbreviated by the operator) to assure that the utility power source is stable; the generator is passively synchronized and d. User-settable Bus Under frequency Set point
paralleled to the utility source by closing the utility main breaker. e. User-settable Bus Under frequency time delay
3. The generator is soft ramp unloaded until the utility source is nominally serving the entire system load. f. Bus Under frequency Reset Pushbutton
02-04-16
DATE MODIFIED
4. The generator breaker is opened. g. Bus Under frequency indicator
MODIFIED BY
11
5. The generator is allowed to run for their programmed cool down period.

6. The system is now back in Automatic/Standby Mode. Conditional Load Shed: Upon entrance into Emergency Mode of operation, the Load Shed Control shall shed all Essential and Non-Essential loads. As generators come to the bus,
Essential Priority Level loads shall be added conditionally based on the number of generators on line. When the first generator comes to the bus, Priority Level 1 loads shall be added;
of
Second generator, priority 2, etc. After a time delay that allows all operational generators to come to the bus, Load Shed Mode shall shift to Load Sensitive Mode.
Transfer to Emergency Mode
12-02-15
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
Load Sensitive Load Shed - After all generators have been given sufficient time to come to the bus, load shed shall shift to Load Sensitive mode. The system shall compare current
11
Entry
VI
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
DRAWN BY
generator on-line capacity (in kW) to current load requirements. If surplus capacity is greater than the calculated Load Add setpoint, after the Load Add Time Delay the next Load Shed
1. The operator places the Master Mode Selector Switch into the Transfer to Emergency position. Priority will be added. This calculation will continue until all Sheddable Loads are added, or until surplus capacity is less than the calculated Load Add setpoint. If surplus capacity is
2. A run request is sent to the generator. less than the calculated Load Shed setpoint, after the Load Shed Time Delay the next Load Shed Priority will be shed. This calculation will continue until all Sheddable Loads are shed,
or until surplus capacity is greater than the calculated Load Shed setpoint. The Load Shed Control, in its automatic shedding and adding of loads, shall not override any manual load
3. The generator is allowed to run for a five-minute warm-up time (which can be abbreviated by the operator). shed/add operation.
4. The generator is synchronized and paralleled to the bus.
0.3
G11
5. When the generator is on the bus, it is soft ramp loaded until the generator is serving nominally the entire load on the bus and the utility main breaker is opened. Should the load bus frequency fall below the user selected bus underfrequency setpoint for a period longer than the bus underfrequency time delay, then all Priority Level loads shall be
REV.
6. The system is now in Emergency Mode. shed and load addition shall not resume until the operator has depressed the Bus Underfrequency Reset button. The bus underfrequency protection shall override any manual load
add operation.
Exit
N.T.S.
1. The operator removes the Master Mode Selector Switch from Transfer to Emergency position and returns it to the Auto position.
SCALE
2. Following an adjustable time delay (which can be abbreviated by the operator), the generator is passively synchronized and paralleled to the utility source by closing the utility
main breaker.
3. The generator is soft ramp unloaded until the utility source is nominally serving the entire system load.
40573-G11
4. The generator breaker is opened.
02-04-16
5. The generator is allowed to run for the programmed cool down period.
6. The system is now back in Automatic/Standby Mode.
DATE APPROVED
No Load Test Mode
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
Entry
TITLE:
1. The No Load Test Switch is placed in the ON position.
2. The Generator is started and allowed to run offline
3. The system is now in No Load Test Mode.
DATE
Exit
1. The No Load Test Switch is placed in the OFF position.
2. The generator is allowed to run for its programmed cool down period.
Utility Fail Test Mode
Entry
1. The Utility Fail Test Switch is placed in the ON position.
2. Voltage sensing at the utility protective relay is opened, which simulates a loss of utility.
REVISION
3. The system enters into Emergency Mode as described in the Emergency Mode sequence above.
Exit
1. The Utility Fail Test Switch is placed in the OFF position.
2. Voltage sensing at the utility protective relay is restored, which simulates the return of utility power.
3. The system exits from Emergency Mode as described in the Emergency Mode sequence above.
NO.
ENGINEERING DRAWINGS
6287+6,'(

Metal-Enclosed Drawout SwitchgearLow Voltage 20.1-43
October 2015 Magnum DS
Sheet 20 045
Layout Dimensions
LayoutOutdoor Walk-in Switchgear i

Structure
17.13
Width 109.03
(435.1)
20.00 20.00 45.66
5.03
Roof
Rear of Base C
Rear of
Inner 0.95
(2769.4)
to Floor
ii
2.50 4.00 (127.8) (24.1)
(101.6) (508.0) (508.0) (1159.8) Structure
(63.5) B
18.44
3.06
(77.7) 26.94
Control Wire
Opening
2.00
(50.8) (468.4)
16.81
(427.0 25.52
(648.2)
1
30.00 C
(684.3) 3.50 x 3.50 (762.0) A A L
Opening (88.9 x 88.9) Unit
3.06 48.87
B
0.95
(24.1) Section B-B 2
(77.7) 25.31 Bottom (1241.3)
(642.9) Conduit CL Structure B C
40.94 44.00 Width
(1039.9) Space Control Wire (1117.6)
Opening
3.93
Opening
3.50 x 3.50
Unit
Top View
18.00 13.35
(457.2) (339.1)
9.00
(228.6)
3
(99.8) (88.9 x 88.9) Bus Duct
Chimney & Cover 22.00 17.35 11.00
(558.8) (440.7) (279.4)
3.06
(77.7)
18.94
(481.1)
22.00
(558.8)
0.95
(24.1)
0.95
(24.1)
30.00 25.35
(762.0) (644.0)
15.00
(381.0)
4
Opening Unit B
38.00 33.35 19.00
1.50 (965.2) (847.1) (482.6)
Lifting Angle (38.1)
Section A-A 44.00 39.35
(1117.6) (999.5)
22.00
(558.8)
5
Foundation Tie Down
(for Seismic Only) 50.00 45.35 25.00
Floor Plan Figure 1 (1270.0) (1151.9) (635.0)
18.00-Inch
18.00-InchWidth
Width==17.4
17.4to
toRear
RearFrame
Frame(441.9)
(441.9)
6
119.98 22.00-Inch
22.00-InchWidth
Width==21.4
21.4to
toRear
RearFrame
Frame(543.6)
(543.6)
(3047.5) O.S.
O.S.of
ofOutdoor
Outdoor 30.00-Inch
30.00-InchWidth
Width==29.4
29.4to
toRear
RearFrame
Frame(746.8)
(746.8)
Overall Depth End
EndSheet
Sheet AA 38.00-Inch
38.00-InchWidth
Width==37.4
37.4to
toRear
RearFrame
Frame(950.0)
See Figure 1 Above for
Bus Duct Orientation Info.
18.44 Bus Opening (From Base)
Transformer
Transformer
50.00-Inch
50.00-InchWidth
55.00-Inch
Width==49.4
49.4to
toRear
RearFrame
(950.0)
Frame(1254.8)
(1254.8) 7
(468.4) 55.00-InchWidth
Width==54.4
54.4to
toRear
RearFrame
Frame(1381.8)
(1381.8)
Flange
Flange
3.89 Outdoor 36.00
36.00
(98.8)
2.30
0.61
(15.5)
Outdoor
Roof
RoofSheet
Sheet
(914.4)
(914.4) 8
(58.4) 28.59 22.00
22.00 14.00
14.00 AA
30.21 111.48 (558.8) (355.6)
(726.2) (2831.6) (558.8) (355.6)
109.03 (From Base) (767.3)
Overall
(2769.4) (Opening
Width) Height
30.89
30.89 26.97
26.97
20.74
20.74
(526.8)
(526.8)
9
105.06 CL 5.75 5.75 (784.6)
(784.6) (685.0)
(685.0) CLCL
(2668.5) (146.1) (146.1) CLCL
Throat
Throat 72.00
72.00
B
CL 33.45
Opening
Opening
&&TXF
TXF
(1828.8)
(1828.8)
Switchgear
Switchgear
CLCL
Front
Frontof
Outdoor
of
Outdoor
10
(849.6) See
See Base
Depth
Depth Figure Base
(Door Switchgear
SwitchgearThroat
Throat Figure11
2.00 Width) 4.00 (Shipped
(ShippedDisassembled)
Disassembled) Door
Door
(50.8) (101.6) Door
DoorSwing
Swing Swing
Swing 11
26.00 43.38 42.00
42.00
(660.4) (1101.9) 33.45
33.45 33.45
33.45
(849.6) (1066.8)
(1066.8)
(Aisle Width) 39.66
39.66 (849.6) (Clear (849.6)
(849.6)
117.08
(2973.8)
(1007.4)
(1007.4)
(Clear
Width)
Width) 12
(Base)
Side View Top View

13
Transition Box Weights of Outdoor Structures
(Shipped Attached)
(without breakers)
Weight- 14
Structure Lb (kg)
Switchgear Throat End Trims One set per lineup) 1500 (681)
(Shipped Disassembled) 18-inch (457.2) wide breaker structure 2500 (1135)
22-inch (558.8 mm) wide breaker structure 2600 (1180)
15
C
45.00 22-inch (558.8 mm) wide auxiliary structure 2300 (1044) 16
(1143.0) 22-inch (558.8 mm) wide transition structure 2300 (1044)
A 38-inch (965.2 mm) wide utility structure 2700 (1226)
8.00
(203.2)
50-inch (1270.0 mm) wide utility structure 3200 (1453) 17
Transformer throat 150 (68)
Transformer
Flange 15.50
22.00 (393.7) 22.00
44.00
(1117.6) 30.00
18
(558.8) (558.8) (762.0)
37.50 Unit Widths 5.00
(952.5) (127.0)
(Overall Shipping Width)
19
Front View Reference Drawing: 9255C35
Figure 20.1-17. Outdoor Walk-in Enclosure Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1 0.75-inch (19.1 mm) hardware recommended in all tie down locations.
A B C Centerline of copper connection from bottom of structure 20
41.38 51.23 19.70 55
46.63 57.00 18.70 55
21
52.63 63.00 18.70 61
CA08104001E For more information, visit: www.eaton.com/consultants

SIMPSONVILLE, SC
SOUTH SIDE
BLANCHARD MACHINERY
480V UTILITY / GENERATOR
PARALLELING SWITCHGEAR
CAT-SWGR PROJECT No. 39121 / 284756

LOWER REEDY WRRF
INFORMATION DRAWING SET
LOWER REEDY WRRF SOUTH SIDE

TITLE SHEET - INFORMATION SET
N.T.S. 5.3 VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 12-03-15
284756-TS1-G TS1-G TS1-G of 13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBMITTAL
No. DESCRIPTION REV No. DESCRIPTION REV CUSTOMERSIGNOFFSHEET RELEASE
TS1-G TITLE SHEET - INFORMATION SET 5.2
TS2-G TABLE OF CONTENTS - INFORMATION SET 5.2 SWGR SPEC: N/A, NO SPECIFICATIONS GIVEN TO CAT-SWGR.
G01 ABBREVIATION LEGEND 5.2
G02 GENERAL NOTES 5.2
G03 CIRCUIT BREAKER NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE 5.2 GENSET SPEC: SWGR SPEC: N/A, NO SPECIFICATIONS GIVEN TO CAT-SWGR.
G04 CIRCUIT BREAKER SCHEDULE 5.2
G05 FRONT ELEVATION AND ONE-LINE 5.2

G06 NEMA 3R VIEWS - EXISTING SWGR 5.2 ATS SPEC: N/A, NO SPECIFICATIONS GIVEN TO CAT-SWGR.
G07 NEMA 3R VIEWS - EXISTING SWGR 5.2

G08 FLOOR PLAN - NEW SWGR 5.2
SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS REFERENCE FROM SITE DRAWINGS.
G09 BREAKER CONTROL ONE - LINE DIAGRAM 5.2 FILE NAME: 39121- Lower Reedy Water Treatment Plant, REV: 4.0, DATED: 05-02-00
G10 AUTOMATION COMMUNICATIONS PLAN 5.2
G11 CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE 5.2
DATE MODIFIED
G12 CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE - ELEVATION 5.2
MODIFIED BY
13
G13 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 5.2 ADDITIONAL CUSTOMER APPROVAL SIGNATURE REQUIRED FOR EACH OF
THE FOLLWONG SHEETS:

TABLE OF CONTENTS - INFORMATION SET
of
_____________ 284756-G02 (GENERAL NOTES)
12-03-15
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
TS2-G
_____________ 284756-G04 (CIRCUIT BREAKER SCHEDULE)
VI
DRAWN BY
_____________ 284756-G05 (FRONT ELEVATION AND POWER ONE LINE)
_____________ 284756-G15 (SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS)
TS2-G
5.3
IMPORTANT NOTE:
ANY CHANGES AFTER SIGN OFF, MAY RESULT IN ADDITIONAL COSTS AND
REV.
COULD IMPACT DELIVERY/SHIPPING SCHEDULE.
N.T.S.
SCALE
284756-TS2-G
Russ Davis
02-23-16
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
TITLE:
DATE
39121 / 284756 - LOWER REEDY WRRF
SOUTH SIDE
DLR BLANCHARD MACHINERY
5.2 SUBMITTAL
REVISION
PM CHAD EDWARDS
A.E. RUSS DAVIS

P.E. TBD
H.E. TBD
S.E. TBD
NO.
DATE 2/8/2016
ABBREVIATIONLEGEND
ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
2 TIME DELAY STARTING OR CLOSING df/dt RATE OF CHANGE OF FREQUENCY mV MILLIVOLT
SUBMITTAL
32 REVERSE POWER RELAY DI DIGITAL INPUT N.O. NORMALLY OPEN RELEASE
40 LOSS OF EXCITATION RELAY DIO DIODE N/A NOT APPLICABLE
46 NEGATIVE SEQUENCE OVERCURRENT RELAY DIST DISTRIBUTION BLOCK N/R NOT REQUIRED
47 UNDERVOLTAGE PHASE SEQUENCE RELAY DO DIGITAL OUTPUT N6 #2-600MCM MECHANICAL LUG
50 INSTANTANEOUS OVERCURRENT RELAY DPF DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER NES NON-ESSENTIAL LOAD SHED RELAY
51 TIME OVERCURRENT RELAY DRP DROOP NEU NEUTRAL
52 CIRCUIT BREAKER DTI DATA TABLE INTERFACE NGR NEUTRAL GROUND RESISTOR
59 OVERVOLTAGE RELAY E.I. ELECTRICAL INTERLOCK NIA NOT IN AUTOMATIC
62 TIME DELAY RELAY E.O. ELECTRICALLY OPERATED OC OVER CRANK
65 GOVERNOR EC ENGINE CONTROL OIP OPERATOR INTERFACE PANEL
67 DIRECTIONAL OVERCURRENT ECP ENGINE CRANKING PANEL OP OPEN
79 RECONNECT TIME DELAY ECS ENGINE CONTROL SWITCH OP CTR OPERATION COUNTER
86 LOCKOUT RELAY EI ENGINE INTERFACE OS OVER SPEED
87 DIFFERENTIAL RELAY ENG ENGINE PB PUSHBUTTON
90 REGULATING DEVICE EPB EMERGENCY PANELBOARD PC PERSONAL COMPUTER
A A-PHASE ERR EMERGENCY RUN REQUEST PF POWER FACTOR
B B-PHASE ESW ETHERNET SWITCH PHET PRE HIGH ENGINE TEMP
C C-PHASE F.M. FIXED MOUNTED PL BREAKER POSITION LIGHT
15/25 SYNCHRONIZER with SYNC CHECK FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
25/25D SYNC CHECK RELAY/DEAD BUS ONLY FBP FRONT BASE PLATE PLOB PRE LOW OIL PRESSURE
27/59 UNDER/OVER VOLTAGE RELAY FLA FULL LOAD AMPS POD UPS CONTROL SWITCHBOARDS
32/62 REVERSE POWER RELAY WITH TIMER FLD FIELD POS POSITION
3P 3 POLE FLT FAULT POT POTENTIOMETER
12-04-15
DATE MODIFIED
3S PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER FM FREQUENCY METER PPX POWERPLEX TRANSDUCER
MODIFIED BY
13
3S OK GEN CONTROLLER AVAILABLE FO FIBER OPTIC PRG PROGRAMMING PORT
3w 3 WIRE SYSTEM FOR FIBER OPTIC REPEATER PS POWER SUPPLY
40/62 LOSS OF EXCITATION RELAY WITH TIMER FU FUSE PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER

4w 4 WIRE SYSTEM GB GENERATOR BYPASS REC RECEPTACLE
of
50/51 INSTANTANEOUS TIME OVERCURRENT G-EMCP GENERATOR CONTROLLER REF REFERENCE
12-02-15
81O/U OVER/UNDER FREQUENCY RELAY GEN GENERATOR RP RATING PLUG
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
A AMPERE GF GROUND FAULT RTD RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTOR
VI
1
DRAWN BY
a AUX BREAKER CONTACT (NORMALLY OPEN) GND GROUND RUG ROLL UP GENERATOR
ABBREVIATION LEGEND
AC ALTERNATING CURRENT GPS GENERATOR PARALLELING SWITCHBOARD S SHORT TIME TRIP
AF AMPERAGE FRAME RATING H.A. HIGH ACCURACY CT'S S.C. SURGE CAPACITOR
AI ANALOG INPUT HBR HOT BUS RELAY SA SURGE ARRESTOR
AL ALUMINUM HRN HORN SAR SAFETIES ARMING RELAY
5.3
AM AMPERE METER Hz FREQUENCY (HERTZ) SB STATION BATTERY
G01
ANN ANNUNCIATOR I INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SC SHUNT COIL
REV.
AO ANALOG OUTPUT I/O I/O PLC SCADA SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION
AP AUTOMATION PROCESSOR IA ISOLATOR AMPLIFIER SCT SUMMING CURRENT TRANSFORMER
AS AMMETER SELECTOR IFM INCOMING FREQUENCY METER SECT SECTION
N.T.S.
AT AMPERAGE TRIP RATING INV INVERTER SEL SCHWEITZER DEVICE
ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH IVM INCOMING VOLTAGE METER SFM SOURCE FREQUENCY METER
SCALE
ATSR ATS RUN REQUEST k 1000 (KILO) SHLD SHIELD/SHIELDED
ATSRR ATS RUN REQUEST RELAY KSW KEY SELECTOR SWITCH SMP SYNCH MODE PERMISSIVE
AUX AUXILIARY kW KILOWATT SMR SYNCH MODE RUN
284756-G01
Russ Davis
AVR AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR Kwh KILOWATT HOUR SMS SYNCHRONIZING MODE SELECTOR
02-23-16
AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE L LONG TIME TRIP SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE
b AUX BREAKER CONTACT (NORMALLY CLOSED) LA LIGHTNING ARRESTOR SR SPRING RELEASE
ba NORMALLY OPEN BELL ALARM LFL LOW FUEL LEVEL SS SHIPPING SPLIT
BATT BATTERY LI LONG AND INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SUF SINGLE UTILITY FAILURE
BFM BUS FREQUENCY METER LIG LI WITH GROUND FAULT TRIP SW SELECTOR SWITCH
DATE APPROVED
BMS BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LOP LOW OIL PRESSURE SW-A ETHERNET SWITCH FOR CHANNEL A
APPROVED BY
BVM BUS VOLTAGE METER LOR LOCKOUT RELAY SW-B ETHERNET SWITCH FOR CHANNEL B
FILE NAME
c a AND b WITH COMMON LS LOAD SHED RELAY T1 #6-350MCM MECHANICAL LUG
TITLE:
C.O.G. CENTER OF GRAVITY LSI LONG, SHORT AND INSTANTANEOUS TRIP TB TERMINAL BLOCK
CB CIRCUIT BREAKER LSIA LSI WITH GROUND FAULT ALARM TBD TO BE DETERMINED
CBCL CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSE LSIG LSI WITH GROUND FAULT TRIP TC TRIP COIL
CBCS CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROL SWITCH LSM LOAD SHARING MODULE TIO TERMINAL I/O MODULE
DATE
CBOP CIRCUIT BREAKER OPEN LT LIGHT (for colors) TM THERMAL MAGNETIC
CCM CATERPILLAR COMMUNICATIONS MODULE LWL LOW WATER LEVEL TMR TIMING RELAY
CCW COUNTER CLOCKWISE LYNX ISO POWERLYNX MODULE TOC TRUCK OPERATED CELL SWITCH
CH CHANNEL M MOTOR TS TOUCHSCREEN
CI CUSTOMER INTERFACE M.I. MECHANICAL INTERLOCK TSP TOUCHSCREEN PROCESSOR
CIM CUSTOMER INTERFACE MODULE M.O. MANUALLY OPERATED TSW TEST SWITCH
CL CLOSED M1A-3S UTILITY/TIE A CONTROLLER TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR
CLO CLOSE LOCKOUT M1A-3S-OK UTILITY/TIE A CONTROLLER AVAILABLE TWL TEST WITH LOAD
COMMS COMMUNICATIONS M1B-3S UTILITY/TIE B CONTROLLER UCLOS UTILITY CLOSE LOCKOUT SWITCH
CP CONTROL POWER MAG MAGNETIC UFT UTILITY FAIL TEST
CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER MALF MALFUNCTION UPS UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY
CR CONTROL RELAY MCCB MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER UVR UNDERVOLTAGE RELEASE
CS CELL SWITCH MCM 1000 CIRCULAR MILS UVTD UNDERVOLTAGE TIME DELAY
CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER MFR MULTI FUNCTION RELAY VA VOLT AMPERES
CTD CAPACITOR TRIP DEVICE MISC MISCELLANEOUS VAR VOLT AMPERES REACTIVE
REVISION
CTL CONTROL MOC MECHANISM OPERATED CELL SWITCH VLT VOLTAGE CONTROL
CTS CURRENT TEST SWITCH MR MULTI RATIO VM VOLTMETER
CTSB CT SHORTING BLOCK MTR METER (DEVICE) VR VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Cu COPPER MUF MULTIPLE UTILITY FAILURE VT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
CW CLOCKWISE MW MEGAWATT W WATT
D.O. DRAWOUT N NEUTRAL WV WATT/VAR
DC DIRECT CURRENT N.C. NORMALLY CLOSED XDCR TRANSDUCER
mA MILLIAMPERE Y ANTI-PUMP FEATURE
NO.
GENERAL NOTES SO# 284756

GENERAL NOTES
N.T.S. 5.3 VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 12-02-15 12-04-15
284756-G02 G02 2 of 13
DESCRPTION
NAMEPLATE
NAMEPLATE
NAMEPLATE
NAMEPLATE
SUBMITTAL
LOCATION
QUANTITY
DEVICE ID
COLOR
RELEASE
CAT-ISO
Line 1
Line 2
SIZE
SWGR INFO NAMEPLATE INFO
EXISTING SWITCHGEAR
52N1 1B 1 UTILITY MAIN 52-N1 CIRCUIT BREAKER
52F4 2A 1 MCC-501 RECYCLE PUMPING STATION #2
52F3 2B 1 MCC-401 RECYCLE PUMPING STATION #2
52F2 2C 1 PP-301 PRI SLUDGE PUMPING STATION
52F1 2D 1 SWBD-601 RAS/MAS & BLOWER BLDG.
52F8 3A 1 PANEL P-1 ADMINISTRATION BLDG.
52F7 3B 1 PP-702 NON POTABLE WATER
52F6 3C 1 PP-701 UV
52F5 3D 1 MCC-1201 FILTER BLDG
01-04-16
DATE MODIFIED
52BT1 4D 1 BUS TIE #1 52BT1 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
MODIFIED BY
13
VI
NEW SWITCHGEAR
CIRCUIT BREAKER NAMEPLATE SCHEDULE

of
52ET1 1B 1 STANDBY TIE #1 52ET1 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
12-02-15
52D1 (PROVISION) Breaker Nameplate
SHEET NUMBER
2C 1 SOLAR MAIN 52D1 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50"
DATE CREATED
VI
3
Breaker Nameplate
DRAWN BY
52RUG 3D 1 LOAD BANK / RUN UP GENERATOR 52RUG Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50"
52G1 4B 1 GENERATOR #1 MAIN 52G1 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
52G2 4D 1 GENERATOR #2 MAIN 52G2 Black with White Text 1.00" x 3.50" Breaker Nameplate
5.3
G03
REV.
N.T.S.
SCALE
284756-G03
Russ Davis
02-23-16
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
TITLE:
DATE
REVISION
NO.
LV CIRCUIT BREAKER, LUGGING, AND CONDUIT ENTRY SCHEDULE
Interruptcapacity
SUBMITTAL
ManufactureCB
(SpringRelease)
Type/TripUnit
Charge(Motor)
TripSetting(A)
RELEASE
LugsperPhase
TripFunctions
ShuntClose
ConduitEntry
GroundLugs
NeutralLugs
A/BContact
CloseCover
OpCounter
RatingPlug
(kA)
CellSwitch
ShuntTrip
BellAlarm
Operation
Mounting
Frame(A)
Location
Shutters
KirkKey
Device
Blank
SWGRInfo CircuitBreakerInformation CircuitBreakerAccessories MechanicalLugs(Note1) (Note2)
EXISTINGSWITCHGEAR
CUTLER HAMMER
52N1 1B 3200 3000 3200 65 LSG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
DS2-632
CUTLER HAMMER
52F4 2A 800 720 800 50 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
DS2-508
CUTLER HAMMER
52F3 2B 800 720 800 50 LSIA E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
DS2-508
CUTLER HAMMER
52F2 2C 800 100 800 50 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
DS2-508
CUTLER HAMMER
01-06-16
52F1 2D 2000 1600 2000 65 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
DATE MODIFIED
DS2-620
MODIFIED BY
13
VI
CUTLER HAMMER
52F8 3A 800 100 800 50 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
DS2-508

CUTLER HAMMER
of
52F7 3B 800 100 800 50 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
DS2-508
12-03-15
CUTLER HAMMER
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
52F6 3C 800 250 800 50 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
CIRCUIT BREAKER SCHEDULE

DS2-508
VI
4
DRAWN BY
CUTLER HAMMER
52F5 3D 800 720 800 50 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 4 X X N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
DS2-508
EATON
52BT1 4D 3200 3200 3200 65 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 9 - #500KCMIL N/A 9 - #4/0 AWG TOP
MDS-C32 / DT-520M
5.3
NEW SWITCHGEAR
G04
REV.
EATON
52ET1 1B 3200 3200 3200 65 LSIG E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X X 9 - #500KCMIL N/A 9 - #500KCMIL TOP
MDS-C32 / DT-520M
CUTLER HAMMER
N.T.S.
52D1 (PROV) 2C 1600 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A BOTTOM
MDS-C16
SCALE
EATON
52RUG 3D 3200 3200 3200 65 LSIA E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X 9 - #500KCMIL N/A 9 - #500KCMIL BOTTOM
MDS-C32 / DT-520M
EATON
52G1 4B 1600 1600 1600 65 LSIA E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X X 5 - #500KCMIL N/A 5 - #500KCMIL BOTTOM
284756-G04
Russ Davis
MDS-C16 / DT-520M
02-23-16
EATON
52G2 4D 1600 1600 1600 65 LSIA E.O. D.O. 120VAC 120VAC 24VDC 2 X X 5 - #500KCMIL N/A 5 - #500KCMIL BOTTOM
MDS-C16 / DT-520M
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
TITLE:
DATE
REVISION
#2-600MCM
NO.
B
TSW1
BE1-32R
L OC KOUT
SWITCH
CLOSE LOCKOUT
A UTO
52N1
SECTION 1
OPEN
G
52XX
GEN ER ATOR # MAIN
R
C LOSED
CONTROLS
B
SHIPPING SPLIT
SECTION 2
ONE LINE
FRONT ELEVATION
EXISTING SWITCHGEAR
SECTION 3
SECTION 4
CELL D
CELL C
CELL B
CELL A
MDS-CXX
R
52ET1
52D1
FRONT ELEVATION
MDS-CXX
TS
CG
ONE LINE
52RUG
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
52G2
52G1

FRONT ELEVATION AND ONE - LINE
N.T.S. 5.3 BEA VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 02-17-99 02-08-16
284756-G05 G05 5 of 13

NEMA 3R VIEWS-EXISTING SWGR
N.T.S. 5.3 BEA VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 02-17-99 12-04-15
284756-G06 G06 6 of 13
SECT 1
SECT 2
SECT 3
FRONT VIEW
SECT 4
SECT 5
SIDE VIEW
TO
AISLE
DOOR
#2-600MCM
1600 AMP FRAME
3200 AMP FRAME
5 PER PHASE
9 PER PHASE

CONDUIT ENTRY, SIDE VIEW, & BATTERIES - NEW SWGR
N.T.S. 5.3 VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 12-02-15 01-06-16
284756-G07 G07 7 of 13
PLAN VIEW
TYPICAL 22" SECT.
AISLE

FLOOR PLAN - NEW SWGR
N.T.S. 5.3 VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 12-03-15 01-04-16
284756-G08 G08 8 of 13
N1-PPX II
LINE LEGEND
BE1-32R
SR750
N1IO
52N1
BT1-PPX II
BT1IO
52BT1
ET1IO
ET1-PPX II
52ET1
52D1
G2IO
G1IO
G2-PPX II
G1-PPX II
52G2
52G1
RATINGS
RATINGS
STANDBY
STANDBY
GENERATOR
GENERATOR

BREAKER CONTROL ONE - LINE DIAGRAM
N.T.S. 5.3 VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 12-02-15 02-08-16
284756-G09 G09 9 of 13
N1-I/O
N1-PPX II
LINE LEGEND
BT1-I/O
BT1-PPX II
ET1-I/O
ET1-PPX II
AP1
TS
DATA
PLANT
SCADA
SYSTEM
FOR
WANDERWARE
GEN 1
G1-I/O
G1-PPX II
GEN 2
G2-I/O
G2-PPX II
TS
DEVICE LEGEND

AUTOMATION COMMUNICATIONS PLAN
N.T.S. 5.3 VI VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 12-02-15 02-08-16
284756-G10 G10 10 of 13
CONTROLCIRCUITCONDUITSCHEDULE(SEENOTE1)
CONDUIT CONDUCTOR CONDUIT
NO. FROM TO QTYSIZE FUNCTION SIZE TABLE
SUBMITTAL
1 - 2 COND. #18 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 3073F OR EQUIVALENT GEN 1 EMCP4.2 (DATA LINK) RELEASE
TYPE D,
1 - 3 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED TRIPLET, BELDEN 8618 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 1 ADEM III (SPEED BRICK) NOTE 4 & 5
NOTE 6
1 GEN 1 SECT 4 1 - 2 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 8719 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 1 CDVR (ANALOG VOLTAGE CONTROL)
3 - #14 AWG GEN 1 CDVR (MANUAL VOLTAGE CONTROL)
1 - 2 COND. #18 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 3073F OR EQUIVALENT GEN 2 EMCP4.2 (DATA LINK)
TYPE D,
1 - 3 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED TRIPLET, BELDEN 8618 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 2 ADEM III (SPEED BRICK) NOTE 4 & 5
NOTE 6
1 - 2 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 8719 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 2 CDVR (ANALOG VOLTAGE CONTROL)
2 GEN 2 SECT 4
3 - #14 AWG GEN 2 CDVR (MANUAL VOLTAGE CONTROL)
3 SECT 5 60A BREAKER GEN 1 2 - #4 AWG 277VAC FEED TO TRANSFORMER IN GENERATOR ENCLOSURE NOTE 5 TYPE C
4 SECT 5 60A BREAKER GEN 2 2 - #4 AWG 277VAC FEED TO TRANSFORMER IN GENERATOR ENCLOSURE NOTE 5 TYPE C
5 SECT 3 SECT 1 EXISTING SWGR 4 - #10 AWG 24V DC POWER NOTE 5 TYPE A
6 LOAD SHED SECT 3 AS REQUIRED BY OPERATION LOAD SHED NOTE 5 TBD
7 SECT 4 EXISTING SWGR SECT 1 1 - CAT 6 ETHERNET CABLE COMMUNICATIONS NOTE 5 TYPE D
8 BUILDING SCADA SYSTEM SECT 3 1 - FIBER OPTIC MULTIMODE CABLE, WITH ST-CONNECTORS DATA TABLE INTERFACE NOTE 5 TYPE E
9 GEN 1 SECT 4 1 - 2 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 8719 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 1 FUEL TANK LEVEL NOTE 5 TYPE D
10 GEN 2 SECT 4 1 - 2 COND. #16 SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR, BELDEN 8719 OR EQUIVALENT GEN 2 FUEL TANK LEVEL NOTE 5 TYPE D
02-23-16
DATE MODIFIED
11 BACKWASH FILTER CONTROLS SECT 3 4 #14 AWG BACKWASH BLOWER PERMISSIVES NOTE 6 TYPE B
MODIFIED BY
13
of
12-02-15
SHEET NUMBER
DATE CREATED
CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE
11
VI
DRAWN BY
5.3
G11
REV.
N.T.S.
SCALE
284756-G11
Russ Davis
02-23-16
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
FILE NAME
TITLE:
DATE
NOTES:
REVISION
CONDUIT TABLE
NO.
NOTES:
B
TSW1
BE1-32R
LOCKOUT
SWITCH
CLOSE LOCKOUT
AUTO
52N1
SECTION 1
OPEN
G
52XX
GENERATOR # MAIN
R
CONTROLS
CLOSED
B
SHIPPING SPLIT
SECTION 2
SECTION 3
SECTION 4
RUG
CELL D
CELL C
CELL B
CELL A
MDS-CXX
R
MDS-CXX
TS
MDS-CXX
MDS-CXX
GEN 1
GEN 2

CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE - ELEVATION
N.T.S. 5.3 VI VI
RELEASE
Russ Davis
SUBMITTAL

02-23-16 12-02-15 02-23-16
284756-G12 G12 12 of 13
2. Voltage sensing at the utility protective relay is opened, which simulates a loss of utility.
3. The system enters into Emergency Mode as described in the Emergency Mode sequence above.
Functional Sequence of Operations
Automatic/Standby Mode Exit SUBMITTAL

1. The utility main breaker is closed serving utility power to the loads and generator main bus. 1. The Utility Fail Test Switch is placed in the OFF position. RELEASE
2. Tie Breakers BT1 and ET1 are closed. 2. Voltage sensing at the utility protective relay is restored, which simulates the return of utility power.
3. The generator main breakers are open. 3. The system exits from Emergency Mode as described in the Emergency Mode sequence above.
4. The automation is standing by to act in response to a utility failure.
Load Shed Control
Emergency Mode
The System Controls shall include a Load Shed Control function to control the loads served by the generator plant. The Load Shed
Utility Failure Control shall have one Essential Load Shed Priority Level for each generator in the system plus one Non-Essential Load Shed Priority
1. Utility protective relaying senses utility voltage or frequency out of tolerance. Level (which is always shed in the Emergency Mode of operation).
2. The utility main breaker is opened.
3. A run request is sent to the generator plant. Load Shed Control shall provide a 4 pole, 10A, 120VAC rated, form C set of contacts for each Load Shed Priority Level to allow for
4. The first generator up to voltage and frequency is closed to the bus. control of loads external to the switchgear.
5. The remaining generators are synchronized and paralleled to the bus as they come up to voltage and frequency.
6. The system is now in Emergency Mode. The following controls shall be provided for each level:
a. Shed Delay Timer, adjustable in seconds
Utility Restoration and Exit from Emergency Mode b. Add Delay Timer, adjustable in seconds
1. Utility protective relaying senses utility voltage and frequency within tolerance. c. Load Shed Override Selector (shed/auto//add)
2. Following an adjustable time delay (which can be abbreviated by the operator) to assure that the utility power source is stable, the d. Status indicators to show whether the Priority Level is Added or Shed
generator plant is passively synchronized and paralleled to the utility source by closing the utility main breaker.
3. The generator plant is soft ramp unloaded until the utility source is nominally serving the entire system load. The Load Shed Controls shall have:
02-08-16
DATE MODIFIED
4. The generator breakers are opened. a. Load Shed Control Switch (On/Off)
MODIFIED BY
13
5. The generators are allowed to run for their programmed cool down period. b. User-settable Load Shed % (as a function of on-line generator capacity)
6. The system is now back in Automatic/Standby Mode. c. User-settable Load Add % (as a function of on-line generator capacity)

d. User-settable Bus Under frequency Set point
of
Transfer to Emergency Mode e. User-settable Bus Under frequency time delay
12-02-15
SHEET NUMBER
f. Bus Under frequency Reset Pushbutton
DATE CREATED
13
Entry
VI
SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS
g. Bus Under frequency indicator
DRAWN BY
1. The operator places the Master Mode Selector Switch into the Transfer to Emergency position.
2. A run request is sent to the generator plant. Conditional Load Shed: Upon entrance into Emergency Mode of operation, the Load Shed Control shall shed all Essential and
3. The generators are allowed to run for a five-minute warm-up time (which can be abbreviated by the operator). Non-Essential loads. As generators come to the bus, Essential Priority Level loads shall be added conditionally based on the number of
4. The generators are synchronized and paralleled to the bus. generators on line. When the first generator comes to the bus, Priority Level 1 loads shall be added; Second generator, priority 2, etc.
5.3
5. When the generators are on the bus, they are soft ramp loaded until the generator plant is serving nominally the entire load on the After a time delay that allows all operational generators to come to the bus, Load Shed Mode shall shift to Load Sensitive Mode.
G13
bus and the utility main breaker is opened.
REV.
6. The system is now in Emergency Mode. Load Sensitive Load Shed - After all generators have been given sufficient time to come to the bus, load shed shall shift to Load
Sensitive mode. The system shall compare current generator on-line capacity (in kW) to current load requirements. If surplus capacity is
N.T.S.
Exit greater than the calculated Load Add setpoint, after the Load Add Time Delay the next Load Shed Priority will be added. This calculation
1. The operator removes the Master Mode Selector Switch from Transfer to Emergency position and returns it to the Auto position. will continue until all Sheddable Loads are added, or until surplus capacity is less than the calculated Load Add setpoint. If surplus
SCALE
2. Following an adjustable time delay (which can be abbreviated by the operator), the generator plant is passively synchronized and capacity is less than the calculated Load Shed setpoint, after the Load Shed Time Delay the next Load Shed Priority will be shed. This
paralleled to the utility source by closing the utility main breaker. calculation will continue until all Sheddable Loads are shed, or until surplus capacity is greater than the calculated Load Shed setpoint.
3. The generator plant is soft ramp unloaded until the utility source is nominally serving the entire system load. The Load Shed Control, in its automatic shedding and adding of loads, shall not override any manual load shed/add operation.
284756-G13
Russ Davis
4. The generator breakers are opened.
02-23-16
5. The generators are allowed to run for their programmed cool down period. Should the load bus frequency fall below the user selected bus underfrequency setpoint for a period longer than the bus underfrequency
6. The system is now back in Automatic/Standby Mode. time delay, then all Priority Level loads shall be shed and load addition shall not resume until the operator has depressed the Bus
Underfrequency Reset button. The bus underfrequency protection shall override any manual load add operation.
Backwash Filter Interface
DATE APPROVED
APPROVED BY
Generator Demand Priority Control
FILE NAME
1. The backwash filter controls will provide a pre-signal prior to starting the blower. The Cat Switchgear PLC will obtain this signal by
hardwired contacts in the backwash filter controls.
TITLE:
The System Controls shall include a Generator Demand Priority Control function to automatically match the on-line generator capacity to
2. When the PLC receives the pre-signal, it will start the second generator if it is not already online. the loads to avoid unnecessary operation of all the generators when the loads are low.
3. When two generators are online, the PLC will energize a control relay in the switchgear. The contacts of this relay act as a signal to
the backwash controls for permission to start. The following controls shall be provided for each generator:
DATE
a. User-settable Generator Priority Selector
No Load Test Mode b. Status indicator for the Generator Priority Selected
c. Status indicator for generator On-line or Off-line
Entry
1. The No Load Test Switch is placed in the ON position. The Generator Demand Priority Control shall have the following controls:
2. All available generators are started. a. Generator Demand Priority Control Switch (On/Off)
3. All generators come up to voltage and frequency and remain running disconnected from the bus. b. User-settable Generator Remove % (as a function of a single generator capacity)
4. The system is now in No Load Test Mode. c. User-settable Generator Remove Delay
d. User-settable Generator Add % (as a function of a single generator capacity)
Exit e. User-settable Generator Add Delay
1. The No Load Test Switch is placed in the OFF position.
2. The generators are allowed to run for their programmed cool down period. Upon entrance into Emergency, all generators shall be started and paralleled to the bus. After the Remove Time Delay, generators shall
REVISION
be removed from the bus as a function of the generator percentage loading by the user selected Generator Remove time delay.
Generators shall be removed from the bus in descending priority. Should the generator percentage loading increase to the user selected
Utility Fail Test Mode Generator Add limits for the user selected Add Delay, the next generator will be started, synchronized and paralleled to the bus.
Generators shall be added to the bus in ascending priority order. Should the generator plant ever reach 95% loading, the next priority
Entry generator shall be started and added to the bus with no time delay.
1. The Utility Fail Test Switch is placed in the ON position.
NO.

Lower Reedy Standby Power Attachment A

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Lower Reedy Standby Power Attachment A

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

ATTACHMENT A

GENERATOR AND SWITCHGEAR EQUIPMENT

EMERGENCY 67$1'%<POWER SYSTEM

Distributor: BLANCHARDMACHINERY COLUMBIA,SC

EMERGENCY STANDBY GENERATOR

Please Direct All Technical Questions To:

SALES MANAGER OPERATIONS MANAGER

SECTION 1 - GENERATOR SET

SECTION 2 - GENERATOR DATA

SECTION 3 - CONTROL PANEL

SECTION 4 - AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

SECTION 5 - START UP & COMMISSIONING

Existing South Side Gear ModificationNew Caterpillar Paralleling Switchgear

Columbia Greenville Florence Rock Hill Myrtle Beach Summerville

FOR INTIAL START UP SERVICE AND CHECK OUT SERVICE/TESTING/PERSONNEL INSTRUCTIONS,

FACTORY INSTALLED STANDARD & OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT

System Standard Optional

Cooling U Package mounted radiator

Exhaust U Exhaust flange outlet [ ] Exhaust mufflers (except Tier 4)

Fuel U Primary fuel filter with integral water separator

Power Termination U Bus bar [ ] Circuit breakers, UL listed

Control Panel U EMCP 4 Genset Controller [ ] EMCP 4.2

CAT GENERATOR CAT EMCP 4 SERIES CONTROLS

Open Generator Set - - 1800 rpm/60 Hz/480 Volts

Generator Set Package Performance

RATING DEFINITIONS AND CONDITIONS

C32 JACKET WATER

This is a factory-installed jacket water heater for

CONTROL BOX W/ TERMINAL

JACKET WATER HEATER GROUP GENERAL DIMENSION

Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential. www.cat-electricpower.com

    !"#  

# !"&/ ! # !"&/ #"#

&"  " "# #" -&#"#  :7 &

$ " %& %#"( * +% :;6 A?6 ?6 5?6 :6

&"  #  " :7 &

$ " %& %#"( * +% :;6 A?6 ?6 5?6 :6

 "#& 5 5C E 5:

 &$ / ""# &/ 5:: E EEEE

"#"! &&" %&  ##"/ ' ()

 # " ? C A 7  : :: :5 : &

) ) $

)   )4

',*< ,H,;<7-6 >*=?,@ A*@,D -6 ?@76+ <9,*<,D B*<,9

-9E?, 7@ 76;=?D,D .-9 <9?;G *6D 76D?@<97*= *88=7;*<7-6@

F,@, >*=?,@ D- 6-< *88=C <-  ( )-9 <F,@, :-D,=@

 ( '   )4

  !  )4

-9E?, (# &

2 " )      $$ ) 

)  '  

)  "  

*6D @<*6D*9D <,:8,9*<?9, 7@ D,+ 0 D,+ )1 *< & 9,=*<7>,

)  "

!  )    !

) /'! % 

"  01  '  )'  0"1 

;-::-6 9*7= .?,=

"!  !  

DD7<7-6*= 89-D?;< 76.-9:*<7-6 .-9 @8,;7.7; :*9G,< *88=7;*<7-6 7@

'  )4

)79, ?:8 4 $

",6,9*<-9 ,< 4 

",6,9*<-9 0"*@1 4 

Existing South Side Gear ModificationNew Caterpillar Paralleling Switchgear

!"#

# !"&/ ! # !"&/ #"#

&" " "# #" -&#"# :7 &

$ " %& %#"( * +% :;6 A?6 ?6 5?6 :6

&" # " :7 &

$ " %& %#"( * +% :;6 A?6 ?6 5?6 :6

"#& 5 5C E 5:

&$ / ""# &/ 5:: E EEEE

"#"! &&" %& ##"/ ' ()

# " ? C A 7 : :: :5 : &

) ) $

) )4

',< ,H,;<7-6 >=?,@ A@,D -6 ?@76+ <9,<,D B*<,9

-9E?, 7@ 76;=?D,D .-9 <9?;G 6D 76D?@<97= 88=7;<7-6@

F,@, >=?,@ D- 6-< 88=C <- ( )-9 <F,@, :-D,=@

( ' )4

! )4

-9E?, (# &

2 " ) $$ )

) '

) "

6D @<6D9D <,:8,9<?9, 7@ D,+ 0 D,+ )1 < & 9,=<7>,

) "

! ) !

) /'! %

" 01 ' )' 0"1

"! !

DD7<7-6= 89-D?;< 76.-9:<7-6 .-9 @8,;7.7; :9G,< 88=7;*<7-6 7@

' )4

)79, ?:8 4 $

",6,9*<-9 ,< 4

",6,9<-9 0"@1 4

6D?@<97*= 7,@,= 4

6D?@<97= 0"@1 4

976, ?57=79C 4

*976, 9-8 05;,8< 1 4

*976, 9-8 0 -6=C1 4

7= )7,=D 0 ,<9-=,?:1 4

..#'7+FB*C 9?;G 4 $

6#'7+FB*C 9?;G 4